Consolidated queries

Document Sample
Consolidated queries Powered By Docstoc
					Important Notes:
1. The following clarifications are being issued pursuant to the receipt of the pre bid queries for FSI RFP and the queries noted in the FSI RFP Pre Bid Conference held on 14th Jan 2011.

2. It is to be noted by all the bidders that the clarifications mentioned hereunder (including the Tables A, B and C) would be considered as part of the overall FSI RFP document. Bidders are advised to submit their bid based on the information contained in the FSI RFP and the clarifications
(including the Tables A, B and C) given hereunder.

3. There are certain queries regarding the contractual clauses given in FSI RFP. These may be examined by the Department of Post at the time of signing of contract with the successful bidder.

                   Section / Clause in the RFP/
 Query Sr. No.              Annexure                          Current Specification                                Requested revised specifications (if applicable)                                          Query (In terms of Clarification or Modification or Addition of New clause)                                                                                 Clarifications



                 3.2.2 Storage                     The storage array shall be supplied with 50
                 3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    TB useable capacity in a single array and   The storage array shall be supplied with 50 TB useable capacity in a single array        Should the storage expandable capacity be RAW or usable? Because DoP has asked for supplied usable capacity in a
                 for Storage Array                 expandable to 200 TB in future by addition and expandable to 200 TB usable capacity in future by addition of only racks,             single array for the proposed storage system. Therefore would request DoP to amend this clause in order to have       The expandable capacity of 200TB is usable capacity not raw capacity. Both 50TB and 200TB are minimum
       1         Clause Serial Number 1.           of only racks, disks and disk enclosures.   disks and disk enclosures."                                                              level play for arebidders. indicator of performance in a real-world application environment; and therefore should requirements and bidder has to propose exact requirements based on the information provided in RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                        Cached IOPS all not a true
                                                                                                                                                                                        not matter in the purchase of a disk array. Instead, customers should measure performance that includes writing to
                                                                                                                                                                                        disk. Some vendors have dedicated circuitry just to make this number look as good as possible. Others report
                                                                                                                                                                                        cached IOPS numbers from CPU L2 cache, which is on the processor chip, not main memory (or cache, as it is usually
                                                                                                                                                                                        described). In other words, some vendors try to maximize the cached numbers, either with hardware dedicated to
                                                                                                                                                                                        make this test look good; or by actually running the test so it does not use “cache” at all, but some other memory in
                                                                                                                                                                                        the array that gives better performance on these numbers. Thus, it all comes back to application performance. If
                                                                                                                                                                                        you are buying an intelligent disk array for I/O to disk, cached IOPS does not tell you what you really need to know.

                                                                                                                                                                                        A client’s requirements should typically be analyzed with respect to the product that best fits the requirements.
                                                                                                                                                                                        While general-purpose benchmarks such as the SPC are intended to be a quick and easy way to compare systems,
                                                                                                                                                                                        the user is not well served by such a benchmark. Such tests focus entirely on top-line IOPS and are one-dimensional
                                                                                                                                                                                        – they do not even capture the other dimensions of performance such as response time, which is often of more
                                                   The Storage Array should be configured                                                                                               importance than top-line IOPS.
                 3.2.2 Storage                     with at least 128 GB of Cache to deliver at                                                                                          Analysis of the benchmark data such as SPC, SPEC etc. provides clear evidence that the only truly useful
                 3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    least 2 Million Cache IOPS. Additional      The storage array should be supplied with at least with 256GB cache or as                performance data is a complete, operational set of primary metrics that can be used to derive the storage system’s
                 for Storage Array                 Cache, if required to meet the specified    recommended by vendor (whichever is higher) and scalable to at least 512 GB. All         observable performance under the user’s requirements. This methodology would eliminate the creation of
                 Clause Serial Number 5.           IOPS should be configured in excess to the Cache shall be available as Write or read Cache dynamically as per application            benchmark-specific configurations that have little or no relevance to the real world.
       2                                           128GB                                       requirement.                                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                                                                                                                                                                        Storage technology available today is end-to-end 4Gbps and is moving towards 8Gbps speeds. We observer that
                                                                                                                                                                                        there is no mention on this requirement in Storage RFP section. Does this mean DoP will accept the older generation It is expected that product quoted should be of latest technology and generation therefore older generation
       3         New Clause                                                                       The storage array should be end-to-end 4Gbps FC or higher architecture.               2Gbps arrays technology? Kindly Clarify. If not, than the end-to-end 4Gbpsclause should be added.                   2Gbps is not acceptable



                                                                                                                                                                                        The SPC performance benchmark does not help configure a storage system to meet customers’ own business
                                                                                                                                                                                        needs. The benchmark results are reported for a single configuration with a specified amount of storage; no
                                                                                                                                                                                        indication is given about the storage-system performance under other configurations with a different number of
                                                                                                                                                                                        disk drives or under different settings of customer-tuneable parameters and options. The configurations reported
                                                   The Storage Array configuration should be                                                                                            in tests to date are extremely unlikely to be duplicated in real applications. In real life, customers will need systems
                                                   sized to deliver at least 60000 SPC- 1 IOPS                                                                                          that are larger or smaller, needing more or less storage, with different response-time needs. The SPC tests do not
                                                   at an average response time of 2ms or                                                                                                provide any methodology to enable a user to extrapolate data for such capacity planning. The tested configuration
                                                   less. FSI should also specify the SPC-1 IOPS                                                                                         is likely to be the best performing, but if that is not what the client deploys, it is not an applicable result.
                 3.2.2 Storage                     per disk that can be achieved with the                                                                                                                                                                                                                          SPC benchmarks mentioned in the requirements are minimum requirements for storage sizing. Performance
                 3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    Storage Array. The Storage Array                                                                                                     Based on this, we would request DoP to kindly remove this clause from the Tender to enable the participation of            numbers if not available or published need to certified by manufacturer's parent company lab along with detailed
                 for Storage Array                 bandwidth should be at least 3GBps rated                                                                                             multiple vendors for DoP to get best enterprise storage Array technology from industry leading storage vendors.            lab test report. Storage should be minimum sized for asked performance workload or as per proposed solution
       4         Clause Serial Number 7            as per SPC-2 benchmark                       Request for removal of this clause.                                                                                                                                                                                requirement (whichever is higher)

                                                   Storage system shall be configured with at
                                                   least 64 Backend FC Disk Controllers
                                                   (towards disks) and at least 32 front end
                 3.2.2 Storage                     FC ports (towards FC switch) scalable to                                                                                             This clause of back-end port needs to be read in conjunction with the one mentioned below for front-end ports. It is
                 3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    64.Each frontend port in the storage array     Storage system shall be configured with at least 64 Backend FC Disk Controllers       recommended that the no. of front-end ports be equal to Back-end ports for a symmetric configuration to ensure
                 for Storage Array                 should have dedicated processor or cores       (towards disks) and at least 64 front end FC ports (towards FC switch). Each          balanced architecture and performance. In end-to-end 4Gbps systems. We request that DoP consider this very
                 Clause Serial Number 06           for delivering high throughput and I/O         frontend port in the storage array should have dedicated processor or cores for       important point and change the Front-end ports also to 64 to match with Back-end ports or alternatively bring
       5                                           performance.                                   delivering high throughput and I/O performance.                                       down the Back-end ports to 32.                                                                                       Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                                   The enterprise storage arrays shall be
                                                   configured with latest disks with data
                                                   storage in RAID 1/0 (stripping &
                                                   mirroring).The usable storage capacity
                                                   should be minimum 50 TB and scalable
                                                   upto 2x of the proposed capacity.
                                                   Minimum 10% of usable capacity shall be
                                                   on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC disks and
                                                   40% on SATA disks. The usable capacity is
                                                   defined as the Net storage capacity
                                                   available for the application stack, after     The enterprise storage arrays shall be configured with latest disks with data
                                                   deducting the penalties imposed by             storage in RAID 1/0 (stripping & mirroring).The usable storage capacity should be
                                                   storage infrastructure requirements, disk      minimum 50 TB and scalable upto 4x of the proposed capacity. Minimum 10% of
                                                   and array formatting, RAID penalties, host     usable capacity shall be on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC disks and 40% on SATA
                                                   OS and file system formatting including        disks. The usable capacity is defined as the Net storage capacity available for the
                 3.2.2 Storage                     overheads for directory structure and          application stack, after deducting the penalties imposed by storage infrastructure    Clause 1 of the minimum requirements of Storage section talks about expandability of storage capacity from 50 TB
                 3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    inodes etc or any other penalties which eat    requirements, disk and array formatting, RAID penalties, host OS and file system      to 200TB. However in this clause the scalability asked for is only 2x of the supplied storage capacity. We would
                 for Storage Array                 away usable disk space. The disks should       formatting including overheads for directory structure and inodes etc or any          request DoP to kindly clarify if the scalability requirement is 2x of the supplied storage capacity or 4x of the supplied
                 Clause Serial Number 17           be enterprise class disks built for 24 x 7     other penalties which eat away usable disk space. The disks should be enterprise      capacity as mentioned in section 3.2.2 Storage,3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications for Storage Array, Clause Serial
       6                                           operations                                     class disks built for 24 x 7 operations                                               Number 1.                                                                                                                 Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                 3.4 Security Requirements                                                                                                                                              Anti-phishing solution typically is measured by the number of incidents estimated to be closed within a period of
                 4. Anti-Phishing                                                                                                                                                       1/2/3 years. Considering that the operations are new can we assume 10 incidents per year would be a good
       7                                                                                                                                                                                estimate with pricing provided for each additional incident closure                                                       Bidder's proposed solution must account for all phishing incidents during the contract period.
                 3.4 Security Requirements
                 4. Anti-Phishing                  Domains (old/new) similar to “Department                                                                                             The domains for DoP are listed as www.indiapost.gov.in . How many more domains is expected to be covered
       8         Clause 4.3                        of posts etc.”                                                                                                                       under this service?                                                                                                        Currently DoP has one domain but there might be additions in the future.
                                                                                                                                                                                        Risk profiles for each active customer are maintained by the system to effectively calculate the risk for each
                                                                                                                                                                                        transaction for each consumer and hence it become necessary to consider the total number of active users to
                 3.4 Security Requirements                                                                                                                                              ensure adequate resources are allocated. Can you please specify the total number of consumers that DoP is
       9         5. Risk-Based Authentication                                                                                                                                           presently envisaging to be serviced by the solution.                                                                       The number of concurrent users for the internet channel are given in Annexure 10 of the Volume 1 of the RFP

                                                   The solution must provide capability
                                                   wherein based upon customizable rules it
                                                   should generate an alert and govern a
                 3.4 Security Requirements         range of responses including but not        The proposed solution must deliver features wherein based upon customizable              Many solutions in the market do not provide these as inbuilt capabilities and rely on 3rd party tools to provide this
                 5. Risk-Based Authentication      limited to secondary authentication, out of rules it should generate an alert and govern a range of responses including but          capability. Without these capabilities built within the risk based system and delivered as part of the present solution The bidder must provide an integrated solution (which can be a single product or combination of multiple
      10         Clause 5.5                        band and online challenge.                  not limited to secondary authentication, out of band and online challenge.               proposal, the risk based authentication solution would not be able to block risky transactions effectively.             products) to meet the requirements of the RFP.

                                                   The solution should be capable of
                                                   supporting multiple customer instances
                                                   and
                                                   channels (i.e. multiple websites, IVRs and
                                                   other delivery channels), each with
                 3.4 Security Requirements         different authentication mechanisms, rules The solution should be capable of simultaneously supporting multiple customer             Storage technology available today is end-to-end 4Gbps and is moving towards 8Gbps speeds. We observer that
                 5. Risk-Based Authentication      and user databases                         instances and channels (i.e. multiple websites, IVRs and other delivery channels),        there is no mention on this requirement in Storage RFP section. Does this mean DoP will accept the older
      11         Clause 5.17                                                                  each with different authentication mechanisms, rules and user databases                   generation 2Gbps arrays technology? Kindly Clarify. If not, than the end-to-end 4Gbpsclause should be added.               No change in requirement
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   1. The expected concurrency for scanning is ~10%
                                                                                                                                                                                        1. How many of the 20,000 users will be scanning concurrently?                                                             2. Refer Section 2.2.4.1. of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                        2. The 20,000 users would be logging in from how many remote locations?                                                    3. Refer to Annexure 3 and 4 of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                        3. What are the different types of documents in an Insurance Proposal?                                                     4. Refer to Annexure 13 (7.13.2 - Point 6) of Volume I of the RFP. Point 6 mentions the projected new policy
                                                   The approximate people scanning the                                                                                                  4. What is the approximate volume of pages the 20,000 users would scan in 1 year                                           generation figures for 2011 - 2012 and 2012-13. An insurance proposal would have on an average approximately 6
      12         2.2.4.1.2 Insurance               documents shall be ~ 20,000                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     pages to be scanned.

                                                   The number of users who would be using
                                                   the data for operational purposes from
                                                   ECMS would be approximately ~3500, with
                                                   the concurrent users being ~600 users and
                                                   number of peak users shall be ~1000
      13                                           users.                                                                                                                               1. What activities will be ECMS users perform on the scanned documents?                                                    Refer Annexure 3 and 4 of Volume I of the RFP

                                                   Bar codes for document identification shall
                                                   be procured by PLI and dispatched to all
                                                   the post offices across 22 circles for                                                                                               1. Is there a requirement for bar code printing from the scanning solution?
                                                   affixing on the documents for                                                                                                        2. Is there a need for Auto extraction of fields from the Scanned documents                                                1. Refer to Section 2.2.4.1. of Volume I of the RFP
      14                                           identification and auto indexing.                                                                                                    3. If auto extraction is required, approximately what are fields to be extracted and from what document types              2. Refer Annexure 4 of Volume I of the RFP
                                                   The documents comprising of account
                                                   opening forms and supporting KYC
                                                   documents collected at all the post offices
                                                   across 22 circles shall be forwarded to the
                                                   22 CPCs (1 in each circle) for scanning. The                                                                                         1. How many of users will be scanning concurrently from the 22 circles?
                                                   documents will be scanned at the                                                                                                     2. What are the different types of documents in an account opening form and supporting KYC documents?
                                                   designated banking CPCs and entered in                                                                                               3. What is the approximate volume of pages the 22 locations users would scan in 1 year
      15         2.2.4.2 Banking                   ECMS                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                   Ability to tag documents eg. Account
                                                   opening form , DoB proof, address proof,                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The tagging should be done manually as per the current requirement. However, the system should be able to
      16                                           etc                                                                                                                                  Is this tagging to be done automatically or manually                                                                       support the automation through OCR in future.
                                        The total number of users for banking
                                        would be ~ 220 (having read and write
                                        access). Number of concurrent users
                                        would be approximately 44. Number of
17                                      peak users would be approximately 132         1. Is this in addition to the 3500 users for Insurance?                                                                   Yes; these would be in addition to the insurance users
                                                                                      1. Are these native electronic files or paper files converted to electronic form
                                                                                      2. If yes, will the proposed scanning application be used to scan or will DoP provide scanned images to be imported
                                                                                      into ECMS                                                                                                                 All data digitization for Mail Operations, including scanning is not part of the scope of FSI. For Mail Operations, FSI
                                        ECMS will be used for storing documents       3. If the paper has to be scanned by the scanning application what is the volume per year to be scanned                   is expected to bring in the storage capacity as indicated in section 2.2.4.3 of volume of the RFP and provide the
18   2.2.4.3 Mail Operations            electronically                                                                                                                                                          integration.

                                        Maintain scanned images of all vouchers       1. What is the volume of vouchers to be scanned in 1 year
                                        for transactions occurring at Branch Post     2. For how many locations will the vouchers be scanned
19   2.2.4.4.1.1 Finance & Accounts     Offices and Sub Post Offices.                                                                                                                                           The available information has been shared in the RFP

                                        The ECMS system shall be accessible to the
                                        HR administrative users in 22 Circles and
                                        Directorate. The total number of users
                                        shall be 80. They shall have the access to                                                                                                                              The Vendor may take into account that around 20,000 employees are expected to join DoP year on year and
                                        scan, upload and tag the document (APAR       1. What is the volume of HR related documents that will be scanned every year                                             scanning of joining documents and supporting documents will be required (E.g. DOB certificate, Degree Certificate
                                        and Employee Joining forms) with the          2. What are the different types of documents that will be scanned                                                         etc.). This apart forms such as Pension, Gratuity, Nomination of Benefits etc. will need to be scanned and linked
                                        relevant employee ID and online service       3. Is there a need to do auto extraction of fields. If yes, what fields and from what document types                      with the Service Book. (An estimated 12-15 documents per new joinee will require to be scanned and stored in the
20   2.2.4.5.1 Human Resources          book                                                                                                                                                                    ECMS database)
                                        The total numbers of users shall be around
                                        1500 users The end users (2,74,000 users)
                                        will have the access to view the documents
                                        through an employee portal. The               1. What activities will the 1500 users perform                                                                            Authorized users will be able to make changes in the HRMS system based on a request by an End User and will
                                        documents shall be tagged to their online     2. What activities will the 2,74,500 users perform                                                                        upload relevant supporting documents. The End Users will be able to view the documents tagged to their
21                                      service book.                                                                                                                                                           Employee ID
                                                                                      How will the following applications be deployed? Centralized or De-centralized?
                                                                                      1. ECMS                                                                                                                   It shall be a centralized application
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
                                                                                      2. Scanning/Capture application                                                                                           RFP
                                                                                      3. Core Banking application                                                                                               It shall be a centralized application
22   Generic Clarifications                                                           4. Insurance application                                                                                                  It shall be a centralized application

                                                                                                                                                                                                                The Bidder is responsible for sizing and supply of necessary infrastructure for all the applications supplied as part
                                                                                      Will the Infrastructure be the same for all applications like core banking, insurance application, ECMS/DMS,              of this RFP. The bidder also needs to size the hardware for ECMS considering the additional requirements from
23                                                                                    Scanning application etc?                                                                                                 other applications such as mail, HR, finance and accounts etc. Please refer to section 2.2.4 of volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                      If DoP would like to go for Distributed/Decentralized processing, would there be 1 CPC for each circle or would
24                                                                                    there be CPC’s per line of business per circle.                                                                           There would be 1 CPC for each circle for banking operations
25                                                                                    What are the different type of retention and archiving policies for these image / documents?s                             Please refer to 'Table C - Data retention policy'
                                                                                      Do you want the ECMS system to provide collaboration features such as digital room/ workspace, announcements,
                                                                                      Discussion Boards tables, calendar etc. which can enable transparent and secure communication between various
26                                                                                    offices or a department within secure repository?                                                                         Bidder is expected to propose solution as per the RFP requirements
                                                                                      Should the ECMS System provide Federated search capability? Federated search should enables searching into
                                                                                      other sources of information RDBMS, email repositories and content repositories, including the proposed content
27                                                                                    management system, from a single search.                                                                                  Bidder is expected to propose solution as per the RFP requirements

                                                                                      Should the ECMS Engine Provide a policy engine that can execute storage placement and migration policies to
                                                                                      optimize storage, while reducing the content storage cost to the business and maintain accessibility and compliance
28                                                                                    needs? And also Provides policy-based content placement and migration capabilities across storage devices                 Bidder is expected to propose solution as per the RFP requirements
                                                                                      Do you need the Scanning Module too to be Web-based? So that the scanning and indexing can be done through
29                                                                                    thin-clients, that require no installation of software at the remote scanning locations?                                  Please refer to clarification given against query number 22
                                                                                      Do you want that the ECMS system should convert Word / Office file into non editable PDF's automatically for              Refer to Annexure 4 of Volume I of the RFP. Bidder to propose solution based on functional and technical
30                                                                                    compliance purposes?                                                                                                      requirements mentioned in the RFP

                                                                                      Should the proposed Collaboration should be possible between different users and should not be editable? and All
31                                                                                    comments posted while collaborating be visible with user details, date and time stamp?                                    Bidder is expected to propose solution as per the RFP requirements

32                                                                                    Please provide details on avg number of pages to be scanned and uploaded in the system every day/ months.                 Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

33                                                                                    Please provide the details on volume of content/business process involved in clearing the back logs documents.            Refer to Data Migration section (2.2.7) in Volume 1 of the RFP
                                        RFP scope: Rural ICT; Core application        Will Department of Post give preference to vendor who can offer seamless solution across Rural ICT, Rural ICT
                                        platform, hardware integrator, PLI            Hardware, PLI software solution? Or will these be considered as independent entities for tender and selection of
34   Section 1.4.1 (Page 18 of 317)     software                                      vendors.                                                                                                                  Please refer to Section 1.4 and 1.6 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                      For ATM Switches and Alternate delivery channels - will Department of Post run these are separate channels or will
35   Section 1.4.1.4 (Page 19 of 317)   Financial Services Integrator                 they run prefer to have these integrated.                                                                                 DoP envisages the solution to be an integrated solution.
                                                                                      Will Department of Post encourage an intermediatory system that can manage / interface / control the Rural ICT
                                                                                      operations, which will be fully integrated with core Banking and Insurance solutions and also with all payment and
36   Section 1.6.2.1 (Page 24 of 317)   Rural ICT System                              Rural ICT operations                                                                                                      Development and deployment of Service Delivery Platform is a part of RSI RFP scope.

                                                                                      Rural ICT Client application for Banking and Insurance - should these be single solution or can they be two different     The Bidder must propose the RICT client application(s) for banking and insurance as per the RFP scope. Rural PLI
37   Section 1.6.2.4 (Page 28 of 317) Financial Services SI                           applications - one for Banking and other for Insurance. Is Micro Insurance and Micro finance included in the scope?       is in scope. Micro Finance is not in scope.
                                                                                      Will the insurance solution require receipting to be part of the application either in a stand alone or integrated        Please refer to Annexure 3 of volume 1 of the RFP. The Bidder has to propose solution as per the requirements as
38   Section 2.2.2 (Page 40 of 317)     Insurance Solution                            mode                                                                                                                      mentioned in the RFP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Claims solution has to be in the 'Integrated mode' with the Policy Administration System/ Core Insurance System.
39   Section 2.2.2 (Page 40 of 317)     Insurance Solution                            Will the insurance solution require claims to be part of the application either in a stand alone or integrated mode       Refer to Annexure 3 of the Volume 1 of the RFP

40   Section 2.2.2 (Page 40 of 317)     Insurance Solution                            Can the Insurance solution and Rural ICT solution be one integrated solution?                                             RICT Client Application for insurance is part of FSI scope which is integrated with overall Insurance solution.
     Section 2.2.2.1.4 (Page 42 of                                                                                                                                                                              The lead management system should be as per the requirements mentioned in Section 2.2.2.1.4 of Volume 1 of
41   317)                               Lead Management system                        Can the lead management system be part of CRM product suite?                                                              the RFP, part of the PLI solution.
                                                                                      Postal Life Insurance to be distributed to employees of central & state governments, public sector units, banks etc.
                                                                                      (1) Does Department of Post has access to the data base of employees (2) I it available in XL or in CRM? (3)
                                        Core Insurance System / Policy                Employees are likely to be transferred. what is mechanism required to check this status and ensure duplicates (4)
42   Section 7.3 (Page 196 of 317)      Administration System                         Can employee opt for more than one policy                                                                                 Not relevant to the scope of work
                                                                                      Rural Postal Life Insurance. (1) Are these direct customers of Department of Posts, or will these be from
                                                                                      Government data bases? (2) What will be the enrolment process - when customers walk-in to the post offices, they
                                        Rural Insurance System / Policy               will be explained about the product (or) when the postman goes to distribute posts, he/she does a door to door
43   Section 7.3 (Page 196 of 317)      Administration System                         sales?                                                                                                                    Not relevant to the scope of work
     Section 2.2.9.1.6 (Page 57 of                                                    Training- would it be branch to branch training by application provider (vendor) or can we adopt ‘train-the-trainer’
44   317)                               RCIT Application Training                     program?                                                                                                                  Refer to Section 2.2.9 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                        Core Insurance System / Policy                Policy administration – Does this include enrolment, new business data entry and policy issuance? Spot issuance of
45   Section 7.3 (Page 196 of 317)      Administration System                         policy from the DoP branches ?                                                                                            Refer to Annexure 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP
46                                                                                    Policy servicing – Will there be both Monetary and non-monetary endorsements?                                             Refer to Annexure 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Refer to Annexure 3 and Annexure 14 of Volume 1 of the RFP.

                                                                                      Premium collection – Spot collection of premiums and receipting on the spot (using hand-helds and mini printers)?         Spot receipting of premium using RICT Insurance solution would be carried out in relation to RPLI business
                                                                                      Will the premium be one time or will there be a flexibility of paying weekly, fortnightly, monthly, quarterly or half-
47                                                                                    yearly?                                                                                                                   Premium payment frequency would be dependent on the type of insurance product
                                                                                      Loan – Will this be post issuance of policy, where the loan will be against policy cover (policy cover being treated as
48                                                                                    a collateral)?                                                                                                            Refer to Annexure 3 of the Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                The solution should be able to cater for bulk upload of data in case of group policies however group policies are
49                                                                                    Group Policies – is there a scope for bulk-upload of data when the enrolment is for a group?                              not being issued at present by PLI
                                                                                      Group Policies – when the customer is a group where the group is assigned a unique group ID, how will the policy          As of now PLI does not issue group policies. Decision as regards how the policy would be issued shall be taken as
50                                                                                    issuance be – Master policy to Group and individual certificates to members?                                              and when the product are launched
                                                                                      Must have functionality for daily updation of NAV in case of ULIP policies – Do we download this from standard            As of now PLI's product range does not include ULIPs. Decision as regards NAV updation in the system and the
51                                                                                    websites or will this be provided?                                                                                        source for the same shall be taken as and when ULIPs are launched
                                                                                      Must have ability to capture the time taken to complete a given activity in the system – Automated ? Is this for every
                                                                                      activity being performed in the insurance system or will it be for specific processes?
52                                                                                                                                                                                                              This functionality is required for activities which will be identified by PLI and shared with the successful bidder
                                        Must support functionalities for
53   Vol 1, Pg 253, # 8                 deskewing, cropping and smoothing             What is the approx. volume of documents being scanned at each location?                                                   Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        Must be able to integrate with a fax server
                                        for ingesting incoming faxes, so that the
                                        fax copy can be considered as document
                                        Must be able to integrate with a fax server
                                        for ingesting incoming faxes, so that the
54   Vol 1, Pg 253, # 9                 fax copy can be considered as document        What is the approx. volume of documents being ingested via Faxes?                                                         Volumetric for PLI have been shared in Annexure 13 (7.13.2)

                                        Medical Reports (hard copies of various                                                                                                                                 1. Refer to Annexure 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP for details
                                        sizes including uneven size and nature, Ex:
                                        ECG reports, X-Ray, Scanning reports and      How will hard copy medical reports be managed? Our understanding is that these type of documents will be stored           2. The hard copy of such medical records will be managed through a physical record management system (the
55   Vol 1, Pg 260, # 127               any other reports.)                           in vault and will be tracked through Physical Records Management System. Is that understanding correct?                   same is not part of this RFP)
56   General                                                                          Is there any requirement of mass data import when the system goes live?                                                   Please refer to Section 2.2.7 of The Volume 1 of the RFP
                                        Must support the below Integration
                                        security standards: Authentication
                                        Authorization Encryption Secure
                                        Conversation Non-repudiation XML
                                        Firewalls Security standards support WS-
                                        Security 1.0 , WS - Trust 1.2, WS-Secure      For both WS-Trust and WS - Secure Conversations latest endorsed versions are 1.3 - the endorsement has been
                                        Conversations 1.2, WS-Basic Security          done by leading vendors as well as the standards organization. Therefore we request to include support for the
57   Volume 1, Page 68, #25             Profile                                       latest versions of these specifications.                                                                                  Bidder should propose solution with version specified or higher
                                                                                      What are the number of users that are required to be considered?
                                                                                      The section 2.2.4.5 Human Resources talks about number of employees accessing HR information through
                                                                                      employee portal to be 2, 74,000. Is this the number of employees that we have to take into account for IDAM               Enterprise Wide Identity and Access management is not under the scope of this RFP. Refer Vol 1, 3.4 Security
58   Vol 1, 3.4 Security Requirements 3.3. User group creation                        solution?                                                                                                                 Requirements S.No 1.2
     Vol 1, 5 Risk based                                                              What are the number of users that are required to be considered?
59   authentication solution                                                           What is the load expected on the solution in terms on TPS?                                                               Refer Section 5 & Annexure 13 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                       System to allow De-Duplication check
                                       facility based on defined fields like Name,
     Page 111, Annexure 1: FRS: CBS    Address, PAN Number and                        Is the De-Duplication check only required for Banking customer or across functions? What about de-duplication of
60   CIF 3                             Telephone/mobile Number.                       insurance customers?                                                                                                              Please refer to Annexure 3 of The Volume 1 of the RFP
                                       System to allow De-Duplication check
                                       facility based on defined fields like Name,
     Page 111, Annexure 1: FRS: CBS    Address, PAN Number and                        Should system provide facility to merge & de-merge of duplicate record? Should system provide ability to automate
61   CIF 3                             Telephone/mobile Number.                       merging if matching is above x%?                                                                                  Auto merging is not a mandatory specification. The Bidder can propose this functionality.

                                       Facility to have final consolidation of the
     Page 119, Annexure 1: FRS: CBS    GL at directorate level (including branches    Please elaborate the non banking solutions. Does this mean that we are looking for a separate consolidation engine
62   GLA13                             that are not on core banking solution)         across different functions of DOP across HO, SO & BO                                                               Requirement is self explanatory
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Providing the RICT device is not in the scope of this RFP. The RICT device will not store attached documents for
     Page 310, Annexure 14: Rural                                                     Please specify which & how much data to be stored in rural ICT devices for Insurance? Will it store attached       claim or policies. It will not store data of adjoining post offices. FSI should size the requirements for the RICT PLI
63   ICT FRS for insurance                                                            documents for claim or policies? Will this Rural ICT device store data of adjoining post offices?                  and CBS applications.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Details in relation to commission logic shall be shared with the successful bidder.
     Page 42, 2.2.2.1.3 Agency                                                        Please provide details of commission logic. What is the frequency of these payments? Can agencies see projected
64   Management System                 Ability to handle commission payments          commission?                                                                                                                       Refer to Annexure - 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP for functionalities related to agency management system
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        1. Yes; the rules should be easily readable by business people and editable in word/ excel.
                                                                                      Should these rules be easily readable by business people and editable in word/excel? How frequent does these
65   Page 239, PIE Rules Engine PIE    Rules Engine                                   rules change                                                                                                                      2. Frequency of change would depend on business scenarios at the given time
                                                                                      Should the web portal provide functionality of self assessment/interview to get exact procedure including fees,
66   Page 240, PIF Web Portal, PIF     Web Portal                                     forms, location and time lines and avoid calls to call centers?                                                                   Refer to Annexure 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                       Entire PLI (including RPLI) data has to be
                                       migrated to the new application. FSI will
                                       assume complete responsibility in ensuring
                                       that PLI data (Operational, non
                                       operational, open transactions and other
                                       archived data will be migrated. Need for
                                       data migration may arise either due to
                                       business requirement or due to
                                       infrastructure migration / upgrade or a        Are profiling, standardization, duplicate check & merging to be done when this data is migrated? How DOP will
67   Page 41 Point 8                   change request.)                               ensure that data is clean in day to day Operations?                                                                               Refer to Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                      In how many places customer data will be maintained? We clearly see customer data will be in CBS & PLI system in
                                       Scope of Work for Financial Services           this RFP. We also see more systems where customer data will be maintained like mail ops, e-commerce etc. Is DOP                   Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
68   Page 38 Point 2.1                 Solution                                       looking at single place to store all customer data? if yes, which system?                                                         RFP
     Page 247, PIH Call Center                                                        Is this call center specific to PLI or single call center for all services of DOP? Will customer call to different call centers   DoP will have a single call centre which is in not in scope of FSI. The requirements mention in the PLI FRS are
69   Solution                          Call center solution                           for PLI and CBS? If not, which system will maintain customer 360 view?                                                            specific to the 'call centre module/solution' which will be a part of the insurance application.

                                       Using the current PLI application, the
                                       System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                       wherever applicable for Supply,
                                       Customization / Enhancement, Installation,
                                       and Commissioning of insurance                 Can existing PLI system be replaced with latest and robust systems available in the market if amount of
70   Page 40, Point2.2.2               application(s) as per requirements             modifications are high?                                                                                                           The scope mentioned under section 2.2.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP is self explanatory in nature
                                       "The insurance solution shall consist of the
                                       following modules:                        i.
                                       Policy administration system, ii. Rules
                                       Engine, iii. Agency management system, iv.
     Page 40, Point 2.2.2, Sub section Lead management system, v. Workflow            Is there a preference for a single system/application for rules engine, agency management, call center, lead
71   1                                 management system                              management, claims, reinsurance, alternate channels (SMS, email & web) & workflow management?                                     No such preference is specified. The proposed solution should be seamlessly integrated.

                                                                                      Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                      architectures. The changed clause should be “Should support a passive midplane architecture with all active
                                       High-Availability Dual Path Midplane for       components redundant. In case of active midplane, redundant high- availability dual path mid plane for providing
                                       providing two-way communication paths          two-way communication paths for Ethernet, Fiber Channel, Power Supply and Management Signals and should
                                       for Ethernet, Fiber Channel, KVM Switches,     support Dual 10Gb High- Speed Ethernet ports and Infiniband ports.” The suggested change will be completely open
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        Power Supply and Management Signals            and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis mid plane should be completely passive and should
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No and should support Dual 10Gb High- Speed       not have active components so redundant mid plane is not required. Blade chassis active components should be
72   2                                 Ethernet Switches and Infiniband Switches      hot pluggable.                                                                                                     Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                                                                      Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                      architectures. The changed clause should be “Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum of 8 Full Height Hot Plug-
                                       Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum           gable Blade Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as well as Power Connectors for Redundancy." The suggested change
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        of 14 Full Height Hot Plug-gable Blade         will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis even with 10 full height blades
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as well       can host up to 160 cores in a single chassis. The purpose should be to consolidate maximum compute in terms of
73   3                                 as Power Connectors for Redundancy.            CPUs, Memory and IO and not the count of blade servers.                                                              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                       Redundant Gigabit Layer 2/7 Ethernet
                                       Switch Modules having minimum 4 up-link         Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                       Ports. Should enable consolidation of full     architectures. The changed clause should be “Redundant Gigabit Ethernet/10GigE Pass-through modules or
                                       Layer 2-7 LAN switching capabilities as well   Ethernet Switch modules to support redundant network ports for each blade server.” The suggested change will be
                                       as Support virtualized network services        completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis should support network passthrough
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        using VLANs, Virtual IPs, Virtual Server       modules which is a non blocking architecture. Internal switches have blocking architecture and huge administration
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Router and Virtual Router Redundancy           and support over head. Both the architectures serve the similar purpose but provide non blocking access while
74   4                                 Protocol                                       other vendors provide switches which have blocking architecture.                                                                  Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                                                                      Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                      architectures. The changed clause should be “Should support Redundant hot swap 8 gb fibre channel cards for each
                                                                                      blade server or Redundant hot-swap 8GB Fibre Channel SAN Switch Modules with no single point of failure”. The
                                                                                      suggested change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis should
                                                                                      support latest generation PCI e 2 based FC hbas which are hot swappable even on the blade server basis. This
                                       Redundant Hot-Swap 8GB Fibre Channel           provides unique benefits as incase of one fc port failure only that card will be affected and can be replaced online.
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        SAN Switch Modules should provide no           In case SAN switch if one port fails on the switch all the ports will be affected as the whole switch needs to be
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No single point of failure. There should be       replaced. Uplink port is not required as ditect access to external san switch for all the blades can be done and thus
75   6                                 min. of 6 External uplink Ports                provides full bandwidth for all the blades rather than blocked only through uplink ports.                             Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                      Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                      architectures. The changed clause should be “Hot swappable management module to communicate with the
                                       Dual Redundant management modules              system management processor on the Blade Servers from remote locations." The suggested change will be
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        (Hot Swappable) to communicate with the        completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade management module should be passive and
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No system management processor on the             hot pluggable. Replacing the management module should not require bringing the chassis down. Spare chassis
76   7                                 Blade Servers from remote locations            management module can be provided.                                                                                    Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                       10 Hot-Swap Modules (2 x Dedicated
                                       Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module Slots, 2 x
                                       Dedicated Bridged Module Slots, 2 x
                                       Dedicated Ether Switch/Fiber Channel
                                       Switch Slots & 4 x High-Speed Slots for 10G
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        Ethernet or Infiniband). All modules           Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No installed in pairs should be able to support   architectures. This clause needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid. The changed clause should be
77   8                                 load balancing and fail-over support.          “Chassis should support all modules Ethernet (1g/10g), infiniband, FC ports in load balancing and failover mode.”                 Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                       Chassis should have an integrated tool that
                                       can provide a view of the actual power
                                       used (as opposed to benchmarked power
                                       consumption) and can effectively allocate,
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        match and cap power and thermal limits in
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No the data centre at the system, chassis and      Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. This clause is a data centre
78   12                                rack level.                                    related specification and not the blade chassis specifications. Hence this clause needs to be removed.                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                       Should provide support for remote console
                                       management, power on/off blades, should
                                       monitor power status, operating system,
                                       temperature, disks, blowers, power
                                       Modules, system diagnostic programs
                                       provided through the Management
                                       Software. Also features such as Power
                                       Management feature such as balancing of
                                       performance of system as per the available
                                       power input & ability to plan & predict        Existing Clause is proprietary in language so below change needs to be done to make it generic and all major server
                                       power Consumption based on hardware            vendors to comply. The changed clause should be “Should provide support for remote console management,
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        configuration should be available.             power on/off blades, should monitor power status, operating system, temperature, disks, blowers, power Modules,
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Automatic Server Restart feature should be     system diagnostic programs provided through the Management Software.” This change is recommended to make
79   17                                supported.                                     the clause open and to allow all blade architectures to comply.                                                     This requirement is not proprietary and remains unchanged

     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        The chassis should be able to support          The language of Existing Clause should be changed as below so allow a mix X64 or RISC/EPIC blades. “The chassis
     3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Blade Servers CISC/EPIC/RISC architecture      should be able to support a mix Blade Servers of X64( Intel/AMD), CISC/EPIC/RISC architecture processors” This
80   19                                processors                                     change is recommended to make the clause open and to allow all blade architectures to comply.                                     Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                       Each server must be populated with             Dual core processors are not available in the industry as all vendors have 6 core or 8 cores processors. Server
                                       minimum 2 dual/multi-core CPUs with            vendors have 4, 6, 8 core processors in X64 range while 4,8 ,16 core processor in RISC/EPIC. Specifying number of
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        highest speed and FSB available in the         processors will not make sense looking at current and latest generation processors. So number of cores should be
81   3.2.1.3/ Page 74 / Sl.No 2        server family.                                 specified.                                                                                                                        Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                       Virtualization Software License, allowing
                                       for hosting multiple Virtual Machines
                                       (VMs) on the Server. The virtualization
                                       Software should be directly hosted on the      This change is must for leading Virtualization technologies to comply. Virtualization software may be directly hosted
                                       Hardware, and allow for migration of VMs       on the server or os/hypervisor based. The required functionality can be achieved in both the technologies.
     FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        from one physical server to another            “Virtualization Software License, allowing for hosting multiple Virtual Machines (VMs) on the Server. The
82   3.2.1.3/ Page 74 / Sl.No 6        physical server.                               virtualization software should allow for migration of Vms from one physical server to another physical server.”       Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                        We will provide OEM authorization as per the respective format of the OEM and our global agreement with the FSI
                                                                                        system integrator. Since these are SI lead bids, no OEM will accept any back to back clause. Kindly change to
83    FSI RFP Volume 2 : Page 66        Authorization letter from OEM                   standard OEM authorization letter.                                                                                   No change in the requirement
                                        Undertake that the support including            OEM will typically make support available for a minimum of five (5) years after the Last Ship Date. OEM may elect to
                                        spares, upgrades of all the quoted              cease offering support for a specific Hardware or Software Products before the end of the five-year EOSL period. If
      FSI RFP Volume 2 : Page 34/13     products shall be available for a period of     this occurs, SI will provide Customers with at least three months' notice of its plans to discontinue support and
84    (D)                               5 years after date of commissioning             make alternate arrangement so that a DOP is not impacted.                                                            No change in the requirement

                                        The solution architecture should be
                                        modular and flexible which shall be able to
                                        plug and play different components based
85    FSI RFP Volume 1 :3.1 (3)         on business requirements                        Please elaborate on what kind of components are being referred to for 'Plug and Play' operation                         Requirement is self explanatory
                                        The proposed systems should be able to
                                        perform required business functions as
                                        per RFP scope and should be able to
                                        seamlessly integrate with other business
                                        systems such as Mail, Package Applications
                                        etc. when India Post Integration backbone
86    FSI RFP Volume 1 : 3.1 (4)        is available                                    please elaborate what is meant by 'India Post Integration Backbone'                                                     Please refer to the diagram in section 1.6.1 of Volume 1 of the RFP
      FSI RFP Volume 1 :AML System
87    (pg 173)                          AML                                             Is there any existing system for AML?                                                                                   An existing system for AML is not present
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : KYC System                                                                                                                                                                             The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and
88    (pg 174)                        KYC                                               Is this externalized or to be provided as part of the solution?                                                         the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
                                      Pt 5 -Supply, Installation and
                                      Commissioning of all central production
                                      hardware – T+6 Mths
                                      Pt 6 - Supply, Customization /
                                      Enhancement and installation of CBS, PLI
                                      and ECMS Application (including CBS and           Ideally the Software Installation starts after the completion of Hardware Installation, hence T+6 for both Hardware
      FSI RFP Volume 1 :Table 5 Pts 5 PLI Application for RICT solution) at central      and Software does not meet the practical timelines as the Software installation can start only once the Hardware is
89    &6                              location – T+6Mths                                installed and tested. Can you please clarify?                                                                           The T+6 timeline is the maximum time allowed. The Bidder should plan the activities accordingly.
      FSI RFP Volume 1 Mobile                                                           Can you please confirm whether for mobile banking requirement you are considering both Java application
90    Banking                                                                           download and/or Browser-based mobile banking?                                                                           The Bidder should propose browser, application and sms based solution for mobile banking.
                                                                                        Regard the ticketing section – is the Bank looking at a requirement where the customer goes to a website and
                                                                                        purchases say rail tickets and then can select the DOP netbanking site and further select their account to make the
       FSI RFP Volume 1 Internet                                                        payment. The net banking application will need to integrate with the external application/site. Can you please
91    Banking                                                                           confirm our understanding?                                                                                              The understanding is correct.
      FSI RFP Volume 1 Internet                                                         There is a requirement that says the net banking system shall allow making the following request – link accounts .
92    Banking                                                                           Can you please elaborate on this requirement?                                                                           The customer should be able to link various accounts held with DoP across products.

                                                                                        Other than insurance, is Rural ICT required for banking activities such as lending and deposits products ? If yes
                                                                                        what will be the mode of interface (online/batch) and frequency of such transaction updates.                            Refer to Annexure 6 of Volume 1 of the RFP. The application should have capability for both batch and online
93    FSI RFP Volume 1 Rural ICT FRS                                                                                                                                                                            processing. The frequency of batch synchronization may vary across locations depending on network availability.

                                                                                        – India Post is looking at installing ATMs at remote locations across India and the vendors should have the
                                                                                        experience to do Second Level Maintenance services for a large number of ATMs across the country. Managed
                                     The partner providing ATM managed                  services comprising of Cash replenishment and forecasting, cheque collection, EJ pulling, monitoring are activities
      FSI_RFP_Volume_II Section No. services should have carried out ATM                done on the ground by different agencies and the MS vendor only coordinates the same. We would request that
      4.2.1.2 Table 3 Point 4 & Page installations and managed services for             the above point be amended to “ should have carried out ATM installations and Second level maintenance for 3000
94    35                             3000 ATMs within India                             ATMs within India and having Managed services centre operational in India for at least one year”                    No change in requirement

                                     Self declaration by an Authorized Signatory
      FSI_RFP_Volume_II Section No. of the partner or Client declaration/ work
      4.2.1.2 Table 3 Point 4 & Page order stating the size and details of the
95    35                             project implemented                                - Can Purchase orders of ongoing projects which have been won recently also be submitted as proof?                      No change in the requirement

                                        Managed Service Centre
                                        The FSI should establish an ATM managed
                                        service centre and connect all ATM/CDs to
                                        provide a real time, online remote
                                        monitoring tool at DoP’s site or site
                                        specified by DoP for observing the health
      FSI_RFP_Volume_I Section No.      of ATM/CDs under Managed service as per         Is the FSI responsible to set up an ATM managed services centre / ATM help desk? In such a case, the qualification
96    2.2.6.4 & Page 50                 services stipulated below &                     criteria for the Managed services should be with the FSI and not the ATM vendor                                         The overall responsibility to set up the ATM managed services centre lies with the FSI.
                                        Managed Service Centre
                                        ATM Helpdesk (To be integrated with the
      FSI_RFP_Volume_I Section No.      intermediate helpdesk/ central helpdesk         In case the ATM vendor / Managed services centre has an existing functional help desk / managed services centre         The existing functional helpdesk/managed services centre can be used. The same should meet the requirements
97    2.2.6.4 & Page 50                 set up by CSI                                   then reports as desired by India Post can be send to the FSI. Please clarify                                            specified in the RFP. The overall responsibility for managed services would lie with the FSI
                                        Maintenance
                                        The response time will be 15 minutes for
                                        all offices and the resolution time will be 2
      FSI_RFP_Volume_I Section No.      hours for urban POs and 4 hours for rural       We request the resolution time for rural / remote locations the travel time from nearest service location to the site
98    5.3.2.1 & Page 103                POs                                             plus 4 hours                                                                                                            No change

                                      The bidder may partner with other
                                      companies, who may be OEMs or service
                                      providers, for the purpose of bidding for
                                      this project. The bidder should individually
                                      and necessarily satisfy the pre qualification
                                      criteria as specified for bidder. The
                                      partners of the bidder for this project
                                      (hereafter referred to as Partners) should
                                      individually and necessarily satisfy the pre
      FSI_RFP_Volume_II Section No. qualification criteria as specified for the
99    3.4 & Page 14                   partners of the bidder.                           Can the bidder partner with an ATM company and a Managed services company separately for this project ?                 The same is acceptable.
      FSI RFP Volume 1
      Section 1.6.1 Mapping of
      Solution Blueprint to different
100   vendors                         Proposed Solution Blueprint                       Can you please provide the details of external systems that needs to be interfaced with new PLI/RPLI applications?      For all the PLI/ RPLI specific integration requirements refer Annexure - 3 of Volume I of the RFP


      FSI RFP Volume 1
      Section 2.2.3 Supply,
      Customization / Enhancement,
      Installation, and Commissioning
      of solutions for alternate
      delivery channels for Postal                                                                                                                                                                              Presently PLI sells policies through the direct agents model. However in future PLI may sell its policies through
101   Banking and Insurance solution Distribution Channel                               Which are the distribution Channels in scope? E.g Agents, Direct Channel, Bancassurance etc                             other distribution channels.

                                        Entire PLI (including RPLI) data has to be
                                        migrated to the new application. FSI will
      FSI RFP Volume 1                  assume complete responsibility in ensuring      Are there any Insurance business data available other than core PLI/RPLI applications to be migrated to new PLI
      Section 2.2.7 Data migration of   that PLI data (operational, non operational,    applications? E.g Data available in Spreadsheet, MS access Databases etc
      Postal Banking and Insurance      open transactions and other archived
102   from existing applications        data) will be migrated.                         If the answer is 'Yes' what is the volume of such data                                                                  Only the data available in the existing PLI/ RPLI application is to be migrated to the new application
      FSI RFP Volume 1

      Section 7.3 Annexure 3: FRS -                                                                                                                                                                             PLI/ RPLI is presently governed by MoF guidelines and regulations. However guidelines and regulations issued by
103   PLI                               Functional requirements                         What are the regulatory requirements?                                                                                   IRDA have been taken as benchmark for adherence.
      FSI RFP Volume 1                                                                                                                                                                                          The regional language will be agreed upon by DoP once a successful bidder is on board.
                                      The application should be accessible in           Which are the regional languages need to be supported?                                                                  All items on the screen and communication documents shall be available in 2 languages - English/Hindi or
      Section 7.14 Annexure 14: Rural bilingual mode (English and Hindi/ regional                                                                                                                               English/Regional. DoP will choose the appropriate language to displayed on screen for each State/Region and
104   ICT FRS for insurance           language as applicable)                           Will it be required to support bilingual in both screens and communication documents?                                   inform the same to successful bidder
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Refer to Annexure 3 and Annexure 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Besides the details mentioned in Annexure - 8 of Volume I of the RFP further details about the legacy application
                                                                                                                                                                                                                can be obtained during the walkthrough on 24 January 2010. Details of venue and time of the walkthrough will
105   FSI RFP Volume 1                  General questions                               Can you please provide the business and technical architecture of current PLI and RPLI applications?                    be notified to the bidders.
106   FSI RFP Volume 1                  General questions                               Can you please provide the preferred technology stack of India Post?                                                    Bidder to propose solution as per the technical and functional requirements as mentioned in the RFP
      FSI RFP Volume 1
107                                     General questions                               What are the business and technical pain areas of current PLI/RPLI applications?                                        Refer to Section 1 of the Volume 1 of the RFP
      FSI_RFP_Volume_I                                                                                                                                                                                          It is the module/ application for matching the premium realized (as per bank data) and the premium updated, on
108   Section 2.2.2.1.1                 Cash Matching                                   What is Cash matching? Are you referring to Accounts Reconciliation?                                                    receipt, in the PAS/ Core Insurance System

      FSI_RFP_Volume_I
      2.2.2.1.3 Agency Management       1. Ability to maintain multiple relationships
109   System                            with different distribution channels            Please elaborate this preferably with a specific example describing the business rule.                                  Refer to Annexure 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                        Please provide the following additional parameters:
                                                                                        Expected Throughput
                                                                                         Policy per Hour
                                        38.Should support minimum 120                    Policy per Day
      FSI_RFP_Volume_I                  Transactions per Seconds (TPS) and at least      Claim per Hour
      3.1 Solution Requirements         16,000 concurrent users on the proposed          Claim per Day
      And                               hardware and Solution for insurance.             Endorsements per Hour                                                                                                  1. Refer Annexure 13 (section 7.13.2 - point 6) of Volume I of the RFP for details related to projected new business,
110   7.13.2 Insurance section 4                                                         Endorsements per Day                                                                                                   claims, policy servicing, etc
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Please refer to section 3.1 of volume 1 of the RFP. The following are the main services to be offered to
                                      12.In offline mode, the application should                                                                                                                                policyholders/ potential customers under RPLI under the offline mode
                                      serve customers located in remote areas
      FSI_RFP_Volume_I                without sufficient telecommunication                                                                                                                                      1. Premium acceptance.
      7.14 Annexure 14: Rural ICT FRS network infrastructure                                                                                                                                                    2. Policy proposal acceptance
111   for insurance                                                                     What are the specific services expected to be offered to the customers in remote areas, offline?                        3. Acceptance of policy servicing requests from the policy holders
                                                                                      From the RFP document, our assumption on number of products is as follows:
                                                                                      Postal Life Insurance:6 Products
                                       Number of products and lines of                Rural Postal Life Ins: 6 Products
112   General                          businesses                                     Please confirm our assumption on number of products.                                                                       Please refer to section 1.7.1.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                      Provide the list of the interfaces internal to your IT environment under the implementation scope of core insurance
113   General                          List of the interfaces                         platform.                                                                                                                  Refer to clarification given against query no 100
                                                                                      Provide the list of the interfaces external to your IT environment under the implementation scope of core
114   General                          List of the interfaces                         insurance platform.                                                                                                        Refer to clarification given against query no 100
                                                                                      From the RFP document our assumption is that only one server (PLI) holds the insurance data. Please confirm. If
                                                                                      there are other source systems, please provide the following:
                                                                                      What is the number of source system to migrate the data from? Please also provide the volume of the insurance
115   General                          Data Migration                                 data(Policy , Claim, Party) in each system.                                                                                Refer to Annexure 11 of Volume of the RFP
116   General                          Data Extraction                                Please confirm if your team will do the Data Extraction and Cleansing part in a mutually agreed format.                    Please refer to section 2.2.7 of the Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                      Please confirm if only the feed is required from the core insurance solution to your existing reporting system for
117   General                          Reporting requirements                         meeting your reporting requirements.                                                                                       Bidder to propose solution as per the technical and functional requirements as mentioned in the RFP
118   General                                                                         Please confirm if only a feed is required from the core insurance solution to your Enterprise GL system.                   Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP
119   General                                                                         Please provide your platform preference , if any, in terms of IBM or Oracle stack.                                         Refer to clarification no. 106
                                                                                      Under this section, total number of line items under system requirement is shown upto ATM92 where as line item
      FSI RFP Volume 1                                                                listed in excel sheet "TECH_3_Compliance_Statement_Format_For_Functional_Technology_Evaluation" is upto
      Section 7.2 Annexure 2: Rural                                                   ATM 86.
      ICT FRS : ATM Switch                                                            Please advise which one should be considered?
120   Application                      General questions                                                                                                                                                         Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                      Under this section, under heading (The ATM Switch shall interface with the following solutions) there are two line
                                                                                      items viz ATM IF 1 and ATM IF 2. These two line items are missing in excel sheet
      FSI RFP Volume 1                                                                "TECH_3_Compliance_Statement_Format_For_Functional_Technology_Evaluation".
      Section 7.2 Annexure 2: Rural                                                   Please advise.
      ICT FRS : ATM Switch
121   Application                      General questions                                                                                                                                                         Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

      FSI RFP Volume 1
      Section 7.6 Annexure 6: Rural                                                   We understand that there is a separate RFP for RICT. However there is a workbook on the same, please clarify.              There is a separate RFP for RICT. CBS and PLI application for RICT is in scope of FSI. Please refer to Section 1.4 and
122   ICT FRS : CBS RICT Application   General questions                                                                                                                                                         1.6 of Volume 1 of the RFP.


                                       1. Monthly ATM/CD uptime should be
                                       99%. “ATM/CD Uptime” is defined as the
                                       monthly average of the time the ATM/CD
                                       is available to customers and are not
                                       subject to a Service Interruption. The
      FSI RFP Volume 1                 penalty for non compliance will be 2% of
                                       the total yearly ATM lease rental cost. The    Please specify the Uptime and availability time clearly.
      Section 5.3 : SLRs for ATM/CD,   penalty value shall increase by 1% for
123   5.3.1 : Availability SLR         every 1% drop in expected service level.       The normal uptime is 98.5% and available time 95% or less. The calculation is not shown.                                   No change in the requirement
                                                                                      There is least possibility of cash out situation if the cassettes are filled in with currency denominations. Switch
      FSI RFP Volume 1                                                                indicates the cash out situation; so unless there is no cash and no proper ATM balancing done cash out situation
                                                                                      may not arise.                                                                                                             Refer to Section 2.2.6.3 of the Volume 1 of the RFP. Cash replenishment is part of a scope of FSI. Cash
      Section 5.3 : SLRs for ATM/CD,   3. (i) All the Cassettes with ‘Cash Out’       Does Post office promise to give sufficient cash to be replenished in the ATM?                                             replenishment is part of a scope of FSI. DoP has responsibility to provide the projected cash from its
124   5.3.1 : Availability SLR         situation except as mentioned above.           Cash replenishment is by whom; the post office or cash management agency of FIS?                                           identified/designated offices.

      FSI RFP Volume 1                 5.3.2.1 The response time will be 15
      Section 5.3 : SLRs for ATM/CD,   minutes for all offices and the resolution
      5.3.2 : Response Times and       time will be 2 hours for urban POs and 4
125   other ATM/CD-Specific Items      hours for rural POs.                           Response time should be increased to 6 hours. Please confirm                                                               No change in the requirement

126   FSI RFP Volume 1                 ATMs                                           For transactions averaging 20 per ATM as per the given statistics; 4 cassettes is over sizing. Please confirm.             No change in the requirement

127   FSI RFP Volume 1                 ATMs                                           Life of the ATMs normally more than 5 years; what happens to the assets, Site ATMs, UPS, ACs etc. after 5 years?           Please refer to section 5.3 of Model Lease and Managed Services Agreement in Volume 3 of the RFP.
128   FSI RFP Volume 1                 ATMs                                           Leased rental/ Monthly will be in advance or in arrears?                                                                   Lease Rental Payment will be in arrears
                                                                                      Site size 10X80 is also on the higher side. Unless India Post has plans to add other devices to the site; 80 square feet
129   FSI RFP Volume 1                 ATMs                                           is large space for new breed of ATMs. Please confirm.                                                                      The site size is the maximum size. The area will differ as per the location.
130   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              Membership to MCI/VISA should be on account of India Post. Please confirm.                                                 The understanding is correct.
                                                                                      Predominantly we expect debit cards alone. Is India Post looking at Rupee Pay or India Pay card by NPCIL/NFS? Are
                                                                                      we planning VISA/MCI issuance or acquiring? What are the external networks that India Post is planning to connect?
                                                                                      Apart from VISA/MCI/NFS, any other Bank’s network like SBI that has more than 25000 ATMs will also be                      The understanding is correct but not limited to the mentioned networks. DoP will explore possible tie ups and
131   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              considered?                                                                                                                card issuance in future as per the business strategy and requirements.
                                                                                      Who owns the cash - FIS or India Post or any other bank? Since lost payee is India Post we believe this is by India
                                                                                      Post. Do they have a cash supply branch or it is any other bank where India post maintains account that shall supply
132   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              cash?                                                                                                                      DoP would provide cash through designated post offices.
                                                                                      Cash reconciliation should be done with cash branch/ ATM/account holder/VISA/MCI/others? Is the understanding
133   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              right?                                                                                                                     The understanding is correct.
                                                                                      The BINs are a single BIN are multiple BINS? If Indian Post joins VISA/MCI then they may be supplied respective
134   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              BINS; else are they planning their IINS?                                                                                   The requirements are self explanatory.
                                                                                      Once the accounts are centrally managed; why should these accounts be in relationship with the branch? Is the
135   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              reconciliation required till the branch level?                                                                             The reconciliation is required at the branch level.
                                                                                      Disputes resolutions are not part of the services? Who takes care of such online, dispute, representment,
136   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              chargeback if any on these transactions?                                                                                   Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
137   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              Does this card planned to be issued are affiliated to a location or a branch or its centrally issued?                      The ATM cards will be centrally issued.
138   FSI RFP Volume 1                 General questions                              Does India Post have a system of Interpost offices transactions?                                                           yes, DoP has a system of Interpost offices transactions


                                       4.4.1- The Bidder shall give the total
                                       composite price inclusive of all levies and
                                       taxes, i.e. customs duty, sales tax/VAT,
                                       service tax & excise and insurance. Any
                                       increase in rates of taxes will be to the
                                       account of the Bidder. The basic unit price    Either it should be tax exclusive or impact of changes in tax should need to be borne by the client or as per mutual
                                       and all other components of the price          agreement between client and TCS. Also section specifies "ANY INCREASE in Rates" to be borne by TCS, this needs to
                                       need to be individually indicated. Prices of   be change to iny impact of change in Rate whether increase or decrease in tax rate. What if change in tax
139   FSI - Volume 2                   incidental services should also be quoted      structure?? introduction of any new tax??Who will bear it? Not mentioned in RFP.                                     No change in the requirement

                                       4.4.1 - Prices shall be quoted entirely in
                                       Indian Rupees. (% values are not allowed).
                                       No clauses for price fluctuations due to
                                       fluctuation of the Indian currency against
                                       any of foreign currency will be accepted
140   FSI - Volume 2                   during the period of the contract              Exchange Fluctuation should not be borne by TCS also. Should be as per mutual agreement.                                   No change in the requirement
                                                                                      For application development, central hardware & training 20% payments are proposed as quarterly payments over
                                                                                      warranty phase. Whereas same should be released on completion of application development and installation and
                                       Section 10. Para 1 Terms of Payment            testing of central hardware. If require TCS can provide a bank guarantee and than DoP can release the payment
141   FSI - Volume 3                   Schedule                                       immediately                                                                                                                No change in the requirement
                                                                                      Request to modify the clause so that FSI shall be responsible for all applicable taxes except service tax and value
                                                                                      added tax. Further, FSI shall be reimbursed for payment of any new taxes or an increase in the rates of existing
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                     taxes or any other sum, if any payable in respect of any sales tax and/or any other state or central levy. This will
142   5.3.1, Page 30                   Tax                                            apply retrospectively, if so applicable upon FSI.                                                                          No change in the requirement
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                     Request Department of Posts to provide at least ninety (90) days advance written notice to FSI before terminating
143   6.2.2.1, Page 32                 Termination for convenience                    the Agreement for convenience.                                                                                             No change in the requirement
                                                                                      Request Department of Posts to provide at least thirty (30) days advance written notice to FSI before terminating
                                                                                      the Agreement for breach. Similarly, FSI shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if the Department of Posts
                                                                                      commits any material breach of any term of this contract and which in the case of a breach capable of being
                                                                                      remedied shall not have been remedied within thirty (30) working days of written notice to remedy the same. Upon
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                     termination, Department of Posts shall be liable to make payments to fSI for all services and deliverables rendered
144   6.2.3, Page 33                   Termination for Breach                         upto effective date of termination.                                                                                        No change in the requirement
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause
145   6.3.7, Page 35                   Effects of termination                         Request that FSI shall not be liable for any differential costs exceeding 10% of the Contract Value.                       No change in requirement

                                                                                      Request that liquidated damages shall be levied only for delays that are solely and entirely attributable to FSI and
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                     shall be limited to 0.5% of the value of delayed deliverables/ services per week or part thereof of delay subject to
146   6.4.1, Page 35                   Liquidated damages                             maximum liquidated damages not exceeding 5% of the value of delayed deliverables/ services.                                No change in requirement


                                                                                      Request to insert standard exceptions to warranty as follows: The scope of the warranty shall be limited only to
                                                                                      correction of any bugs that were left undetected during acceptance testing by the Department of Posts. Warranty
                                                                                      shall not cover any enhancements or changes in the application software, carried out after acceptance testing. This
                                                                                      warranty is only valid for defects against approved Specifications. The above mentioned warranty shall also not
                                                                                      apply if there is any (i) combination, operation, or use of some or all of the deliverables or any modification thereof
                                                                                      furnished hereunder with information, software, specifications, instructions, data, or materials not approved by FSI
                                                                                      and operation of the deliverables on incompatible hardware not recommended by FSI; (ii) any change, not made
                                                                                      by FSI, to some or all of the deliverables; or (iii) if the deliverables have been tampered with, altered or modified by
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                     the Department of Posts without the written permission of FSI; or (iv) defects in components or materials provided
147   7.2.1.2, Page 40                 Warranty and Maintenance                       to FSI by Department of Posts in connection with the preparation of the deliverable.                                     No change in requirement

                                                                                      Request to insert standard exclusion to warranty for non-infringement of third party IPR as follows: This non-
                                                                                      infringement warranty shall not apply to the extent that an infringement claim arises as a result of (a) use of the
                                                                                      deliverable other than in accordance with any applicable specifications or documentation relating to the deliverable
                                                                                      provided by FSI, (b) modification or alteration of the deliverable made after the delivery by FSI to Department of
                                                                                      Posts if such modification or alteration was not made by or on behalf of FSI, (c) use of the deliverable in
                                                                                      combination with other products or systems not reasonably anticipated in the specifications, or (d) infringement
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                     arising from components or materials provided to FSI by or on behalf of Department of Posts in connection with the
148   7.2.1.6, Page 40                 Warranty and Maintenance                       development of the deliverable.                                                                                      No change in requirement
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause
149   7.3.1, Page 43                   Indemnity                                      Request to make this provision mutually applicable.                                                                        No change in requirement
                                                                                       Request that FSI shall have no obligations with respect to any IPR Claims to the extent that the IPR Claim arises or
                                                                                       results from: (i) FSI’s compliance with Department of Posts' specific technical designs or instructions; (ii) inclusion in
                                                                                       a deliverable of any content or other materials provided by Department of Posts and the infringement relates to or
                                                                                       arises from such Department of Posts materials or provided material; (iii) modification of a deliverable after
                                                                                       delivery by FSI to Department of Posts if such modification was not made by or on behalf of the FSI; (iv) operation
                                                                                       or use of some or all of the deliverable in combination with products, information, specification, instructions, data,
                                                                                       materials not provided by FSI; or (v) use of the deliverables for any purposes for which the same have not been
                                                                                       designed or developed or other than in accordance with any applicable specifications or documentation provided
                                                                                       by the FSI; or (v) use of a superseded release of some or all of the deliverables or Department of Posts’s failure to
                                                                                       use any modification of the deliverable furnished under this Agreement including, but not limited to, corrections,
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                      fixes, or enhancements made available by the FSI. Further, request that Department of Posts shall defend,
150   7.3.5, Page 44                    Indemnity                                      indemnify and hold harmless the FSI from and against any third party suit, proceedings damages, judgments, cost            No change in requirement
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause
151   7.3.8, Page 45                    Indemnity                                      Request that FSI shall not be liable for costs of substitute items/ services, exceeding 10% of the Contract Value.         No change in requirement

                                                                                       Request to insert a further provision as follows: Neither party shall be liable to the other for any special, indirect,
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause 7.4,                                                 incidental, consequential (including loss of profit or revenue), exemplary or punitive damages whether in contract,
152   Page 45                          Limitation of Liability                         tort or other theories of law, even if such party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.                     No change in requirement
                                                                                       Request that Department of Posts/ external auditors shall provide reasonable advance written notice to FSI for
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                      audit purpose and shall comply with the security and confidentiality requirements of FSI while accessing the
153   7.10, Page 50                     Audit, Access and Reporting                    premises/ facilities of FSI.                                                                                               No change in requirement
                                                                                       Request to modify this provision as follows: All rights, title and interest in and to, and ownership in, proprietary
                                                                                       information, materials including without limitation any software (or any part or component thereof), tools,
                                                                                       methodology, processes, ideas, know-how and technology that are or were developed or owned by FSI prior to or
                                                                                       independent of the Services performed hereunder or any improvements, enhancements, modifications or
                                                                                       customization made thereto as part of or in the course of performing the Services hereunder of, which is provided
                                                                                       to the Project Director, Department of Posts, and all modifications, enhancements and other derivative works
                                                                                       thereof (“FSI Proprietary Information/ IPR”), shall remain solely with FSI. The Project Director, Department of Posts
                                                                                       shall be entitled to use such FSI Proprietary Information/ IPR only in connection with the Services or to the extent
                                                                                       necessary for Project’s normal operation and implementation of the Services and only as part of the deliverables in
                                                                                       which they are incorporated or embedded. To the extent that the FSI Proprietary Information/ IPR is incorporated
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                      within the Deliverables, FSI and its employees engaged hereby grant to the Project Director, Department of Posts a
154   8.1.8, Page 52                    Intellectual Property                          perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive, paid-up right and license to use, copy, modify (or have modified), transport to     No change in requirement
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause                                                      Request to insert a further exclusion to Confidential Information as follows: (g) becomes generally known to the
155   10.1.3, Page 55                   Confidentiality                                public without breach of this Clause by Recipient;                                                                         No change in requirement
                                        The provisions of this clause shall survive
      Volume 3, Section 5, Clause       the expiration or any earlier termination of   Request that the confidentiality obligations of Recipient herein shall survive expiration/ termination of this
156   10.1.5, Page 56                   this Agreement.                                Agreement for a period of two (2) years.                                                                                   No change in requirement

                                                                                       The time lost due to any of the following reasons shall not be taken into account while calculating Service Failure:
                                                                                       (a) Time lost due to power or environmental failures; (b) Time taken to recover the system because of power or
                                                                                       environmental failures; (c) Time lost due to damage or malfunction in the system or any units thereof due to causes
                                                                                       attributable to Department of Posts such as attachment of additional devices, making alteration to the system,
                                                                                       maintenance of the system, etc. without FSI’s consent and/ or failure to maintain the site as required by the FSI; (d)
                                                                                       Time taken for scheduled maintenance/ troubleshooting either for preventive purposes or improvement in function
                                                                                       or other purposes; (e) Time taken for reconfiguration or other planned downtime situations; (f) Scheduled
                                                                                       shutdowns as required by Department of Posts; (FSI may also request Department of Posts for a shutdown for
      Volume 3, Section 5.2, Clause                                                    maintenance purpose, which request will not be denied unreasonably by Department of Posts); (g) Time taken for
157   1.1.7, Page 72                    Service Failure                                booting the system (h) Time lost due to unavailability of links.                                                       No change in requirement

                                        Payments for accepted Activities, Tasks and
                                        Deliverables as stated in the Terms of
                                        Payment Schedule, invoiced shall be made
                                        within 45 working days of the receipt of
                                        invoice by the Project Director, Department
      Volume 3, Section 9, Clause iv,   of Posts subject to adjustments if any for
158   Page 101                          the previous performance.                      Request that all payments shall be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice by Department of Posts.          No change in requirement
                                                                                       Provision for Acceptance of deliverables is not appearing in the RFP document. Request to insert aprovision as
                                                                                       follows: Department of Posts will carry out acceptance of deliverables (for the deliverables which are subject to
                                                                                       acceptance procedure). The application software (if any) will be delivered/installed for acceptance to Department
                                                                                       of Posts as and when the same is ready for delivery. The actual Acceptance Testing of the software will be the
                                                                                       responsibility of Department of Posts. Department of Posts will prepare the Acceptance Test data along with the
                                                                                       expected test results (consistent with the detailed specifications of the system and any change-request agreed in
                                                                                       the documents) and keep it ready at least four (4) weeks in advance before the scheduled commencement of the
                                                                                       Acceptance Testing of the software. The acceptance testing will be based on the test cases provided by Department
                                                                                       of Posts. FSI will provide support for any clarifications during the Acceptance Testing of the system. Defects if any,
                                                                                       observed by Department of Posts, will be notified to FSI in writing not later than two (2) weeks of delivery. FSI will
                                                                                       correct the defects that are a deviation from the baseline immediately following the acceptance, whichever is later.
159                                                                                    Department of Posts will confirm acceptance in writing to FSI. The Department of Posts shall not withhold or delay No change in requirement

      3.2.2 Storage,                                                                   Should the storage expandable capacity be RAW or usable? Because DoP has asked for supplied usable capacity in a
      3.2.2.1 Minimum specification     The storage array shall be supplied with 50    single array for the proposed storage system. Therefore would request DoP to amend this clause in order to have
      for storage array                 TB useable capacity in a single array and      level play for all bidders.                                  “The storage array shall be supplied with 50 TB useable
                                        expandable to 200 TB in future by addition     capacity in a single array and expandable to 200 TB usable capacity in future by addition of only racks, disks and disk Please refer to clarification given against query number 1. Requirement remain unchanged as this configuration is
160   Clause Serial Number 1            of only racks, disks and disk enclosures       enclosures                                                                                                              supported by various storage OEMs.

                                                                                       Cache based IOPs can be misleading due to the fact that with change in IO profile of the application cache
                                                                                       utilization behaviour changes along with the total IOPs. Also, as per clause No. 7 of RFP disk based IOPs have been
                                                                                       requested which would ascertain Application and Storage performance.
                                                                                       Analysis of the benchmark data such as SPC, SPEC etc. provides clear evidence that the only truly useful
                                                                                       performance data is a complete, operational set of primary metrics that can be used to derive the storage system’s
                                                                                       observable performance under the user’s requirements. This methodology would eliminate the creation of
                                                                                       benchmark-specific configurations that have little or no relevance to the real world.
                                        The Storage Array should be configured         We would request DoP to kindly modify the clause to enable the participation of multiple vendors for DoP to get
      3.2.2 Storage                     with at least 128 GB of Cache to deliver at    best enterprise storage Array technology from industry leading storage vendors.
      3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    least 2 Million Cache IOPS. Additional         “The storage array should be supplied with at least with 256GB cache or as recommended by vendor (whichever is
      for Storage Array                 Cache, if required to meet the specified       higher) and scalable to at least 512 GB.”
      Clause Serial Number 5.           IOPS should be configured in excess to the
161                                     128GB.                                                                                                                                                                    Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                       Storage technology available today is end-to-end 4Gbps and is moving towards 8Gbps speeds. We observe that
                                                                                       there is no mention on this requirement in Storage RFP section. Request you to include following clause. “The
162   New suggested clause                                                             storage array should be end-to-end 4Gbps or higher architecture”                                                           Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'


                                                                                       The SPC performance benchmark does not help configure a storage system to meet customers’ own business
                                                                                       needs. The benchmark results are reported for a single configuration with a specified amount of storage; no
                                                                                       indication is given about the storage-system performance under other configurations with a different number of
                                        The Storage Array configuration should be      disk drives or under different settings of customer-tuneable parameters and options. The configurations reported
                                        sized to deliver at least 60000 SPC- 1 IOPS    in tests to date are extremely unlikely to be duplicated in real applications. In real life, customers will need systems
                                        at an average response time of 2ms or          that are larger or smaller, needing more or less storage, with different response-time needs. The SPC tests do not
                                        less. FSI should also specify the SPC-1 IOPS   provide any methodology to enable a user to extrapolate data for such capacity planning. The tested configuration
      3.2.2 Storage                     per disk that can be achieved with the         is likely to be the best performing, but if that is not what the client deploys, it is not an applicable result.
      3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    Storage Array. The Storage Array               Based on this, we would request DoP to kindly remove this clause from the Tender to enable the participation of
      for Storage Array                 bandwidth should be at least 3GBps rated       multiple vendors for DoP to get best enterprise storage Array technology from industry leading storage vendors.
163   Clause Serial Number 7            as per SPC-2 benchmark                                                                                                                                                    Please refer to clarification given against query number 4
                                                                                       This clause of back-end port needs to be read in conjunction with the one mentioned below for front-end ports. It is
                                                                                       recommended that the no. of front-end ports be equal to Back-end ports for a symmetric configuration to ensure
                                                                                       balanced architecture and performance. We request that DoP consider this very important point and bring down
                                                                                       the Back-end ports to 32.

                                        Storage system shall be configured with at     Currently all Fibre Channels backend ports can support up to 4Gbps connectivity only. With new technology like SAS
                                        least 64 Backend FC Disk Controllers           it would be possible to have 6Gbps Backend controllers which would increase the performance of overall Storage
                                        (towards disks) and at least 32 front end      Subsystem.
                                        FC ports (towards FC switch) scalable to 64.   Also, it is recommended that we have processing power distributed so as to use it efficiently and effectively as may
      3.2.2 Storage                     Each frontend port in the storage array        be required. Dedicated processors may lead to a situation where ports which require high performance can’t share
      3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    should have dedicated processor or cores       or utilize the compute available with low utilized ports..Request you to make following change in the clause
      for Storage Array                 for delivering high throughput and I/O         “Storage system shall be configured with at least 32 Backend FC/SAS Disk Controllers (towards disks) and at least 32
164   Clause Serial Number 06           performance.                                   front end FC ports (towards FC switch) scalable to 64.”                                                              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        The enterprise storage arrays shall be
                                        configured with latest disks with data
                                        storage in RAID 1/0 (stripping &
                                        mirroring).The usable storage capacity
                                        should be minimum 50 TB and scalable
                                        upto 2x of the proposed capacity.
                                        Minimum 10% of usable capacity shall be        Clause 1 of the minimum requirements of Storage section talks about expandability of storage capacity from 50 TB
                                        on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC disks and      to 200TB. However in this clause the scalability asked for is only 2x of the supplied storage capacity. We would
                                        40% on SATA disks. The usable capacity is      request DoP to kindly clarify if the scalability requirement is 2x of the supplied storage capacity or 4x of the supplied
                                        defined as the Net storage capacity            capacity as mentioned in section 3.2.2 Storage,3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications for Storage Array, Clause Serial
                                        available for the application stack, after     Number 1.
                                        deducting the penalties imposed by             Newer technology like Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) are available at 6Gbps compared to 4Gbps FC Drives. We request
                                        storage infrastructure requirements, disk      you to include SAS as technology for the disk drives. Request you to change the clause to following
                                        and array formatting, RAID penalties, host     “The enterprise storage arrays shall be configured with latest disks with data storage in RAID 1/0 (stripping &
                                        OS and file system formatting including        mirroring).The usable storage capacity should be minimum 50 TB and scalable upto 4x of the proposed capacity.
                                        overheads for directory structure and          Minimum 10% of usable capacity shall be on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC/SAS disks and 40% on SATA disks. The
      3.2.2 Storage                     inodes etc or any other penalties which eat    usable capacity is defined as the Net storage capacity available for the application stack, after deducting the
      3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    away usable disk space. The disks should       penalties imposed by storage infrastructure requirements, disk and array formatting, RAID penalties, host OS and
      for Storage Array                 be enterprise class disks built for 24 x 7     file system formatting including overheads for directory structure and inodes etc or any other penalties which eat
165   Clause Serial Number 17           operations                                     away usable disk space. The disks should be enterprise class disks built for 24 x 7 operations”                           Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
      3.2.2 Storage
      3.2.2.1 Minimum specifications    The storage array should support native
      for Storage Array                 front end connectivity options such as
      Clause Serial Number 12           FibreFiber Channel, FICON. The array            RFP does include FCIP Routers. FCIP routers would extend the Storage Based replication across geographical
      Page #77                          should also support native Gig-E for            distance over IP and hence does not require native Gig-E support. Request you to change the clause to following
166                                     remote replication.                             "The storage array should support native front end connectivity options such as FibreFiber Channel, FICON."              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                                                                        Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This clause needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid.

                                                                                        The suggested change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis mid
                                                                                        plane should be completely passive and should not have active components so redundant mid plane is not
                                        High-Availability Dual Path Midplane for        required. Blade chassis active components should be hot pluggable. Request you to change the clause to following
                                        providing two-way communication paths
                                        for Ethernet, Fiber Channel, KVM Switches,      “Should support a passive midplane architecture with all active components redundant. In case of active midplane,
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        Power Supply and Management Signals             redundant high- availability dual path mid plane for providing two-way communication paths for Ethernet, Fiber
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No and should support Dual 10Gb High- Speed        Channel, Power Supply and Management Signals and should support Dual 10Gb High- Speed Ethernet ports and
167   2                                 Ethernet Switches and Infiniband Switches       Infiniband ports.”                                                                                                 Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                        Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This clause needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid.

                                                                                        The suggested change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis even
                                                                                        with 10 full height blades can host up to 160 cores in a single chassis. The purpose should be to consolidate
                                        Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum            maximum compute in terms of CPUs, Memory and IO and not the count of blade servers. Request you to change
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        of 14 Full Height Hot Plug-gable Blade          the clause to following
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as well        “Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum of 8 Full Height Hot Plug-gable Blade Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as
168   3                                 as Power Connectors for Redundancy.             well as Power Connectors for Redundancy.”                                                                          Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                        Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This clause needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid.
                                        Redundant Gigabit Layer 2/7 Ethernet
                                        Switch Modules having minimum 4 up-link         The suggested change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis should
                                        Ports. Should enable consolidation of full      support network passthrough modules which is a non blocking architecture. Internal switches have blocking
                                        Layer 2-7 LAN switching capabilities as well    architecture and huge administration and support over head. Both the architectures serve the similar pupose but
                                        as Support virtualized network services         provides non blocking access while other vendor provide switches which have blocking architecture. Request you to
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        using VLANs, Virtual IPs, Virtual Server        change the clause to following
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Router and Virtual Router Redundancy            “Redundant Gigabit Ethernet/10GigE Pass-through modules or Ethernet Switch modules to support redundant
169   4                                 Protocol                                        network ports for each blade server.”                                                                              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                        Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This clause needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid

                                                                                        The suggested change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis should
                                                                                        support latest generation PCI e 2 based FC hbas which are hot swappable even on the blade server basis. This
                                                                                        provides unique benefits as incase of one fc port failure only that card will be affected and can be replaced online.
                                                                                        In case SAN switch if one port fails on the switch all the ports will be affected as the whole switch needs to be
                                                                                        replaced. Uplink port is not required as direct access to external san switch for all the blades can be done and thus
                                        Redundant Hot-Swap 8GB Fibre Channel            provides full bandwidth for all the blades rather than blocked only through uplink ports. Request you to change the
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        SAN Switch Modules should provide no            clause to following
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No single point of failure. There should be        “Should support Redundant hot swap 8 gb fibre channel cards for each blade server or Redundant hot-swap 8GB
170   6                                 min. of 6 External uplink Ports                 Fibre Channel SAN Switch Modules with no single point of failure.”                                                    Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                                                                        Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This clause needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid.

                                                                                        The suggested change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade management
                                        Dual Redundant management modules               module should be passive and hot pluggable. Replacing the management module should not require to bring the
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        (Hot Swappable) to communicate with the         chassis down. Spare chassis management module can be provided. Request you to change the clause to following
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No system management processor on the              “Hot swappable management module to communicate with the system management processor on the Blade
171   7                                 Blade Servers from remote locations             Servers from remote locations. “                                                                                         Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        10 Hot-Swap Modules (2 x Dedicated
                                        Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module Slots, 2 x
                                        Dedicated Bridged Module Slots, 2 x
                                        Dedicated Ether Switch/Fiber Channel            Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                        Switch Slots & 4 x High-Speed Slots for 10G     architectures. This clause needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid. Request you to change the clause to
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        Ethernet or Infiniband). All modules            following
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No installed in pairs should be able to support    “Chassis should support all modules ethernet(1g/10g), infiniband, FC ports in load balancing and failover mode.”
172   8                                 load balancing and fail-over support                                                                                                                                     Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        Chassis should have an integrated tool that
                                        can provide a view of the actual power
                                        used (as opposed to benchmarked power
                                        consumption) and can effectively allocate,      Existing Clause is proprietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. This clause is a data centre related
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        match and cap power and thermal limits in       specification and not the blade chassis specifications.
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No the data centre at the system, chassis and
173   12                                rack level.                                     Request you to remove this clause.                                                                                       Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        Should provide support for remote console
                                        management, power on/off blades, should
                                        monitor power status, operating system,
                                        temperature, disks, blowers, power
                                        Modules, system diagnostic programs
                                        provided through the Management                 Existing Clause is proprietary in language so below change needs to be done to make it generic and all major server
                                        Software. Also features such as Power           vendors to comply
                                        Management feature such as balancing of
                                        performance of system as per the available      provided through the Management Software.”
                                        power input & ability to plan & predict         This change is recommended to make the clause open and to allow all blade architectures to comply. Request you
                                        power Consumption based on hardware             to change the clause to following
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        configuration should be available.              “Should provide support for remote console management, power on/off blades, should monitor power status,
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Automatic Server Restart feature should be      operating system, temperature, disks, blowers, power Modules, system diagnostic programs provided through the
174   17                                supported.                                      Management Software.”                                                                                                    Please refer to clarification given against query number 79
                                                                                        The language of Existing Clause should be changed as below so allow a mix X64 or RISC/EPIC blades

                                                                                        This change is recommended to make the clause open and to allow all blade architectures to comply. Request you
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        The chassis should be able to support           to change the clause to following
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Blade Servers CISC/EPIC/RISC architecture       The chassis should be able to support a mix Blade Servers of X64( Intel/AMD), CISC/EPIC/RISC architecture
175   19                                processors                                      processors”                                                                                                              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                        Each server must be populated with              Dual core processors are not available in the industry as all vendors have 6 core or 8 cores processors. Server
                                        minimum 2 dual/multi-core CPUs with             vendors have 4, 6, 8 core processors in X64 range while 4,8 ,16 core processor in RISC/EPIC. Specifying number of
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        highest speed and FSB available in the          processors will not make sense looking at current and latest generation processors. So number of cores should be
176   3.2.1.3/ Page 74 / Sl.No 2        server family                                   specified.                                                                                                               Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                        We will provide OEM authorization as per the respective format of the OEM and our global agreement with them.
                                                                                        Since these are SI lead bids, no OEM will accept any back to back clause. Kindly change to standard OEM
177   FSI RFP Volume 2 : Page 66        Authorization letter from OEM                   authorization letter.                                                                                                    Refer to Clarification given against query number 83
                                        Undertake that the support including            OEM will typically make support available for a minimum of five (5) years after the Last Ship Date. OEM may elect
                                        spares, upgrades of all the quoted              to cease offering support for a specific Hardware or Software Products before the end of the five-year EOSL period.
      FSI RFP Volume 2 : Page 34/13     products shall be available for a period of     If this occurs, SI will provide Customers with at least three months' notice of its plans to discontinue support and
178   (D)                               5 years after date of commissioning             make alternate arrangement so that a DOP is not impacted                                                                 Refer to Clarification given against query number 84


                                        SAN switch should be of director class with
                                        128 ports populated and active. Should
      3.2.2 Storage                     have non-blocking architecture and
      3.2.2.2 Minimum specifications    scalable to 192 ports in a single domain        Non Blocking Enterprise SAN Directors are available with the above density and hence should be demanded.
      for SAN Switches                  with 8Gbps full duplex with no over             Request you to change the clause to following
      Clause Serial Number 1            subscription with local switching. Two nos.     “SAN switch should be of director class with 128 ports populated and active. Should have non-blocking architecture
      Page #78                          of Fiber channel switch should be provided      and scalable to 256 ports in a single domain with 8Gbps full duplex with no over subscription with local switching.
179                                     in high availability mode                       Two nos. of Fiber channel switch should be provided in high availability mode.”                                          Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

      3.2.2 Storage                                                                     Quantification of the Latency which is a key performance indicator of a switching device is recommended to be
      3.2.2.2 Minimum specifications    Switch must support local switching on          added in the specification. . Request you to change the clause to following
      for SAN Switches                  port card to provide point to point line rate   “Switch must support local switching on port card to provide point to point line rate throughput. Local Switching
      Clause Serial Number 4            throughput                                      Latency should be 3 times better than blade to blade switching latency.
180   Page #78                                                                                                                                                                                                   Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

      3.2.2 Storage
      3.2.2.2 Minimum specifications    Should support 4 GB FC ports and also
      for SAN Switches                  support 1Gig Ethernet ports for remote          10 Gig Ethernet ports should be supported for FCIP Replication in future. Request you to change the clause to
      Clause Serial Number 2            replication in future                           following
181   Page #78                                                                          “Should support 4 GB FC ports and also support 1Gig & 10 Gig Ethernet ports for remote replication in future.”   Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                        As 128 Non Blocking 8 Gbps Full duplex ports are requested in the specifications we request for a change in the
      3.2.2 Storage                                                                     throughput of the switch. Each switch chasis should support 128*8=1024 Gbps Switching bandwidth . As per point ,
      3.2.2.2 Minimum specifications                                                    requesting Line Rate bandwidth on all 128 ports is possible with Switch Chasis supporting 1024 Gbps switching
      for SAN Switches                                                                  capacity. Request you to change the clause to following
      Clause Serial Number 22           Throughput of the each switch should be         “Throughput of each switch should be 1024 Gbps or aggregate Backplane bandwidth should be more than 2048
182   Page #79                          720 Gbps or more                                Gbps”                                                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
      3.2.2.3 Minimum requirements
      FC – IP routers                   The proposed FCIP router could be part of       Scalability in FCIP Port count helps in the scalability and also the support of the FCIP module in the SAN Director.
      Clause Serial Number 2            proposed SAN Switch as a separate               No. of FCIP Ports should be mentioned. This would help in sizing the Enterprise Director Blade Configurations. We
183   Page #79                          module within the SAN Switch                    propose 10 FCIP ports on every Switch to be supported.                                                                   Bidder shall propose ports considering RTO and RPO requirements of RFP
                                                                                        The RFP demands for the need of backing up of data, however there are no specifications mentioned in the RFP for
      Request you to Add the BACKUP                                                     a backup software. Request for a clarification on what is the amount of data which requires backup along with the
184   Software specification                                                            number of servers along with OS and Application details.                                                                 Bidder has to propose backup solution based on the SLRs and requirements mentioned in the RFP
      7.16 Annexure 16: Network                                                         How much bandwidth will be provisioned for the applications under the scope of this rfp out of the bandwidth
185   Design Plan                       7.16 Annexure 16: Network Design Plan           mentioned in the table .                                                                                                       For individual applications, bandwidth provisioning has not been done.
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20
186   - vol - 1                                                                         Where is the secondary DC being planned.                                                                                       Currently Mysore is being considered for DRC however it is tentative and subject to change
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20                                                                                                                                                                                DC and DRC facility is not in scope of this RFP. FSI has to provide the detailed facility requirement such as Power,
187   - vol - 1                                                                         There is no layout given on the RFP. Do we have to survey the site and make layout on our own                                  space etc. based on their proposed solution
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20
188   - vol - 1                                                                         How big the DR has to be. Is it depending on the computing equipment we propose?                                               Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20                                                 There is no BOM given on the RFP nor the specification of the NON-IT physical infrastructure. Do we have to create
189   - vol - 1                                                                         based on the solution e propose                                                                                                Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20
190   - vol - 1                                                                         There is no makes or brand mentioned for NON-IT systems. Do we have to propose our own.                                        Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20                                                                                                                                                                                DC and DRC facility is not in scope of this RFP. FSI has to propose solution based on the SLR and requirements
191   - vol - 1                                                                         The RFP asks for Tier -III DR. DO we have to consider all the sub systems that is required for Tier III DR?                    mentioned in the RFP
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20                                                 Tier-III is also dependent on the site conditions. In case the site is not suitable for a tier-III DC, we will not be taking
192   - vol - 1                                                                         a ownership of compliance to tier-III. Is our understanding correct                                                            Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20                                                 Who will provide the Diesel generator and is there space available for the same. The DG qty has ot be in N+1
193   - vol - 1                                                                         configuration as per Tier-III. There may be a requirement of min 3 nos DG.                                                     Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20                                                                                                                                                                                Please refer to clarification given against query number 187. Bidder has to propose solution as per SLRs and scope
194   - vol - 1                                                                         What is the uptime requirement? Is it going to be as per tier-III?                                                             mentioned in the RFP
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20                                                 In case the SLA has ot be as per tier-III then we have to deploy manpower to maintain the facilty for the warranty
195   - vol - 1                                                                         period. Is our understanding correct?                                                                                          Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20
196   - vol - 1                                                                         Consumables like diesel are in whose scope? And for how many years?                                                            Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20
197   - vol - 1                                                                         Is the payment for site preparation items be made on measurement basis or on lumsum basis                                      Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
      1.4.1 . RFP scope - V, page no 20
198   - vol - 1                                                                         We assume the the power will be provided by DOP till the DC input panel. Is our assumption correct.                            Please refer to clarification given against query no. 187
                                        The RFP demands for the need of backing
                                        up of data, however there are no
                                        specifications mentioned in the RFP for a
                                        backup software. Request for a
                                        clarification on what is the amount of data
                                        which requires backup along with the
                                        number of servers along with OS and                                                                                                                                            Please refer to clarification given against query number 184. Please be informed that no. of servers, OS and
199                                     Application details                             Further to this we would like to seek clarification what is the backup window expectation for the entire data.                 application is part of FSI scope

                                        Using the current PLI application, the
                                        System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                        wherever applicable for Supply,
                                        Customization / Enhancement, Installation,
                                        and Commissioning of insurance
200                                     application(s) as per requirements.             Is the SI suppose to utilize the existing application OR propose a new application OR both?                                    The scope mentioned under section 2.2.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP is self explanatory in nature


                                        Supply, Installation and Commissioning of
                                        all necessary central hardware. This will
                                        also include relocation of current PLI server                                                                                                                                  Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and the
201                                     hardware to new Data Centre (DC) location       Is the SI suppose to utilize the existing hardware for the same OR propose a new hardware OR both                              requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
                                        Integration with overall solution
202                                     architecture and legacy systems                 What are the legacy systems to be interfaced with ?                                                                            Please refer to Section 2.2.7 (point 1) of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Timelines for ATM Switch are given in Section 2.3.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP. Security solution is an integral part of
                                        The completion criterion for all the            Timelines are given for CBS and PLI, however not for the delivery channels and ATM Switch, Anti-Phishing and Risk              the overall solution, the timelines need to be met accordingly. The delivery channel timelines should be aligned to
203   2.3.2 Timelines                   deliverables will be acceptance by DoP.         based authentication solution                                                                                                  the CBS/PLI application.

204                                     Risk based authentication solution              Is this just for Core Banking and Core Insurance OR for all the other enterprise solutions such as ECM, HRMS etc               Risk Based Authentication System is for Core Banking.

205                                     Risk based authentication solution              If this is just for Core Banking and Core Insurance then for what channels is the Risk based authentication is needed Please refer to Section 3.4 Sl no. 5.11 and 5.17 of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                        The FSI will provide the solution for legacy
                                        data archival for all the applications for      Is a data Archival solution in scope? OR the DoP expects the archives to be on separate disk/tapes.                            As per point 31 in section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP, legacy data archival solution is in scope. The archived data
206                                     banking and insurance.                          Does the archived data need to be available for report generation?                                                             is needed for report generation.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Bidder can propose separate or common CIF solution for banking and insurance applications. Please refer to
                                                                                        Is the architecture expectation to have a single common CIF across Core banking and Core Insurance? OR each                    Annexure 1 (no 46-58)and Annexure 3 (no 606 to 659) for the CIF requirements. Please refer to section 1.6.2.3
207                                     Customer Information File                       solution will have a separate CIF? OR the gold CIF will be a part of MDM?                                                      (point no f) for details of MDM.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       FSI needs to integrate with third party/external applications. FSI needs to migrate all the interfaces to ESB once
208                                     Third Party Interfaces                          Is the architecture expectation on all payments and interfaces that they are through ESB?                                      CSI is on board.
                                        Time window for End of Day, End of
                                        Month, End of Year (EOD, EOM and EOY)
                                        for the banking and insurance systems are
                                        as follows:
                                        · EOD - 4 hours without back up time            SI will have to propose an appropriate deployment architecture where there will be several EOD at various
                                        · EOM - 6 hours without back up time            hierarchy and then an overall EOD at the central location which will adhere to required timelines. Request DoP to
209                                     · EOY - 8 hours without back up time            validate if this strategy is fine at architecture level                                                                        The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the SLRs mentioned in the RFP.
210                                     Figure 4                                        Does the DoP wish to convert the physical certificates of KVP, NSC and IVP in electronic format?                               The scanning of existing physical certificates is not in scope.

211                                                                                     Please specify Regulatory repots and frequency to be submitted to AML regulator like :-SAR, CTR                                This will be as per the existing norms adhered by banks and the same to be considered as DoP requirement
212                                                                                     Is “House hold” and “single view of customer” available with DoP                                                               It is not available
213                                                                                     Is Data base for internal blacklisted customer is available with DOP ?                                                         It is not available
                                                                                        Please specify any specific KYC procedure Currently followed by DoP for New Customer, Like Recommendation by
214                                                                                     existing customer etc.                                                                                                         KYC procedure is as per banking norms.
215                                                                                     Please specify if any specific type of transaction has been specified by DoP as high risk transaction                          Transactions above Rs.10 lakhs are classified as high risk transactions
216                                                                                     Please elaborate any profiling or risk score assign to existing customer by DoP                                                 Profiling or risk score assigning has not been done by DoP
217                                                                                     Please specify if any existing watch list is available with DoP                                                                Existing watch list is available with DoP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and
218                                                                                     Is the SI suppose to utilize the existing application OR propose a new application OR both?                                    the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.

                                        Develop the Standard Operating
                                        Procedures (SOPs), in accordance with the
                                        ISO 27001 & ITIL standards, for DoP
                                        Infrastructure Management. These SOPs
                                        shall cover all the aspects including
                                        Infrastructure installation, monitoring,
                                        management, data backup & restoration,
                                        security policy, business continuity &
                                        disaster recovery, operational procedures
                                        etc. The FSI shall obtain sign-offs on the
                                        SOPs from the DoP and shall make
                                        necessary changes, as and when required,
219   Vol-1, Pg 93                      to the fullest satisfaction of DoP.             For how many locations ISO 20000 and 9001 will be implemented?                                                                 Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                        FSI is required to obtain the following ISO
                                        (9001, 27001, 20000) certifications for the     If multiple vendors are involved in providing various IT services from main or DR site to DoP, will all those services
220   Vol-1, Pg 108                     system:                                         be part of certification? Or only services provided by FSI vendor will be part of certification?                               Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                        The solution should comply with all
                                        requirements of MasterCard / VISA/ Other
                                        major players and be EMV norms
221   Vol-1, Pg 40, Point 13            compliant.                                      Does it mean PCIDSS compliance as it talk about the compliance with VISA and Mastercard .                                      The understanding is correct.
                                        Solution must have audit logs of each
222   Vol-1, Pg 40, Point 14            activity on the system                          Does log monitoring and correlations required ?                                                                                Yes, they are required

                                        Using the current PLI application, the
                                        System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                        wherever applicable for Supply,
                                        Customization / Enhancement, Installation,
                                        and Commissioning of insurance                  Do they need Appsec if yes how many application and if it is a code testing then how many lines of codes are there
223   Vol-1, Pg 40, Point 2.2.2         application(s) as per requirements              if Application PT then how many applications are we talking about?                                                             The Bidder has to propose solution as per the overall security requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Yes, it is required. The details of the PLI legacy application are given in Annexure 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
224   Vol-1, Pg 44, Point 2.2.3.2       Insurance                                       Do they need infrastructure PT and VA before they go online? If yes we will need infra details.                                Hardware for the proposed solution will be part of Bidders scope.
                                                                                        Would fraud management solutions required and mobile & IVR security to be tested and policy to be written for all
225   Vol-1, Pg 44, Point 2.2.3.2       Insurance                                       of these?                                                                                                                      The Bidder has to propose solution as per the overall security requirements as mentioned in the RFP.

226                                                                                     Is BCP and DRP required ?                                                                                                      The DRP plan needs to be provided. Refer to Section 5 of volume 1 of FSI RFP for the same. BCP is nor required.
                                                                                        The scanning solution should be well integrated with ECMS so as to upload scanned images directly into ECMS
227   Volume I – FSI RFP , Pg 270       Specifications for scanners                     repository after proper QC and indexing.                                                                                       Yes. Refer Section 2.2.4 and Annexure 4 of Volume I of RFP


                                        Enterprise Content Management System
                                        (Scanning & Capture Solution)                   We understand that solution for document scanning is one of the key requirements and it will be used from various
                                        Insurance :                                     locations like post offices (other than the EDOs), 22 CPCs, Logistics Post Centre etc.
                                        Shall be scanned at all the post offices        In this context we have following understanding:
                                        (other than the EDOs) across the 22 circles     • Proposed Capture Solution should support unlimited locations /users /volumes without any restriction
                                        Banking: 22 CPCs (1 in each circle)             • Considering poor connectivity in remote areas, the proposed solution should support offline scanning and auto
                                        Mail Operations:                                uploading at off peak hours                                                                                       1. The license model should suffice the given requirements.
      Volume I – FSI RFP , Pg 71,       Logistics Post Centre                           • Should support both bulk and web scanning capabilities                                                          2. Bidder to provide the most optimum solution based on requirements mentioned in the RFP
228   section 3.1                                                                                                                                                                                         3. The understanding with regard to bulk and web scanning capabilities is correct
                                                                                        Please let us know the volume of data to be digitized and scanned.                                                Details are already provided in section 2.2.7
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 51,                                                         Are there any documents other than A4 size, if yes please mention other document sizes
229   Section 2.2.7                     Data Digitization and migration                                                                                                                                   Please refer to scanning specification in Annexure 5 in volume 1 of the RFP

                                                                                        Digitization is one of the key requirement of the project. Our understanding is that the proposed solution for
                                                                                        digitization/ scanning should automatically take care of document quality analysis to ensure correction of
                                                                                        aberrations like improper resolution, improper format/ compression, skew, wrong orientation, error in automatic
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 51,                                                         cropping, punch hole marks etc. This quality analysis should also be available as a separate component to maintain
230   Section 2.2.7                     Data Digitization and migration                 standardization of digitization quality when scanning is outsourced to scanning vendor for backlog digitization.               Please refer to scanning specification in Annexure 5 in volume 1 of the RFP.
                                        Workflow Management (WFMS)
                                        Ability to define and control the various      In this context our understanding is that workflow system will be used to automate processes for Insurance,
                                        activities associated with business process    Banking and other areas. We understand from our experience of working with other PSU Banks and PSU Insurance
                                        like policy creation and issuance, policy      companies that to effectively automate these processes workflow engine should have good document handling
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 43,         related approvals, claims servicing, loan      capabilities along with other standard features such as graphical modeling of the processes, in built Form designer,
231   Section 2.2.2.1.5                 sanctions, etc)                                Rule Engine, Monitoring DASHBOARDs etc                                                                                 Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in RFP
                                                                                       Based on our experience of implementing similar system in other PSU banks and Insurance companies we
                                                                                       recommend that following features should also be included in the RFP :
                                                                                       • File Management, file movement and tracking workflows at central and other head offices
                                                                                       • System should be based on Manual of office Procedure (MOP from DARPG- Department of Administrative
                                                                                       Reforms And Public Grievances)
                                                                                       • Whitehall based file movement with support for Green Note sheet
                                                                                       • Support for Hindi and other regional languages
232   Volume I – FSI RFP,Section 3.1    File Management                                                                                                                                                       Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in RFP
                                        All other servers should also be same OS       DoP has mentioned at numerous places in the RFP that Solution offered must be based on open standards and
                                        platform OR any other commercially             systems and there is no mention of any technology and platform. We hope that in the referred clause mentioning
      Volume 1 - 3.2.1.1 General        available and supported OS platform such       the product by name is just an overlook and would be removed and replaced by the corrected para as - "All other
      Requirements for servers, Sr.     as Enterprise Linux as per software            servers should also be same OS platform OR any other commercially available and supported OS platform as per           Enterprise Linux is just an example. The Bidder is expected to propose same OS platform OR any other
233   No. 2/Page 72                     requirements.                                  software requirements."                                                                                                commercially available and supported OS platform as per software requirements.

                                        The ECMS solution must support a
      Volume 1 - ECMS - Technical       multiplatform content engine and               DoP has mentioned at numerous places in the RFP that Solution offered must be based on open standards and
      Solution Requirements - Sr. No    distributed caching, compound document         systems. We request that referred para should be replaced by " The ECMS solution must support a open standard
234   46/Page 69                        object model, content streaming                based content engine and distributed caching, compound document object model, content streaming ......"                No change in requirement
      Volume 1 - Data Migration         Database should support open standards         We understand that DoP wants "The solution should be able to interoperate with multiple industry standard
      Requirements - Sr. No. 77/Page    i.e. database should be available across all   RDBMS platforms like Oracle, MS SQL, MY SQL, DB2, Informix, Sybase or any other RDBMS and should be based on
235   71                                platforms                                      open specifications." Pls confirm                                                                                      Requirement is self explanatory

                                        The FSI is expected to do version upgrades
                                        during the course of the contract ensuring
                                        customizations already done are carried
                                        over successfully to the next version. The
                                        FSI will be responsible for implementing
      Volume 1 - Section 4.2            version upgrades as soon as the new
      Operations & Maintenance, Sr.     versions are available as a part of the
236   No.5/Page No. 93                  contract.                                      Pl. suggest the time lines for completing the up gradation of all softwares                                            The timelines will be agreed mutually between DoP and the FSI

                                       Ensure that all software (OS &
                                       applications) supplied is licensed and
      Volume 1 - 7.5 Annexure 5:       includes supply of all patches, updates,        As mentioned on page 93, sr. no.5 & 10 the FSI will be responsible for implementing version upgrades as soon as
      Details of Branch hardware - OS- and bug-fixes during the warranty and           the new versions are available as a part of the contract , please clarify the timeline in which the FSI needs to
237   S/W patches                      extended support period if any.                 upgrade the desktop operating system and other softwares once a new version is released by OEM.                        The timelines will be agreed mutually between DoP and the FSI
                                       The ECMS solution must support a                Our understanding with this is that required solution should be highly scalable and should support both horizontal
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 70 point horizontally scalable process engine for         and vertical scaling. The scaling capabilities required should support open industry standards and are not any
238   47                               possible PE farming                             vendor or product specific. Please confirm our understanding.                                                          Requirement is self explanatory
                                       The ECMS solution must be able to support
                                       or provide DFS-based web services/API for       Our understanding with this is that the required solution should have extensive support for Web Services and API
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 70 point integration with other products or               for integration. The Webservice support should be based on open industry standards. Please confirm our
239   49                               solutions                                       understanding.                                                                                                         The proposed solution should support Web Services and API based integration
                                       Must support functionalities for
240   Vol 1, Pg 253, # 8               deskewing, cropping and smoothing               What is the approx. volume of documents being scanned at each location?                                                Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        Must be able to integrate with a fax server
                                        for ingesting incoming faxes, so that the
                                        fax copy can be considered as document
                                        Must be able to integrate with a fax server
                                        for ingesting incoming faxes, so that the
241   Vol 1, Pg 253, # 9                fax copy can be considered as document         What is the approx. volume of documents being ingested via Faxes?                                                      Refer Clarification given against query number --54 (given above)

                                        Medical Reports (hard copies of various
                                        sizes including uneven size and nature, Ex:
                                        ECG reports, X-Ray, Scanning reports and       How will hard copy medical reports be managed? Our understanding is that these type of documents will be stored
242   Vol 1, Pg 260, # 127              any other reports.)                            in vault and will be tracked through Physical Records Management System. Is that understanding correct?                Refer Clarification given against query number --55 (given above)
243   General                                                                          Is there any requirement of mass data import when the system goes live?                                                Please refer to Section 2.2.7 of The Volume 1 of the RFP
                                        Must support the below Integration
                                        security standards: Authentication
                                        Authorization Encryption Secure
                                        Conversation Non-repudiation XML
                                        Firewalls Security standards support WS-
                                        Security 1.0 , WS - Trust 1.2, WS-Secure       For both WS-Trust and WS - Secure Conversations latest endorsed versions are 1.3 - the endorsement has been
                                        Conversations 1.2, WS-Basic Security           done by leading vendors as well as the standards organization. Therefore we request to include support for the
244   Volume 1, Page 68, #25            Profile                                        latest versions of these specifications                                                                                Bidder should propose solution with version specified or higher

245   Vol 1, 3.4 Security Requirements 3.3. User group creation                        What are the number of users that are required to be considered?                                                       Refer Section 5 & Annexure 13 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                       The section 2.2.4.5 Human Resources talks about number of employees accessing HR information through
                                                                                       employee portal to be 2, 74,000. Is this the number of employees that we have to take into account for IDAM
246                                                                                    solution?                                                                                                              Please refer to clarification number 58
      Vol 1, 5 Risk based
247   authentication solution                                                          What are the number of users that are required to be considered?                                                       Refer Section 5 & Annexure 13 of Volume 1 of the RFP
248                                                                                    What is the load expected on the solution in terms on TPS?                                                             Refer Section 5 & Annexure 13 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                        System to allow De-Duplication check
                                        facility based on defined fields like Name,
      Page 111, Annexure 1: FRS: CBS    Address, PAN Number and                        Is the De-Duplication check only required for Banking customer or across functions? What about de-duplication of
249   CIF 3                             Telephone/mobile Number.                       insurance customers?                                                                                                   Refer to clarification given against query no. 60
                                        System to allow De-Duplication check
                                        facility based on defined fields like Name,
      Page 111, Annexure 1: FRS: CBS    Address, PAN Number and                        Should system provide facility to merge & de-merge of duplicate record? Should system provide ability to automate
250   CIF 3                             Telephone/mobile Number.                       merging if matching is above x%?                                                                                  Refer to clarification given against query no. 61

                                        Facility to have final consolidation of the
      Page 119, Annexure 1: FRS: CBS    GL at directorate level (including branches    Please elaborate the non banking solutions. Does this mean that we are looking for a separate consolidation engine
251   GLA13                             that are not on core banking solution)         across different functions of DOP across HO, SO & BO                                                               Refer to clarification given against query no. 62

      Page 310, Annexure 14: Rural                                                     Please specify which & how much data to be stored in rural ICT devices for Insurance? Will it store attached
252   ICT FRS for insurance                                                            documents for claim or policies? Will this Rural ICT device store data of adjoining post offices?                      Refer Clarification given against query number --63 (given above)
      Page 42, 2.2.2.1.3 Agency                                                        Please provide details of commission logic. What is the frequency of these payments? Can agencies see projected
253   Management System                 Ability to handle commission payments          commission?                                                                                                            Refer Clarification given against query number --64 (given above)
                                                                                       Should these rules be easily readable by business people and editable in word/excel? How frequent does these
254   Page 239, PIE Rules Engine PIE    Rules Engine                                   rules change                                                                                                           Refer Clarification given against query number --65 (given above)
                                                                                       Should the web portal provide functionality of self assessment/interview to get exact procedure including fees,
255   Page 240, PIF Web Portal, PIF     Web Portal                                     forms, location and time lines and avoid calls to call centers?                                                        Refer Clarification given against query number --66 (given above)

                                        Entire PLI (including RPLI) data has to be
                                        migrated to the new application. FSI will
                                        assume complete responsibility in ensuring
                                        that PLI data. (Operational, non
                                        operational, open transactions and other
                                        archived data) will be migrated. Need for
                                        data migration may arise either due to
                                        business requirement or due to
                                        infrastructure migration / upgrade or a        Are profiling, standardization, duplicate check & merging to be done when this data is migrated? How DOP will
256   Page 41 Point 8                   change request.                                ensure that data is clean in day to day Operations?                                                                             Refer Clarification given against query number --67 (given above)
                                                                                       In how many places customer data will be maintained? We clearly see customer data will be in CBS & PLI system in
                                        Scope of Work for Financial Services           this RFP. We also see more systems where customer data will be maintained like mail ops, e-commerce etc. Is DOP
257   Page 38 Point 2.1                 Solution                                       looking at single place to store all customer data? if yes, which system?                                                       Master Data Management (MDM) for 360 degree view of customer and data warehousing is part of CSI scope
      Page 247, PIH Call Center                                                        Is this call center specific to PLI or single call center for all services of DOP? Will customer call to different call centers
258   Solution                          Call center solution                           for PLI and CBS? If not, which system will maintain customer 360 view?                                                          Refer Clarification given against query number --69 (given above)

                                        Using the current PLI application, the
                                        System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                        wherever applicable for Supply,
                                        Customization / Enhancement, Installation,
                                        and Commissioning of insurance                 Can existing PLI system be replaced with latest and robust systems available in the market if amount of
259   Page 40, Point2.2.2               application(s) as per requirements             modifications are high?                                                                                                The scope mentioned under section 2.2.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP is self explanatory in nature
                                        "The insurance solution shall consist of the
                                        following modules:                        i.
                                        Policy administration system, ii. Rules
                                        Engine, iii. Agency management system, iv.
      Page 40, Point 2.2.2, Sub section Lead management system, v. Workflow            Is there a preference for a single system/application for rules engine, agency management, call center, lead
260   1                                 management system                              management, claims, reinsurance, alternate channels (SMS, email & web) & workflow management?                          Refer Clarification given against query number --71 (given above)

                                        Develop the Standard Operating
                                        Procedures (SOPs), in accordance with the
                                        ISO 27001 & ITIL standards, for DoP
                                        Infrastructure Management. These SOPs
                                        shall cover all the aspects including
                                        Infrastructure installation, monitoring,
                                        management, data backup & restoration,
                                        security policy, business continuity &
                                        disaster recovery, operational procedures
                                        etc. The FSI shall obtain sign-offs on the
                                        SOPs from the DoP and shall make
                                        necessary changes, as and when required,
261   Vol-1, Pg 93                      to the fullest satisfaction of DoP.            For how many locations ISO 20000 and 9001 will be implemented?                                                         Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                          FSI is required to obtain the following ISO
                                          (9001, 27001, 20000) certifications for the    If multiple vendors are involved in providing various IT services from main or DR site to DoP, will all those services
262   Vol-1, Pg 108                       system:                                        be part of certification? Or only services provided by FSI vendor will be part of certification?                          Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                          The solution should comply with all
                                          requirements of MasterCard / VISA/ Other
                                          major players and be EMV norms
263   Vol-1, Pg 40, Point 13              compliant.                                     Does it mean PCIDSS compliance as it talk about the compliance with VISA and Mastercard .                                 The understanding is correct.
                                          Solution must have audit logs of each
264   Vol-1, Pg 40, Point 14              activity on the system                         Does log monitoring and correlations required ?                                                                           Yes, they are required

                                          Using the current PLI application, the
                                          System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                          wherever applicable for Supply,
                                          Customization / Enhancement, Installation,
                                          and Commissioning of insurance                 Do they need Appsec if yes how many application and if it is a code testing then how many lines of codes are there
265   Vol-1, Pg 40, Point 2.2.2           application(s) as per requirements             if Application PT then how many applications are we talking about?                                                        The Bidder has to propose solution as per the overall security requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
266   Vol-1, Pg 44, Point 2.2.3.2         Insurance                                      Do they need infrastructure PT and VA before they go online? If yes we will need infra details.                           Please refer to clarification given against query no. 65
                                                                                         Would fraud management solutions required and mobile & IVR security to be tested and policy to be written for all
267   Vol-1, Pg 44, Point 2.2.3.2         Insurance                                      of these?                                                                                                                 The understanding is correct.
268                                                                                      Does BCP and DRP required ?                                                                                               Refer to the Section 3.3 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                          Integration with overall solution              Do we need to study the the complete legacy system? If the integration is not possible can the legacy system be
269   Vol-1, Pg 38, Point 2.1.9           architecture and legacy systems                discarded or it will be used in parallel with the new system?                                                             The Bidder has to propose solution based on functional & technical requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
                                                                                         Do we need to study the the complete legacy system? If the integration is not possible can the legacy system be
270   Vol-1, Pg 38, Point 2.1.10          Training                                       discarded or it will be used in parallel with the new system?                                                             The Bidder has to propose solution based on functional & technical requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
                                          The detailed roll out plan is given in
271   Vol-1, Pg 39, Point 2.2.1.1.2       Annexure 13                                    Can a change in roll out plan take place if need be?                                                                      Proposed rollout plan is already indicated in the RFP.
                                          The FSI should provide a solution
                                          considering the proposed network
                                          topology so that banking operations are
                                          not adversely affected due to the given
272   Vol-1, Pg 39, Point 2.2.1.1.4       network constraints.                           Is parallel running of network allowed?                                                                                   For all locations a primary connectivity & secondary connectivity at 50% bandwidth provisioning has been done.
                                          It should generate the reports in desired      Do you want to have standard set of reports which are most frequently used to save time or a customised report is
273   Vol-1, Pg 40, Point 2.2.1.2.16      format for reconciliation                      needed each time?                                                                                                         The system should have capability to generate both.

                                          Solution offered must preferably be based
                                          on open standards and systems. It should
                                          have modular architecture and should
                                          support active configuration, load sharing
                                          and fault tolerance for software/hardware
274   Vol-1, Pg 40, Point 2.2.1.2.17      failure and site failure                       Would a requirement of cloud computing take place                                                                         The Bidder has to propose solution as per the requirements mentioned in the RFP.

                                          Entire PLI (including RPLI) data has to be
                                          migrated to the new application. FSI will
                                          assume complete responsibility in ensuring
                                          that PLI data (operational, non operational,
                                          open transactions and other archived
275   Vol-1, Pg 41, Point 2.2.2.8         data) will be migrated                         Who would take care of data cleaning?                                                                                     Refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP.


                                          Finance & Accounts: The Postal Accounts &
                                          Finance (PAF) function forms the backbone
                                          of the DoP’s products and services. As the
                                          DoP plans for the future, it would be
                                          important to tread the path of sustained
                                          cost management and devising effective
                                          tools for intelligent business decisions.
                                          Some of the objectives are:                    Queries

                                          a. To move from cash based accounting to
                                          accrual based accounting in specific areas
                                          of operations within the DoP                   1. will the transition from cash to accrual system also involve implementation of ERP
                                          b. To streamline the processes by
                                          eliminating duplication of data entry at
                                          different levels                               2. Has a road map for the transition been prepared
                                          c. To bring efficiencies in Inventory          3. Have then changes in processes arising because of migration been documented
      Vol-1, Pg 13, Business Priorities   management and Procurement with real           4. How much of the old data (number of years) needs to be migrated                                                        The transition from cash to accrual would involve implementation of Finance & Accounts module detailed
276   of Department                       time validations against approved budgets      5. Are there sufficient manual records available for digitization of data for transition                                  functional requirements of which would not be a part of this RFP

                                          Supply, Customization / Enhancement,           What are the alternate delivery channels that we are looking for, details like
                                          Installation, and Commissioning of             a. number of alternate channels
                                          solutions for alternate delivery channels      b. Coverage of each channels
277   Vol-1, Pg 38, Scope of Work         for Postal Banking and Insurance solution      c. Stakeholders involved in the respective channels                                                                       Refer to section 2.2.3 and Annexure 10 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                          Supply, Customization / Enhancement,
                                          Installation and Commissioning of the
                                          following postal banking applications:         What are the various modules of CBS required                                                                              Refer to Annexure 1 of Volume 1 of the RFP. The Bidder has to propose solution as per the requirements as
278   Vol-1, Pg 38, Scope of Work         i. Core Banking Solution                       Does it involve Postal Accounts and Finance part also                                                                     mentioned in the RFP.
                                          Supply, Customization / Enhancement,
                                          Installation and Commissioning of the
                                          following postal banking applications:
279   Vol-1, Pg 38, Scope of Work         i. Core Banking Solution                       What are the regulatory reporting requirements for CBS and Postal insurance that needs to be built into the system        Please refer to Annexure 1 and 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP.

280   Vol-1, Pg 38, Scope of Work         2.2.2.1.3 Agency Management System             What are the various agents we are looking at, please provide example                                                     Presently agents of PLI comprise of departmental personnel and people from outside the department of post

                                          Develop the Standard Operating
                                          Procedures (SOPs), in accordance with the
                                          ISO 27001 & ITIL standards, for DoP
                                          Infrastructure Management. These SOPs
                                          shall cover all the aspects including
                                          Infrastructure installation, monitoring,
                                          management, data backup & restoration,
                                          security policy, business continuity &
                                          disaster recovery, operational procedures
                                          etc. The FSI shall obtain sign-offs on the
                                          SOPs from the DoP and shall make
                                          necessary changes, as and when required,
281   Vol-1, Pg 93                        to the fullest satisfaction of DoP.            For how many locations ISO 20000 and 9001 will be implemented?                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                          All other servers should also be same OS       DoP has mentioned at numerous places in the RFP that Solution offered must be based on open standards and
                                          platform OR any other commercially             systems and there is no mention of any technology and platform.                                                           PLI/ RPLI is presently governed by guidelines issued by Ministry of Finance, Govt of India. However guidelines and
      Volume 1 - 3.2.1.1 General          available and supported OS platform such       We hope that in the referred clause mentioning the product by name is just an overlook and would be removed               regulations issued by IRDA have also been taken as benchmark for adherence. For Banking, RBI guidelines have
      Requirements for servers, Sr.       as Enterprise Linux as per software            and replaced by the corrected para as - "All other servers should also be same OS platform OR any other                   been taken as the benchmark
282   No. 2/Page 72                       requirements.                                  commercially available and supported OS platform as per software requirements."

                                          The ECMS solution must support a
      Volume 1 - ECMS - Technical         multiplatform content engine and               DoP has mentioned at numerous places in the RFP that Solution offered must be based on open standards and
      Solution Requirements - Sr. No      distributed caching, compound document         systems. We request that referred para should be replaced by " The ECMS solution must support a open standard
283   46/Page 69                          object model, content streaming                based content engine and distributed caching, compound document object model, content streaming ......"                   No change in requirement
      Volume 1 - Data Migration           Database should support open standards         We understand that DoP wants "The solution should be able to interoperate with multiple industry standard
      Requirements - Sr. No. 77/Page      ie database should be available across all     RDBMS platforms like Oracle, MS SQL, MY SQL, DB2, Informix, Sybase or any other RDBMS and should be based on
284   71                                  platforms.                                     open specifications." solution selection by SI who are capable of running the same solution on different
                                                                                         This clause limits the Pls confirm                                                                                        Requirement is self explanatory
                                                                                         technologies and platform depending upon the functional, technical, demographical and geographical environment.
                                                                                         While the approach should be to choose a server platform based on the best and cost effective solution, the clause
                                                                                         mentioned has resulted in focus being shifted to choosing a particular hardware platform that was being used in 2
                                                                                         particular orders thus limiting bidders to provide solutions that run on that particular platform only and it would
                                                                                         finally result in excluding the rest. We understand that the ownership of the solution and Service Levels will lie with
                                                                                         bidders, it is suggested that they should be allowed to prepare the most optimum, efficient and cost effective
                                                                                         solution architecture including server sizing that is suitable for their application while meeting requirements and
                                                                                         Service Level Agreements.
                                                                                         In addition to that the following issues might become prominent
                                                                                         o There will be limited Vendors Only
                                          Application OEM or FSI provide minimum 2       o Proprietary Architectures and Vendor Lock in will become a reality
                                          client references which is running core        o Cost will escalate because of limited competition.
      Volume 1 - 3.2.1.1 General          banking application in at least 1000           also pl note that imitating a solution that was deployed in reference case of 1000 branch would not even match            Considering the size and complexity of DoP requirements, the requirement has been stated to ensure that the
      Requirements for servers/Page       branches or minimum 20000 concurrent           1/10th of size of Postal banking and would not guarantee any quality. So it is suggested that right of technology         proposed solution has been successfully implemented for large scale complex implementations. This will not limit
285   72                                  users on same platform.                        selection should rest solution selection by SI who are capable of running the same solution on different
                                                                                         This clause limits the with SI's only                                                                                     the solution selection as both application OEM or bidder are allowed to provide references
                                                                                         technologies and platform depending upon the functional, technical, demographical and geographical environment.
                                                                                         While the approach should be to choose a server platform based on the best and cost effective solution, the clause
                                                                                         mentioned has resulted in focus being shifted to choosing a particular hardware platform that was being used in 2
                                                                                         particular orders thus limiting bidders to provide solutions that run on that particular platform only and it would
                                                                                         finally result in excluding the rest. We understand that the ownership of the solution and Service Levels will lie with
                                                                                         bidders, it is suggested that they should be allowed to prepare the most optimum, efficient and cost effective
                                                                                         solution architecture including server sizing that is suitable for their application while meeting requirements and
                                                                                         Service Level Agreements.
                                                                                         In addition to that the following issues might become prominent
                                                                                         o There will be limited Vendors Only
                                          Application OEM or FSI provide minimum 2       o Proprietary Architectures and Vendor Lock in will become a reality
                                          client references which is running core        o Cost will escalate because of limited competition.
      Volume 1 - 3.2.1.2 Minimum          banking application in at least 1000           also pl note that imitating a solution that was deployed in reference case of 1000 branch would not even match
      Specifications for database and     branches or minimum 20000 concurrent           1/10th of size of Postal banking and would not guarantee any quality. So it is suggested that right of technology
286   application servers /Page 73        users on same platform.                        selection should rest with SI's only                                                                                      Please refer to clarification given against query no. 285
                                          The FSI is expected to do version upgrades
                                         during the course of the contract ensuring
                                         customizations already done are carried
                                         over successfully to the next version. The
                                         FSI will be responsible for implementing
      Volume 1 - Section 4.2             version upgrades as soon as the new
      Operations & Maintenance, Sr.      versions are available as a part of the
287   No.5/Page No. 93                   contract.                                         Pl. suggest the time lines for completing the up gradation of all softwares                                            Timelines for up gradation shall be mutually agreed upon between DoP and FSI at appropriate stage

                                       Ensure that all software (OS &
                                       applications) supplied is licensed and              As mentioned on page 93, sr. no.5 & 10 the FSI will be responsible for implementing version upgrades as soon as
      Volume 1 - 7.5 Annexure 5:       includes supply of all patches, updates,            the new versions are available as a part of the contract , please clarify the timeline in which the FSI needs to
      Details of Branch hardware - OS- and bug-fixes during the warranty and               upgrade the desktop operating system and other softwares once a new version is released by OEM. This would
288   S/W patches                      extended support period if any.                     help DoP in avoiding any compatibility issues with other software and applications.                                    Timelines for up gradation shall be mutually agreed upon between DoP and FSI at appropriate stage
                                                                                           The scanning solution should be well integrated with ECMS so as to upload scanned images directly into ECMS
289   Volume I – FSI RFP , Pg 270        Specifications for scanners                       repository after proper QC and indexing.                                                                               Refer Clarification given against query number --227 (given above)


                                         Enterprise Content Management System
                                         (Scanning & Capture Solution)                     We understand that solution for document scanning is one of the key requirements and it will be used from various
                                         Insurance :                                       locations like post offices (other than the EDOs), 22 CPCs, Logistics Post Centre etc.
                                         Shall be scanned at all the post offices          In this context we have following understanding:
                                         (other than the EDOs) across the 22 circles       • Proposed Capture Solution should support unlimited locations /users /volumes without any restriction
                                         Banking: 22 CPCs (1 in each circle)               • Considering poor connectivity in remote areas, the proposed solution should support offline scanning and auto
                                         Mail Operations:                                  uploading at off peak hours
      Volume I – FSI RFP , Pg 71,        Logistics Post Centre                             • Should support both bulk and web scanning capabilities
290   section 3.1                                                                                                                                                                                                 Refer Clarification given against query number --228 (given above)
                                                                                           Please let us know the volume of data to be digitized and scanned.
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 51,                                                            Are there any documents other than A4 size, if yes please mention other document sizes
291   Section 2.2.7                      Data Digitization and migration                                                                                                                                          Refer Clarification given against query number --229 (given above)

                                                                                           Digitization is one of the key requirement of the project. Our understanding is that the proposed solution for
                                                                                           digitization/ scanning should automatically take care of document quality analysis to ensure correction of
                                                                                           aberrations like improper resolution, improper format/ compression, skew, wrong orientation, error in automatic
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 51,                                                            cropping, punch hole marks etc. This quality analysis should also be available as a separate component to maintain
292   Section 2.2.7                      Data Digitization and migration                   standardization of digitization quality when scanning is outsourced to scanning vendor for backlog digitization.       Please refer to scanning specification in Annexure 5 in volume 1 of the RFP.
                                         Workflow Management (WFMS)
                                         Ability to define and control the various
                                         activities associated with business process       In this context our understanding is that workflow system will be used to automate processes for Insurance,
                                         like policy creation and issuance, policy         Banking and other areas. We understand from our experience of working with other PSU Banks and PSU Insurance
                                         related approvals, claims servicing, loan         companies that to effectively automate these processes workflow engine should have good document handling
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 43,          sanctions, etc)                                   capabilities along with other standard features such as graphical modeling of the processes, in built Form designer,
293   Section 2.2.2.1.5                                                                    Rule Engine, Monitoring DASHBOARDs etc                                                                                 Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in RFP
                                                                                           Based on our experience of implementing similar system in other PSU banks and Insurance companies we
                                                                                           recommend that following features should also be included in the RFP :
                                                                                           • File Management, file movement and tracking workflows at central and other head offices
                                                                                           • System should be based on Manual of office Procedure (MOP from DARPG- Department of Administrative
                                                                                           Reforms And Public Grievances)
                                                                                           • Whitehall based file movement with support for Green Note sheet
                                                                                           • Support for Hindi and other regional languages
294   Volume I – FSI RFP,Section 3.1     File Management                                                                                                                                                          Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in RFP

      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 64,         Acceptance testing of the complete
295   Section 2.3.2                      solution as per scope of RFP: T+22 Months         Timelines are aggressive for this magnitude of project? Any Specific reason for same? Any change in same possible? No change in requirement

                                         Project Management Services: The FSI shall
                                         make provision for leased line connectivity
                                         with necessary IT equipments between the
                                         seating location provided by DoP and the
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 66 ,        FSI’s home location / separate
296   Section 2.3.3 point 5a             development facility                              Who would pay for leased line connectivity?                                                                            Lease Line connectivity is not in the scope of FSI.
                                         The proposed CBS solution should be a
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 39 ,        COTS (Commercially Off the Shelf)
297   Section 2.2.1.1 point 8            solution.                                         Can Bidder provide its own Core Banking Solution (CBS) instead of COTS                                                 Refer to section 2.2.1.1. of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                         The existing PLI servers are hosted at
                                         National Informatics Centre (NIC) data
                                         centre in Delhi. It will be responsibility of
                                         the FSI to shift the current PLI servers from
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 48 ,        the NIC data centre to the new PLI data                                                                                                                                  The locations currently under consideration for Data Centre are Delhi/NCR or Mumbai/Navi Mumbai and for
298   Section 2.2.5 point 5              centre location.                                  What is the location of new Data Centre & DR Site                                                                      Disaster Recovery Centre, location under consideration is Mysore. However, this is tentative and subject to change

                                         In the event of any data that cannot be
                                         migrated, it will be the responsibility of the
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 53 ,        bidder to provide alternate methodology
299   Section 2.2.7 point 14             with concurrence from DoP.                        Kindly elaborate? Does the bidder need to keep track of physical records not migrated and manage them?                 No. This is not in scope of FSI.
                                         Technical Training: FSI shall impart training
                                         to the technical team responsible for
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 56 ,        carrying out technical activities related to      The training need to be provided by FSI certified Trainers or by OEM?. Training certificate need to be provided after
300   Section 2.2.9.1.2                  the system like:                                  training? If so then certificate issued by FSI or OEM?                                                                The Bidder has to meet the training requirements stated in Section 2.2.9.2 of volume 1 of the RFP

                                         Detailed scope of training: FSI shall provide
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 59 ,        training material in hard copy and softcopy                                                                                                                              Please refer to Section 2.2.9.2 of Vol I of FSI RFP. One hard copy per trainee may be assumed. However the vendor
301   Section 2.2.9.2 point 10           to support training delivery.                     Can we assume only one hard copy of training material would be provided to each participant?                           may take into account any revisions that may take place in the training content/ material.
                                         In case of shortage of training facility, costs
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 60 ,        related to additional facility for training to
302   Section 2.2.9.2 point 21           be borne by FSI.                                  This would add to the Cost. It should be on actuals and DoP to re-imburse the amount .                                 Condition remains unchanged

                                         5. FSI shall build the interfaces as may be       As per point 3 "Sanchay Post software will be phased out as and when the CBS solution is implemented". Kindly
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 63 ,        required in the Sanchay Post application to       explain why there is need to build interfaces in Sanchay Post when it would be replaced? Would CBS not replace         CBS would replace Sanchay Post. For the intermediate period when CBS and Sanchay Post coexist, the FSI might
303   Section 2.2.11 point 5             cater to the integration needs as required        Sanchay Post?                                                                                                          have to build interfaces if needed.

                                         FSI shall undertake to adopt and enhance
                                         the application in “as is” condition with
                                         available documents and no additional
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 63 ,        investment will be done by DoP to provide         Details provided in Annexure 7, Section 7.7 is inadequate. Please provide more in formation about Sanchay Post
304   Section 2.2.11 point 8             documentation.                                    Application. Like number of users, Size of Database, Data to migrate etc.                                              All the available details have been mentioned in Annexure 7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                         The ECMS solution must support a                  Our understanding with this is that required solution should be highly scalable and should support both horizontal
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 70, point   horizontally scalable process engine for          and vertical scaling. The scaling capabilities required should support open industry standards and are not any
305   47                                 possible PE farming                               vendor or product specific. Please confirm our understanding.                                                          Requirement is self explanatory
                                         The ECMS solution must be able to support
                                         or provide DFS-based web services/API for         Our understanding with this is that the required solution should have extensive support for Web Services and API
      Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 70, point   integration with other products or                for integration. The Webservice support should be based on open industry standards. Please confirm our
306   49                                 solutions                                         understanding.                                                                                                         The proposed solution should support Web Services and API based integration

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Refer Annexure 13 (7.1.3.2.) of Volume I of the RFP.
                                         Annexure 8: PLI Current application details.
                                         Supporting applications to Core PLI               Please provide size of Data at PLI Central Database? Please clarify if the supporting application viz. Meghdoot,       Meghdoot will continue till Core System Integrator (CSI) brings in the new solution.
                                         applications are as follows: Meghdoot,            Indexing,Record Tracker application would also be replaced? Does FSI need need to make interfaces to these
307   Volume I – FSI RFP, Pg 274         Indexing,Record Tracker                           application?                                                                                                           Bidder to propose optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP

                                         7.1.3 PRE QUAL 3: Checklist for Pre
                                         Qualification Criteria: The bidder should
                                         have at least 800 people in the BFSI
                                         domain on its permanent rolls during the
                                         last one year as part of software services        Our Software Services group keeps rotating our personnel and this figure(total BFSI domain) would be not be
                                         group including software development,             readily available and it needs to be provided by our HR. Kindly accept certificate from our HR regarding the same.
      Volume II – FSI RFP, Pg 62,        architects, project managers,, professional       The certificate needs to provide total "technically qualified professionals employed by the company" or those from
308   Section 7.1.3                      integration experts and analysts.                 BFSI domain only? Similarly one Lead Implementer certified is necessary for BS7799/ISO 27001 certification?        Condition remains unchanged.
                                         Using the current PLI application, the            Can FSI vendor recommend new PLI solution in such a way that the current application will be integrated/migrated
309   Volume I:2.1/2./38                 System Integrator shall utilize the same          to the new solution to cover all the requirements of DoP?                                                          The scope mentioned under section 2.2.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP is self explanatory in nature
                                         Supply, Installation and Commissioning of         Pl. Share the current PLI application details:
                                         all necessary central hardware. This will         a. Architecture and technical details
                                         also include relocation of current PLI server     b. Hardware configuration
310   Volume I:2.1/5./38                 hardware to new Data Centre (DC) location         c. Current usage details                                                                                           Already given in the RFP (Volume I - Annexure 11)
                                         Integration with overall solution
312   Volume I:2.1/9./38                 architecture and legacy systems                   Pl. Give the details of all legacy systems which need to be integrated                                                 Legacy banking and insurance applications are to be integrated.

                                         Operations and maintenance of existing            It is assumed that Sanchay post will be phased out once CBS solution is in place. Operations and maintenance of
313   Volume I:2.1/12./38                banking application ‘Sanchay Post’                Sanchay Post is required only till such time. – Pl. Clarify                                                            Refer to point number 4 in section 2.2.11 of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                         The FSI will deploy the CBS solution in all
                                         post offices (POs) and Circle Processing
                                         Centres (CPCs) as given below:

                                         I. Pilot: 6 circles with 108 HOs, 12 MDGs, 4
                                         single hand SOs, 300 BOs and 6 CPCs (in
                                         Karnataka, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, UP,
                                         TN, Assam).                                                                                                                                                              The timelines mentioned in the RFP have been proposed after considering the inter dependencies on other
                                         II. Phase 1: 698 HOs , 759 MDGs and LSGs,                                                                                                                                vendors. Please refer to section 1.6 of volume 1 of the RFP. The timelines are aligned to ensure overall completion
                                         750 SOs ,13,242 BOs and 16 CPCs                                                                                                                                          of the India Post project.
                                         III. Phase 2: 2423 MDGs and LSGs, 20784           1. Deployment of CBS solution depends on other vendors schedule (RSI, CSI, RH etc.,). Request to share the
314   Volume I:2.2.1.1/1./39             SOs and 113876 BOs                                timelines on the dependency from other vendors on FSI                                                                  Please refer 'Table B - Overall project timelines' given below
                                  Rural ICT application for banking will be                                                                                                                                The RICT application will be rolled out in all the BOs (~1,27,418). The BOs are located in rural areas in 22 circles
315   Volume I:2.2.1.1/3./39      rolled out in ~1,27,418 Bos                     Pl. Share the details of 1,27,418 BOs. As per the RFP, there are more than 1,27,418 BOs.                                 across the country.
                                                                                  a. What are processing centres?                                                                                          Processing centers perform the activity of policy generation and issuance
                                                                                  b. What kinds of activities/processes are done at the processing centres?                                                Processing centers perform the activity of policy generation and issuance

                                  Presently there are ~560 processing             c. How the current PLI application deployed? Is it centralized or standalone installation at processing centres?         Refer Annexure 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                  centres of PLI. These processing centres        d. How processing centres are connected with NIC data Center?                                                            Refer Annexure 8 and 11 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                  are located at the Regional Offices and         e. How the CBS and PLI solution to be provided by FSI need to be accessed at Processing centres? Can FSI                 Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
316   Volume I:2.2.2/4./40        Divisional Offices of DoP                       recommend centralised web solution by which Processing centres can access the applications?                              RFP
                                  The FSI will be responsible for data
317   Volume I:2.2.2/7./41        migration for these ~1,27,418 rural POs         It is assumed that all the rural Pos data is available in current PLI application in electronic format. Please clarify Refer Annexure 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                  The insurance proposal form along with          a. Will the supporting documents for insurance be scanned at all Pos or it will be collected and sent to Processing The statement is self explanatory. The scanned documents will be forwarded to the processing center for policy
                                  the supporting documents shall be               centres for scanning? – Pl. Clarify                                                                                    creation and issuance
                                  scanned at all the post offices (other than                                                                                                                            Scanning shall be carried out all the SO and HO across all the 22 circles. Refer Section 1.1.2 (Organization
318   Volume I:2.2.4.1/1./45      the EDOs) across the 22 circles and             b. Pl. Specify number of POs doing this activities (scanning)                                                          Structure) for number of SO and HO
319   Volume I:2.2.4.3/46         Mail Operations                                 a. What will be total number of users/concurrent users/peak users for Mail Operations ECMS?                            Mail operations documents will be uploaded in ECMS through a batch process.
                                  Insurance – The storage requirements for
                                  insurance would be ~ 15 Tera bytes with
                                  an average growth of 5% on an annual                                                                                                                                     The storage requirement has been mentioned based on new business targeted numbers mentioned in Annexure
320   Volume 1:2.2.4.1/4/45       basis                                           Is this storage requirement is per annum (ie., 15 Tera byte per annum and growth of 5% YoY)? Pl. clarify                 13 (7.13.2 - Point 6) of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                  The storage requirements for banking
                                  would be ~620 GB with an average annual
321   Volume I:2.2.4.2/4/46       growth rate of 5%                               Is this storage requirement is per annum (ie., 620 GB per annum and growth of 5% YoY)? Pl. clarify                       Please refer 'Table A - Response to common queries' for revised ECMS storage requirements
                                  The storage requirements for mail shall be
                                  ~ 2 Tera bytes with an average annual
322   Volume I:2.2.4.3/46         growth rate of 20%.                             Is this storage requirement is per annum (ie., 2 TB per annum and growth of 20% YoY)? Pl. clarify                        Please refer 'Table A - Response to common queries' for revised ECMS storage requirements
                                  Data Migration has to be done for data                                                                                                                                   It is application data. Scanning of signatures is also part of the scope.
                                  available in electronic/digital format in       a. Pl. Clarify on electronic/digital format. Is it application data or scanned data?
                                  Sanchay Post. The manual data for banking       b. Manual data – Pl. Provide the size of the data (total number of Pos, total accounts, average number of fields
323   Volume I:2.2.7/4/51         has to be converted into electronic/digital     per account, what kind of data to be migrated – like account details, transactions etc.,)                                The indicative details are shared in section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                  The offices where Sanchay post is working       a. How the data in other BOs (other than 50000BOs) are maintained?                                                       The data in other BOs is manual
                                  currently has data of roughly 50,000 BOs
324   Volume I:2.2.7/5/51         attached with them in electronic format.        b.   How those data will be/need to be migrated?                                                                         The bidder has to propose data migration methodology. Please refer to Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                  Signatures scans for ~ 4 crore accounts are
                                  available in electronic format. Rest of the
                                  signatures (~ 13 crore) are manual and
                                  need to be digitized. These are available in    a. It is assumed that responsibility of getting all manual data from all HOs, SOs and BOs and collating them as a        DoP will provide source data including manual data to FSI, data collation and cleaning is responsibility of FSI.
325   Volume I:2.2.7/6/51         ~ 24000 offices (HOs and SOs).                  clean data and providing the same to FSI Vendor will lie with DoP. Please confirm.                                       Please refer to Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                  a. Pl. Provide the number of accounts which need to be migrated in each type of account.                                 Please refer to Section 7.12.1.1 of Volume 1 of the RFP.

326   Volume I:2.2.7/Table 1/52   Table 1: Data Migration                         b.   What kind of data need to be migrated in each type of account?                                                      All types of data needs to be migrated post the cut off dates mentioned in Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                                                                  a. It is assumed that all PLI data are in electronic format in the current PLI application                               1. The assumption is correct.
                                  Entire PLI (including RPLI) data has to be      b. How RPLI data are maintained now?                                                                                     2. Refer to Annexure 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP
327   Volume I:2.2.7/29/53        migrated to the new application                 c. Since which year data of RPLI need to be migrated? What are the data need to be migrated for RPLI?                    3. The statement is self explanatory about the migration requirement
                                  End User Training

                                  1. FSI will train identified employees in all
                                  HOs, SOs (only for pilot phase) and all
                                  Processing Centres dealing with CBS/PLI
                                  Operations.

                                  2. User Champions identified by DoP
                                  (Trained Trainers) will conduct End User
                                  Training for all other End Users. This is not    It is assumed that providing end user training is the responsibility of DoP. FSI vendor will provide only user
328   Volume I:2.2.9.1.1.2/55     in scope of the FSI.                            champions training. Please confirm                                                                                       Please refer to section 2.2.9 of volume 1 of the RFP.



                                  Technical Training
                                  FSI shall impart training to the technical
                                  team responsible for carrying out technical
                                  activities related to the system like:

                                  1. Network Management
                                  2. System Administration
                                  3. DC Management
                                  4. Server Management
                                  5. Database Management
                                  6. Operating System Management
                                  7. Application Management
                                  8. Vendor Management
                                  9. Technology Operations Management
                                  10. Peripheral management
                                  11. LAN Management
                                  12. End User Management
                                  13. Security Management
                                  14. Backup & Recovery Operation &
                                  management
                                  15. Helpdesk Management
                                  16. Disaster Recovery Center Management
                                  17. Disaster Recovery Operations                a. In the current scope of the RFP for FSI, FSI vendor is not into areas like Network management, DC
                                  Management                                      management, LAN Management, DR center management etc., Hence, providing these technical trainings will not be            The FSI will be responsible to provide functional and technical training only for the solution and components that
329   Volume I:2.2.9.1.2/56                                                       in scope. Pl. Clarify.                                                                                                   are provided by FSI. The list provided is illustrative.
                                                                                  a. It is assumed that DoP will provide all necessary infrastructure (venue, server, stationary etc., ) for training.
                                                                                  Please confirm                                                                                                           Please refer to Section 2.2.9.2 (point 17) of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                           DoP will provide necessary network connectivity and bandwidth to access training servers/data located at data
                                                                                  b. It is assumed that DoP will provide necessary network link and bandwidth to access training servers/data              centre only from DoP training centers. Network connectivity will be the responsibility of the FSI if another training
330   Volume I:2.2.9/54           Trainings                                       located at data centre from training centres Please confirm                                                              facility is proposed.
                                                                                                                                                                                                           FSI has to propose detailed timelines as per the overall training timelines given in section 2.3.2 of volume 1 of the
331   Volume I:2.2.9/57           Training Programme                              Give details on time lines to complete these training for each application and each trainee group.                       RFP
                                  FSI shall maintain, operate and support
                                  this application during the period of its
332   Volume I:2.2.11/4/63        availability                                    When FSI should start to maintain and support Sanchay Post application? And for how long?                                Refer to section 2.2.11 and section 2.3.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                  FSI shall build the interfaces as may be
                                  required in the Sanchay Post application to
333   Volume I:2.2.11/5/63        cater to the integration needs as required      Pl. Explain the interface requirement, as Sanchay Post will be phased out after CBS deployment.                          Refer to clarification given against query number 303
                                                                                  a. It is assumed that new enhancement which are part of CBS will not be part of this enhancement. Please
                                                                                  confirm                                                                                                                  The FSI will be responsible for enhancing the current functionalities of Sanchay Post if required.
                                                                                  b. It is assumed that any enhancement which lead to modification of the core system or not feasible because of
                                                                                  current architecture/setup will be excluded from the scope. Please confirm                                               Please refer to clarification given against query number 334 (a)
                                                                                  c. It is assumed that any enhancements to Sanchay Post’s supporting applications (like Meghdoot etc.,) will be
                                  FSI shall do the necessary enhancement of       out of scope. Please confirm                                                                                             The understanding is correct
                                  the Sanchay Post software during the time
                                  of ownership as may be required for             d. Pl. Provide the number of enhancements and complexity of enhancements expected in Sanchay Post                        The same cannot be determined as it depends on the solution proposed by the bidder
                                  successful running in the identified Post       e. It is assumed deployment of enhancements of Sanchay Post at post offices are not part of FSI’s scope. Please
334   Volume I:2.2.11/7/63        Offices.                                        confirm                                                                                                                  Please refer to clarification given against query number 334 (a)

                                  FSI shall fix, test and identify defects that   a. It is assumed that any existing issues/errors/bugs during the time of takeover of the application by FSI will not
335   Volume I:2.2.11/6/63        are there and may arise in the application      be part of the scope. Please confirm                                                                                     The understanding is not correct. The requirement is self explanatory
                                  FSI shall undertake to adopt and enhance        a. It is assumed that DoP will provide necessary training / knowledge transfer to FSI. Also, DoP will provide the
                                  the application in “as is” condition with       existing documents. Please confirm                                                                                       DoP will provide the available information and documentation to the FSI.
                                  available documents and no additional                                                                                                                                    Besides the details mentioned in Annexure - 7 of Volume I of the RFP, further details about the legacy application
                                  investment will be done by DoP to provide                                                                                                                                can be obtained during the walkthrough on 24 January 2010. Details of venue and time of the walkthrough will
                                  documentation. The details of application       b.   Annexure 7 does not provide any documentation details. Pl. Clarify.                                                 be notified to the bidders.
                                  and available documentation are given in
336   Volume I:2.2.11/8/63        Annexure 7 (Section 7.7) of Volume 1 of         c.   How the current application PLI is configured in production? Does it support/configured in HA mode?                 Refer Annexure - 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                           The branch hardware for banking will be installed in 22 CPCs (1 in each circle). For insurance the scanners, printers
                                                                                  a. Is it possible to provide the breakup on where (HO, SO, Processing centre etc.,) and number of hardware used          and desktops will be installed in ~ 1000 processing centers (includes HO, divisional offices and circle offices). The
                                                                                  at each place?                                                                                                           scanners will be deployed in all HO and SO across 22 circles.
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Appropriate end user hardware has been provided at post offices under various post office computerizations
337   Volume I:7.5/266            Annexure 5: Details of Branch hardware          b. What are the current hardware details at these places? How those will be used in future?                              project which will be utilized to deploy the client user applications
338   Volume I:2.3.1.3/64         Solution Testing                                a. It is assumed that DoP will provide necessary test data. Please confirm                                               The FSI has to create dummy data if required for testing.
                                                                                  a. It is assumed that the given timeline is based on FSI scope. Any timelines impact based on other vendors’
                                                                                  scope & timelines will be dealt with separately. Please confirm                                                          The timelines for FSI are stated in section 2.3.2 in volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                  b. It is assumed that any slippage in the specified timelines because of dependency from other vendors will not
339   Volume 1:2.3.2/64           Timelines                                       be FSI responsibility. Please confirm                                                                                    Please refer to clarification given against query number 339 (a)
                                  The solution must support low bandwidth         a. Pl. elaborate on this. Based on the current requirement, user base, ECMS, data flow etc, it is seen that there will
      Volume I:3.1/8/67           and "near-no" bandwidth conditions for          be considerable amount of bandwidth usage. Can we assume that “solution must support optimum usage of
340                               transactions                                    existing and planned network bandwidth”. Please confirm                                                                  The requirement is intended to highlight that applications would be required to work in 'low bandwidth scenarios'

                                  The minimum specifications given below          a. Where the primary data center and disaster recovery center will be located?
      Volume I:3.2/72             will be applicable for both data center and     b. It is assumed that current Data center is NIC, New Delhi. Where is current disaster recovery center?                  a. Please refer to clarification given against query no. 298
341                               disaster recovery hardware.                                                                                                                                              b. The current data centers are at PTC Mysore and NIC, Delhi. Disaster recovery centre is not available.
      Volume I: 3.2.2.1/76                                                        a. It is assumed that storage requirement need to be addressed by FSI only for the applications in scope for FSI
342                               Minimum specifications for Storage Array        (CBS, PLI, ECMS). Please confirm                                                                                         The storage requirement needs to be sized by FSI for all applications in scope of this RFP.
                                  Minimum requirements FC – IP routers
                                  At least two routers shall be provided at
      Volume I: 3.2.2.3/1/79      each location
343                                                                               a. Pl. clarify on “each location”. How many locations and where are these expected?                                      Data Center and Disaster Recovery Center
                               The hardware and software supply at DR
                               shall be equivalent to primary data center
                               however vendors shall highlight the areas
                               (especially in software license) if duplicate
                               component is not required at DR. The
                               entire environment at disaster recovery
      Volume I: 3.3/2/81       shall be maintained as a full working copy      a. It is assumed that hardware and software can be optimized at DR site based upon the requirement. It is not
344                            of primary data centre.                         necessarily the copy of primary data center. Please confirm                                                            Refer to Section 3.3 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                               a. It is assumed that link between primary data center and DC not part of FSI scope. Please confirm
                                                                               b. Also, it is assumed that DoP will ensure necessary link and bandwidth are available between DC and DR for           a. The understanding is correct.
      Volume I:3.3/81                                                          replication. Please confirm                                                                                            B. The FSI should provide the detailed bandwidth requirement (along with calculation) for DC DR replication based
345                            Disaster Recovery Requirements                                                                                                                                         on the proposed solution and same shall be discussed and agreed with DoP

                                                                                                                                                                                                      1. Please refer to section 3.4 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
      Volume I: 3.4/81                                                                                                                                                                                2. Identity and Access Management including single sign on is in scope of CSI. However, it is expected that FSI will
346                            Security Requirements                           a. Does DoP need single sign-on ?                                                                                      provide integration support to integrate their solutions with the Enterprise wide Identity and Access Management

                               Modifications would include minor
                               changes, bug fixes, patches upgrade, error
                               resolutions and minor enhancements that
                               are incidental to proper and complete
      Volume I:4.2/4/93        working of the application.
347                                                                            a. Pl. explain on minor enhancements. Also,pl. quantify the same.                                                      Minor enhancements refers to the changes required for improvement of the existing features

                               1. CSI will provide a common helpdesk
                               covering the L1 (Level 1) support for the
                               entire solution. However, the FSI will set up
                               an intermediate helpdesk till the common
                               helpdesk is deployed.
                               2. The intermediate helpdesk is needed for
                               up to a year till the common helpdesk is
                               deployed by the CSI. Post this, the FSI will    a. When will the intermediate helpdesk be supposed to start the operation?                                             a. Please refer to section 2.3.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                               provide L2 (Level 2) support to the             b. It is assumed that intermediate helpdesk will cater only to the solution provided by FSI (CBS, PLI, ECMS). Please   B. The intermediate helpdesk will support the complete solution proposed by the FSI as per the requirements of
      Volume I:4.3/94          common helpdesk provided by the CSI.            confirm                                                                                                                this RFP.
348
                               The acceptance testing will be done at
                               three levels:
                               a. System testing at the central location for
                               complete solution
                               b. UAT at each site where the solution has
                               been deployed                                   a. Pl. clarify on each site.
      Volume I: 6.1/1/105      c. UAT for the complete solution                b. If the solution is centralized and deployed in one place and accessed from all offices, how the UAT will be done?
349                                                                                                                                                                                                   Please refer to section 6.1 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                               a. How the SB/RD/TD data at BOs are maintained now?
                                                                               b. What is the average data size / account base / transaction details at each BOs?
      Volume I: 7.6/271                                                        c. How the customer details are maintained/captured now at BO?
350                            Annexure 6: FRS for CBS RICT Application                                                                                                                               Please refer to section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                               a. Does this 11600 Pos include HOs, SOs etc., also? Pl. give the breakup on this
                                                                               b. How many accounts are maintained by Sanchay Post? How the remaining accounts are maintained?                        a. Sanchay Post is in ~ 11600 PO (806 HO and 11794 SO)
      Volume I:7.7/273         Annexure 7: Banking Current Application         c. How many total accounts overall in India maintained by DoP?                                                         b. Please refer to section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
351                            details                                                                                                                                                                C. Please refer to section 7.12 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      a. Available information is provided in the RFP. Further details about the legacy application can be obtained during
                                                                                                                                                                                                      the walkthrough on 24 January 2010. Details of venue and time of the walkthrough will be notified to the
                                                                               a. Pl. share the deployment architecture diagram of current PLI application                                            bidders.
                                                                               b. It is assumed that it is centralized and hosted at NIC, Delhi DC. How it is being accessed by Pos and Processing    b. Please refer to section 3.8 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                               centres?                                                                                                               C. Information is already provided in Annexure 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
      Volume 1:7.8/273                                                         c. How it is being used by/for BOs Insurance account?
352                            Annexure 8: PLI Current application details
                                                                               a. It is assumed that currently BOs handle all operations manually. How this table is meaning in that case? Is it
                                                                               expected data in future?                                                                                               a. The data in BO is converted to electronic format at HO/SO level. The details of manual and electronic data
                                                                               b. Is this data is only for 25533 BOs?                                                                                 composition is given in section 2.2.7 of volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                               c. Data for 4000 Offices (HO, MDG, LSG) – Is it current data and calculated future data based on this OR all are       b. The data is for 25533 offices (HO and SO) and the attached ~ 1.27 lakh BOs
      Volume 1: 7.10/277                                                       calculated data?                                                                                                       c. The data has been calculated based on data available as on June 2010
353                            Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data

                                                                               a. How old is the current hardware for PLI?
                                                                               b. What is the concurrent users / max users of current PLI application?                                                a. The hardware is less than three years old
                                                                               c. Who are the end users (HO,MDG, LSG, Processing centres, SO etc.,)directly accessing these applications?             b. There are ~1000 users of the current PLI application
                                                                               d. How many Pos directly accessing current PLI application?                                                            c. PLI staff at divisional and circle offices
      Volume I: 7.11/279                                                       e. Pl. provide PLI deployment diagram.                                                                                 d: ~ 500 processing centre (majority are located at DO)
                                                                               f. How this application is connected to other offices via link?                                                        e: Refer to clarification given against query number 352
354                            Annexure 11: Hardware details for PLI                                                                                                                                  f:Currently 1318 locations are connected to NIC/BSNL network
                                                                               a. Is the number of accounts in crores or lakhs or millions?                                                           a. The number of accounts are in million
      Volume I: 7.13.1.1/306   Number of accounts and outstanding              b. Is it overall India figure including all circles, BOs, SOs, HOs etc.,?                                              b. The number of accounts and outstanding balances are for all PO
355                            balance for banking products

                               Transaction volumes for banking products
      Volume I:7.13.1.2/307    Table: Transaction figures for 2008-09                                                                                                                                 The number of accounts are total number of outstanding accounts as on March, 2009 and not the number of
356                                                                            a. In this table, is no. Of accounts, total number of account in 2008-09 or accounts opened in that year?              accounts opened in 2008-09.

                               The PLI and RPLI business runs of two
                               applications:
                               1. Meghdoot: Receipting and disbursement
                               happens on this system. This system is a
                               legacy system with offline, decentralized
                               architecture. This will not be part of future
                               architecture.
                               2. PLI application: Core insurance
                               operations are performed on this system.
                               It is central server based application. More
                               details of the system is given in the
                               annexure no. 8

                               Currently there is no integration between
                               these two applications.

      Volume I: 7.13.2/309
357                                                                            a. After CBS solution, how Meghdoot will be used?                                                                      Meghdoot will continue till Core System Integrator (CSI) brings in the new solution

                               3 Number of locations where
                               implementation is required Processing
                               centers ~1,000
                               Head offices (other than the processing         a. What kind of activities processing centres will be doing?
                               centers) and sub offices (only receipting       b. Is there a separate PLI installation at processing centres? How they access now?                                    1. Refer Section 2.2.4.1 of Volume I of the RFP for activity to be performed by the processing centers
      Volume I: 7.13.2/3/309   and disbursement – web based) ~ 20,000          c. Can we recommend web enabled PLI for processing centres and HOs to access PLI?                                      2. Refer Annexure 8 of the Volume I of the RFP
358                                                                                                                                                                                                   3. Bidder to propose optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in RFP
                                                                               a. How the current Insurance data at BOs are maintained?
      Volume I: 7.14/310                                                       b. Is the insurance data of BOs accounts in electronic form or in manual form?
359                            Annexure 14: Rural ICT FRS for insurance                                                                                                                               1. Refer Annexure 8 of the Volume 1 of the RFP

                                                                               a. Pl. share network connectivity diagram.
                                                                               b. Considering the given existing network, is NI vendor expected to provide network for “India Post 2012”?             a. High level & 'perceived' Network diagrams are part of NI RFP, however these would undergo some changes, as
                                                                               c. It is assumed that Average number of concurrent users is for the network across multiple applications/services.     per detailed roll-out plans or Network Integration RFP work.
      Volume I: 7.16/315                                                       Pl. clarify.                                                                                                           B. Yes,
360                            Annexure 16: Network Design Plan                                                                                                                                       C. Assumption is correct
                                                                               Please confirm if scanning solution specifications include:
                                                                               - Integration to ECMS to enable direct , seamless upload with minimal manual intervention
361   Volume I: Page 270       Specifications for scanners                     - Support for QC and indexing                                                                                          The understanding is correct


                               Enterprise Content Management System
                               (Scanning & Capture Solution)
                               Insurance :
                               Shall be scanned at all the post offices
                               (other than the EDOs) across the 22 circles
                               Banking: 22 CPCs (1 in each circle)             Please confirm if scanning solution is to support:
                               Mail Operations:                                • offline scanning and auto uploading at off peak hours
                               Logistics Post Centre                           • both bulk and web scanning capabilities
362   Volume I :3.1 / 71                                                       • Proposed Capture Solution should support unlimited locations /users /volumes without any restriction                 Refer Clarification given against query number --228 (given above)
                                                                               Please provide the volume of data to be digitized and scanned from current operations.
                                                                               Please confirm if any documents/physical information needs to be digitised outside the current Sanchay post and
                                                                               PLI applications.
                                                                               Are there any documents other than A4 size, if yes please mention other document sizes
363   Volume I:2.2.7 / 51      Data Digitization and migration                                                                                                                                        Refer Clarification given against query number --229 (given above)
                                                                               Please confirm if scope of digitization/ scanning solution includes automatic document quality analysis to ensure
                                                                               correction of aberrations like improper resolution, improper format/ compression, skew, wrong orientation, error
364   Volume I:2.2.7 / 51      Data Digitization and migration                 in automatic cropping, punch hole marks etc.                                                                           Please refer to scanning specification in Annexure 5 in volume 1 of the RFP.
                                        Workflow Management (WFMS)
                                        Ability to define and control the various
                                        activities associated with business process
                                        like policy creation and issuance, policy       Please confirm scope of workflow system includes:
                                        related approvals, claims servicing, loan       - support to automate graphical modelling of processes for Insurance, Banking and other areas as required.
                                        sanctions, etc)                                 - Rule Engine for defining business rules and                                                                           Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
365   Volume I: 2.2.2.1.5 / 43                                                          - DASHBOARDs for monitoring of processes                                                                                RFP
                                                                                        Based on our experience of implementing similar system in other PSU banks and Insurance companies we
                                                                                        recommend that following features should also be included in the RFP :
                                                                                        • File Management, file movement and tracking workflows at central and other head offices
                                                                                        • System should be based on Manual of office Procedure (MOP from DARPG- Department of Administrative
                                                                                        Reforms And Public Grievances)
                                                                                        • Whitehall based file movement with support for Green Note sheet
                                                                                        • Support for Hindi and other regional languages                                                                        Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
366   Volume I: 3.1                     File Management                                                                                                                                                         RFP
                                                                                        We understand “PE farming” is illustrative to specify that required solution should be scalable and should support
                                                                                        both horizontal and vertical scaling. The scaling capabilities required should support open industry standards and
                                        The ECMS solution must support a                are not any vendor or product specific. Please confirm our understanding.
                                        horizontally scalable process engine for
367   Volume I: Page 70 point 47        possible PE farming                                                                                                                                                     Requirement is self explanatory
                                        The ECMS solution must be able to support
                                        or provide DFS-based web services/API for
                                        integration with other products or              We understand “DFS-based web services/API for integration with other products or solutions ” implies that the
                                        solutions                                       solution should have extensive support for Web Services and API for integration. The Web service support should
368   Volume I: Page 70 point 49                                                        be based on open industry standards. Please confirm our understanding                                               The proposed solution should support Web Services and API based integration
                                       Proposed CBS Solution should be a COTS           Please confirm if the preference for COTS is limited to CBS and other solutions can be developed bespoke or COTS is
369   Volume I: Section 2.2 Page 39    Solution                                         preferred for other components of the applications (PLI/RPLI, RICT CBS, RICT PLI)                                   Requirement is self explanatory
                                       The insurance solution shall consist of the
                                       following modules:
                                       i. Policy administration system
                                       ii. Rules Engine                                 Typically, a Rules engine is an enterprise wide Business Rules engine that’s works with multiple applications, and
                                       iii. Agency Management System                    sometimes includes integration to BPM for Business Process orchestration and Workflow management. Please
                                       iv. Lead Management System                       confirm if scope of Rules engine here is limited to be used in the PLI application and hence can be a module within
370   Volume I: Section 2.2.2 Page 40 v. Workflow Management System                     PLI application, and does not include other application rules.                                                          Workflow Management System is required only for the insurance solution (PLI/ RPLI)
                                       The insurance solution shall consist of the
                                       following modules:
                                       i. Policy administration system
                                       ii. Rules Engine                                 Typically, a Lead Management system is part of a larger enterprise wide CRM system. Please confirm if scope of
                                       iii. Agency Management System                    Lead Management system is restricted to PLI customers and/or an enterprise wide CRM system will be provided
                                       iv. Lead Management System                       and the Lead Management system of the same will be used. If not, is the FSI expected to quote for a complete CRM
371   Volume I: Section 2.2.2 Page 40 v. Workflow Management System                     or just the Lead management system.                                                                                     Bidder to provide optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP
                                       The insurance solution shall consist of the
                                       following modules:
                                       i. Policy administration system
                                       ii. Rules Engine
                                       iii. Agency Management System
                                       iv. Lead Management System                       Typically, a workflow management system can be within the PLI application or can be an enterprise wide workflow
372   Volume I: Section 2.2.2 Page 40 v. Workflow Management System                     system integrated to the BPM engine. What is the preference of DoP among these two options.                             Bidder to provide optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP
      Volume I: Section 2.2.2.1.3 Page Provide agents with a screen to view leads       Is the Agency Management system expected to have realtime integration with the Lead Management system/CRM
373   42                               as soon as they are sent in…                     system. Please confirm.                                                                                                 Yes, real time integration is required between Agency Management System and Lead Management System

                                       The application must provide DoP the
                                       opportunity to measure and analyse the
      Volume I: Section 2.2.2.1.5 Page execution of the process so that                 Is this workflow analysis and optimisation integrated into BPM and BAM or distinct from this and limited in scope to
374   43                               continuous improvements can be made.             the PLI workflow. Please confirm.                                                                                    Bidder to provide optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP

                                        FSI shall integrate the internet banking and
                                        insurance portal with the overall solution      Please confirm if Portal Content management is within scope of ECMS provided in FSI scope or can be excluded/not CSI will be responsible for overall portal/web content management. However, FSI will be responsible for providing
375   Volume I: Section 2.2.3 Page 44   internet portal developed by CSI                essential functionality desired from ECMS as it will be provided by CSI.                                         necessary interfaces for ECMS integration
                                        The FSI will provide solution for legacy data
                                        archival for all the applications for banking   Please confirm if FSI responsibility is limited to providing solution legacy data archival or it includes the actual    FSI is responsible for providing solution legacy data archival including the actual archival and legacy data
376   Volume I: Section 2.2.7 Page 54   and insurance.                                  archival and legacy data maintenance.                                                                                   maintenance.

                                        FSI shall propose an approach to meet the
                                        end user training requirement keeping in
      Volume I: Section 2.2.9.1.1.2     mind the content of the workforce and its       Please confirm that this approach for end user training is to the smaller group identified äs Üser Champions- and
377   Page 55                           distribution across India                       this does not include the larger complete end user base.                                                                Please refer to Volume I: Section 2.2.9.1.1.2 of FSI RFP
                                                                                        While there is a clarity in phasing out the existing banking application once the CBS is implemented, there is some
                                                                                        confusion on the PLI application. Please confirm if there are plans to phase out the existing PLI applications if the
                                       Maintenance of existing banking and PLI          proposed PLI application supports existing functionality (which number to about 80 of the total 659
378   Volume I: Section 2.2.10 Page 63 applications                                     desired/essential)                                                                                                      The scope mentioned under section 2.2.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP is self explanatory in nature

                                     Following security solutions are not p[art
                                     of RFP, however, FSI is required to propose
                                     complete security architecture required
                                     after considering the following solution:
                                     1. Two layers of Firewall
                                     2. Network IPS
                                     3. Enterprise wide Anti Virus
                                     4. Information and Incident Management
                                     solution
                                     5. Enterprise wide Identity and Access
                                     management single sign on solution
      Volume I: Section 3.4 Page 82  6. Two factor authentication for all
379   Sno.1.2                        administrators                                     Please confirm if FSI is to assume that the listed solutions exist in the enterprise.                                   The listed solutions will be provided by other vendors. FSI needs to work closely with the vendors for integration
      Volume I: Section 7.5 Annexure Desktop configuration with HDD,CD Drive            Please confirm if DoP is open to considering diskless nodes for desktops working on WAN based application with no       Bidder is expected to meet minimum specifications given in the RFP however bidder can propose higher solution if
380   5 Page 266                     etc                                                local application content except browser and WAN connectivity.                                                          required
                                                                                        Please confirm if scanning solution specifications include:
                                                                                        - Integration to ECMS to enable direct , seamless upload with minimal manual intervention
381   Volume I – FSI RFP , Pg 270       Specifications for scanners                     - Support for QC and indexing                                                                                           Please refer to clarification given against query no 227


                                        Enterprise Content Management System
                                        (Scanning & Capture Solution)
                                        Insurance :
                                        Shall be scanned at all the post offices
                                        (other than the EDOs) across the 22 circles
                                        Banking: 22 CPCs (1 in each circle)             Please confirm if scanning solution is to support:
                                        Mail Operations:                                • offline scanning and auto uploading at off peak hours
      Volume I – FSI RFP , Pg 71,       Logistics Post Centre                           • both bulk and web scanning capabilities
382   section 3.1                                                                                                                                                                                               Refer Clarification given against query number --228
                                                                                        Please provide the volume of data to be digitized and scanned from current operations.
                                                                                        Please confirm if any documents/physical information needs to be digitised outside the current Sanchay post and
                                                                                        PLI applications.
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 51,                                                         Are there any documents other than A4 size, if yes please mention other document sizes                                  Details are already provided in section 2.2.7
383   Section 2.2.7                     Data Digitization and migration                                                                                                                                         For document sizes please refer to scanning specification in Annexure 5 in volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                        Please confirm if scope of digitization/ scanning solution includes automatic document quality analysis to ensure
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 51,                                                         correction of aberrations like improper resolution, improper format/ compression, skew, wrong orientation, error
384   Section 2.2.7                     Data Digitization and migration                 in automatic cropping, punch hole marks etc.                                                                            Please refer to scanning specification in Annexure 5 in volume 1 of the RFP.
                                        Workflow Management (WFMS)
                                        Ability to define and control the various
                                        activities associated with business process
                                        like policy creation and issuance, policy
                                        related approvals, claims servicing, loan
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 43,         sanctions, etc)                                 Pease confirm scope of workflow system includes:                                                                        Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
385   Section 2.2.2.1.5                                                                 - support to automate graphical modelling of processes for Insurance, Banking and other areas as required.              RFP
                                                                                        Please confirm if workflow and file monitoring to include:
                                                                                        - File Management, file movement and tracking workflows at central and other head offices
                                                                                        - Whitehall based file movement with support for Green Note sheet

                                                                                        Please confirm if file management tool is to have Support for Hindi and other regional languages

                                                                                        Please confirm if System is to confirm to Manual of office Procedure (MOP from DARPG- Department of
                                                                                        Administrative Reforms And Public Grievances)                                                                           Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
386   Volume I – FSI RFP,Section 3.1    File Management                                                                                                                                                         RFP

                                        The CBS application in the triple hand SOs,
                                        double hand SOs and single hand SOs will        Details on functionalities covered under the limited business requirements for SOs is required.                         Please refer to clarification given against query number 475. It has been clearly mentioned in the RFP that CBS
387   Volume I: 2.2.1.1 - 5 / 39        have limited business requirements.             It is assumed that branches would be part of CBS. Please confirm                                                        application will be deployed in the triple hand SOs, double hand SOs and single hand SOs

                                        The FSI will be responsible for data
                                        migration from the source systems
                                        (Sanchay Post for banking and the legacy
                                        PLI application for insurance) to the new
                                        environment. DoP will not bear any              It is assumed that DOP would facilitate the provision of Data Structure of Sanchay Post as well as the support of the
388   Volume 1: 2.2.7 - 1 / 51          additional cost for data migration.             Sanchay Post vendor. Please confirm                                                                                   Please refer to clarification given against query number 394
                                        Signatures scans for ~ 4 crore accounts are
389   Volume 1: 2.2.7 - 6 / 51          available in electronic format                  Please inform the format in which these signature would be available.                                                   Signatures scans are saved in bitmap format and in database in binary file format
                                        The data has to be migrated from these
                                        years onwards for various categories of         1.It is assumed that historical data for only Savings accounts to migrated. Please confirm                              The cut off dates for data migration of various products have been mentioned in Section 2.2.7. All data for savings
390   Volume 1: 2.2.7 - 9 / 52          accounts                                        2. It is also assumed that only transactional history data of Savings Accounts would be migrated. Please confirm        accounts including account details need to be migrated
                                        Data Migration has to be done for data
                                        available in electronic/digital format in
                                        Sanchay Post. The manual data for banking
                                        has to be converted into electronic/digital     It is assumed that development of tool for capturing the manual data and also data entry to capture the manual
391   Volume 1: 2.2.7 - 4 / 51          format                                          data is out of scope of SI. Please confirm                                                                               The understanding is not correct. Please refer to Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP.

                                        The FSI will be responsible for procuring
                                        the data from the POs for the purpose of
                                        migration or devise methodology for             DOP staff would extract and send the data of each office at a centralized location for doing the testing of data         Requirement is self explanatory. The bidder needs to propose a data migration strategy which will be signed off by
392   Volume 1: 2.2.7 - 25 / 52         migration at PO-level.                          before actual migration                                                                                                  DoP.
                                        The FSI will develop control reports for
                                        verification of the data both before and        It is assumed that Control reports from the existing software, from which data is to be migrated, would be provided
393   Volume 1: 2.2.7 -26 / 52          after migration                                 by the existing application provider. Please confirm                                                                Requirement is self explanatory
                                        Maintenance of existing banking
394   Volume 1: 2.2.11 / 63             application ‘Sanchay Post’                      DOP to make arrangements for knowledge transfer to enable SI to maintain this existing application                       Vendor shall understand the application through a self walkthrough and DoP will provide feasible support .

                                        The application should have a server            Need detailed architecture of deployment/functioning of RICT Banking Module e.g.
                                        component and a client component. The           Will the RICT server would be an aggregator server ?
                                        solution should seamlessly integrate with       If yes, in that case would all the data would be residing in CBS server only ?
395   Volume 1: 7.6-24 / 272            the CBS solution.                               If yes, then would the transaction happen in online or offline mode with facility to upload the data at the end of day Please refer to section 2.2.1.1 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                        UAT at each site where the solution has
396   Volume 1: 6.1 -a / 105            been deployed                                   Please give the detailed scope of UAT at each site where the solution is deployed.                                       The detailed UAT plan is to be prepared by FSI. This will be approved by DoP
                                                                                        Total Offices 152978
                                                                                        Offices to be covered under RICT Banking : 127418
397   Volume 1: 7.13.1.2 / 307          Rollout plan for CBS:                           Are rest of the branches going to be under CBS and sizing to be done accordingly?                                        Please refer to section 2.2.1.1 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional                                                            Does DOP require a separate AML solution to meet this requirement?                                                       DoP requires an AML solution as per the requirements given in Annexure 1 of the Volume of the RFP. The solution
398   _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx       Anti Money Laundering                           Is it required for all the offices or only CBS branches                                                                  would cater to all CBS post offices.
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional
399   _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx       Alert Management                                Is it required for all the offices or only CBS branches                                                                  The solution would cater to all post offices where banking solution is being deployed
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional
400   _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx       SMS Banking                                     DOP would tie up directly for SMS aggregator services from third party service providers                                 The understanding is correct.
      FIN_2_Schedule_of_requiremen                                                                                                                                                                               The understanding is incorrect. FSI has to size and supply central server for banking and PLI application including
401   ts.xlsx                           Central Hardware Cost                           It is assumed that central server for RICT for Banking and PLI would be provided by RSI. Please confirm                  RICT for banking and PLI
      FIN_2_Schedule_of_requiremen                                                                                                                                                                               Any additional hardware proposed by the vendor should be included in miscellaneous line item in the Schedule of
402   ts.xlsx                           Central Hardware Cost                           Training Server cost is not mentioned in this document                                                                   Requirement

403   Volume 1: 7.13.1.2                Transaction volumes for banking products        Please the data of number of accounts as per the type of office                                                          All available information has been shared in Annexure 13 of volume 1 of the RFP
      Annexure 10: - sizing data – Pg   ATM - No. Of txn per day
404   278.                              ATM – No of peak txn per day                    No. Of transactions per day is less than No. Of Peak transactions per day. Kindly clarify.                               The data given is average transactions per day
      Annexure 10: - sizing data – Pg
405   278.                              ATM                                             Kindly clarify the TPS required for ATM Switch.                                                                    Estimated transactions per day for ATM have been specified in Annexure 10 of volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                        RPO for ATM is also defined as <15 min. Depending on the TPS requirement of ATM switch, 15 min can result is very
                                                                                        high rate of transactions being lost. Kindly, confirm if the same is acceptable to DOP. (e.g:- 100 TPS can lead to
406   Pg.81- section 3.3                RPO/RTO                                         90,000 transactions being lost).                                                                                   Please refer to section 5.3 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                        Application and data base ….. minimum 2
                                        client references which is running core
                                        banking application in at least 1000
      Pg. 72 – section 3.2 hardware     branches or minimum 20000 concurrent
407   requirements                      users on same platform.                         Are there similar references required for the ATM Switch infrastructure? If yes please let us know the criteria          References are not mandatory for ATM switch infrastructure.
                                        i) FSI to provide comprehensive annual          i) As warranty and support are two distinct concepts of product upkeep, our understanding of the clause is as
                                        maintenance during the warranty period          follows:
                                        of two years.                                      a) OEM warranty for the supplied products should be passed on to DoP; AND
                                                                                            b) the FSI would provide annual maintenance in addition to the product warranty so that the Service Levels set
                                        ii) Warranty not to be void if DoP buys any     out in the tender are met for a period of 2 years from the date of acceptance.
      Volume I                          supplementary hardware or s/w and               Please confirm if the above understanding is correct.
      Pg. 92, Section 4.1               installs it in these equipments.                ii) Product warranty is not applicable if a damage occurs due to installation of third party h/w or s/w.
408                                                                                                                                                                                                           Requirement is self explanatory. Please refer to section 4 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                        a) Undertaking agreeing to deposit Source       a) It is clarified that only the source code of the customization and developments done specifically for DoP may be
                                        code of the                                     provided by way of Escrow.
                                        supplied/developed/customized software          b) It is submitted that the sole ownership in the developed s/w may not be required by DoP to meet its
                                        products in escrow.                             requirements. It is therefore submitted that a license to use or modify the developed S/w specifically for DoP’s
                                        b) DoP to own and have the right in             internal purposes will suffice all DoP requirements. The FSI should be granted the rights to commercially exploit the
      Volume II                         perpetuity to use all newly created IPR         developed s/w subject to the FSI adhering to the confidentiality obligations as regards DoP’s proprietary
      Pg. 24, Section 3.27.4            developed for execution of project.             information.                                                                                                          a. The source code for the complete solution is to be kept in the escrow account
409                                                                                                                                                                                                           b. No change in the requirement
      Volume II                                                                         It is submitted that the bidder shall quote present Taxes. Any benefit or burden arising from a change in tax rates
      Pg. 38, Section 4.4.1(6)                                                          (both reduction and increase) should be to DoP account. Similarly impact due to change in tax structure may be
410                                     Increase in taxes to be to bidders account      absorbed by DoP.                                                                                                      No change in the requirement

                                                                                        It is submitted that the manufacturers with a vide portfolio of IT products and services provide these to a large
                                        Fall clause                                     number of clients either directly or through multiple tier of sub suppliers and distributors. These entities also have
                                        Commitment that the solution or any of its      multiple business and delivery units to deliver and fulfil client requirements. The prices of each product unit may
                                        parts are not offered or supplied at a          not be tracked as it is non-feasible.
      Volume II                         lower price to any other organization or        Considering that this is a competitive bid where DoP may get quotes from multiple vendors with DoP retaining the
      Pg. 40, Section 4.4.4             govt. ministry or dept.                         right to further negotiate (under clause 5.1.3(8) – Volume II), the Fall clause undertaking may be waived/withdrawn.
411                                                                                                                                                                                                              No change in the requirement
      Volume II
      Pg. 54, Section 6.5               PBG to be provided within 21 days of
412                                     notification of award.                          The submission period for PBG may be modified to 21 days from contract signing.                                          No change in the requirement
                                                                                        The clause presently does not provide for any mandatory cure period.

      Volume III                                                                        It is submitted that the clause provide for a minimum cure period of 30 days for all kinds of material breach before
      Pg. 30, Section 6.1                                                               any party initiates steps for termination.
413                                     Termination for breach                                                                                                                                                   No change in the requirement
                                                                                        For a long term contract of this nature, the termination for convenience should not be available to any party. If DoP
                                                                                        desires to retain the termination right, we propose the following modifications:
                                                                                        - The termination notice should be atleast 180 days.
                                                                                        - The FSI should, upon termination, be paid a termination fee. The bidders may be required to quote such
      Volume III                                                                        termination fee as part of the commercial bid.
414   Pg. 32, Section 6.2.2             Termination for convenience                                                                                                                                              No change in the requirement
      Volume III
      Pg. 33, Section 6.2.3
415                                     Termination for breach                          A cure period of not less than 30 days should be granted by DoP to FSI before initiating termination proceedings.        No change in the requirement
      Volume III
      Pg. 33, Section 6.2.4
416                                     Termination for change in control               Internal reorganization should not be treated as change in control                                                       No change in the requirement

                                        In case of breach;
                                        - FSI to pay for all direct costs incurred by
                                        DoP within 30 days of the claim;                We propose the following;
                                        - FSI to compensate the DoP for all the         - The penalties, LD’s and PBG (as per contract conditions) shall be the only amounts payable by the FSI to DoP.
      Volume III                        costs incurred in procuring services from a     - The compensation for replacement Vendor is not acceptable as the above remedies (previous point) would suffice
      Pg. 35, Section 6.3.7             third party, including differential cost.       for a normal escalation in cost while engaging replacement vendor.
417                                                                                                                                                                                                              No change in the requirement
      Volume III
      Pg. 43, Section 7.3.1 and 7.3.2                                                   Our understanding of the indemnity clause (section 7.3.1) when read along with 7.3.2 is that the indemnity is only
418                                     General Indemnification                         against third party claims of bodily injury, death or damage to tangible property damage. Please confirm.                No change in the requirement
      Volume III
      Pg. 44, Section 7.3.3 and 7.3.8                                                   It is submitted that the IP claims arising from actions of DoP or omissions to follow FSI’s advise should be excluded
419                                     IP indemnity                                    from the indemnity for the FSI’s products.                                                                               No change in the requirement
                                                                                        Sections 7.4.1(c) should be excluded from the unlimited cap claims as these are subjective and there is not enough
                                                                                        legal precedence under legal precedence to cover these.
      Volume III                                                                        Section 7.4.1(d) related to tangible property damage is generally within the overall LOL cover and hence may be
      Pg. 45, Section 7.4.1                                                             deleted.
420                                     No financial limit for certain claims                                                                                                                                    No change in the requirement
                                                                                        It is submitted that the aggregate LOL for the claims prior to implementation and roll out may be amounts paid by
      Volume III                                                                        DoP till the date of the 1st claim.
      Pg. 45, Section 7.4.2                                                             As regards, the operations phase, the aggregate liability may be capped to 12 months charges.
421                                     Limitation of liability                                                                                                                                                  No change in the requirement
      Volume III
      Pg. 51, Section 8
423                                     Intellectual property                           Please refer to query against Section 3.27.4 (Volume II, Pg. 24).                                                        No change in the requirement
      Volume III
      Pg. 53, Section 9
424                               Escrow                                                Request DoP to consider waiver of the Escrow requirement                                                                 No change in the requirement
                                  ATM Rental cost is for 5 years whereas
      FIN_2_Schedule_of_Requireme Operations & Maintenance Costs is for 7                                                                                                                              ATM rental period starts from the date of sign off by DoP and the O & M service starts from that period. ( the
425   nts                         Years                                                 After 5 years, when O&M services are being rendered but ATM rental is over, then who manages the ATM?          rental period and the OM will align together for 5 years
                                                                                        % of Penalty is mentioned for all events without capping the penalty to an upper limit. Request Penalty during
                                                                                        Deployment Phase to be capped to 5% of Deployment Value and During O&M phase to be capped to 5% of Monthly
426   FSI_RFP_Volume_I/Section 5        Service Level Requirements                      Invoice value                                                                                                  No change in the requirement
                                         The bidder shall give the total composite
                                         price inclusive of all levies and taxes, i.e.
                                         customs duty, sales tax/VAT, service tax &
                                         excise, packing, forwarding, freight and
                                         insurance, supply of connectivity solution
                                         and support to Department of Posts but
                                         excluding Octroi / Entry tax, which will be
                                         paid extra as per actuals, wherever
                                         applicable. Any increase in rates of taxes
                                         will be to the account of the bidder. The         The bidder shall give the total composite price inclusive of all levies and taxes, i.e. customs duty, sales tax/VAT,
                                         basic unit price and all other components         service tax & excise, packing, forwarding, freight and insurance, supply of connectivity solution and support to
                                         of the price need to be individually              Department of Posts but excluding Octroi / Entry tax, which will be paid extra as per actuals, wherever applicable.
      FSI_RFP_Volume_II/Section          indicated. Prices of incidental services          Any increase in rates of taxes will be to the account of the Purchaser. The basic unit price and all other components
427   4.4.1 - Point 6 Pg no 38           should also be quoted                             of the price need to be individually indicated. Prices of incidental services should also be quoted                   No change in the requirement
      FSI_RFP_Volume_II/Section
428   4.4.4 - Pg no 40                   Fall Clause                                       Request this clause to be deleted as every solution is unique for each customer                                         No change in the requirement. However, refer 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Commercials for operations and maintenance as per the format FIN 2.8 as mentioned in the Volume 2 of the RFP.
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Point 3.2 -                                                       As per the MSA period of contract is 5 years from the effective date whereas the Commercial Bid Template shows     Year 1 here refers to the first year of contract period. Please refer the section 2.3.2 of Vol 1 of the RFP for the
429   Pg no 23                           Period of Contract                                O&M services for 7 years. Please clarify the contract duration                                                     project timelines. MSA duration will be appropriately adjusted based on the final contract period.
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Point 6.4 -                                                       SLA penalty covers any delay in delivery of solution. Hence LD amount to penalty over and above SLA Based Penalty.
430   Pg no 35                           Liquidated Damages                                Hence request DOP to delete this clause                                                                            No change in the requirement
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Point 7.7.6 -
431   Pg no 49                           Step in Rights                                    Request DOP to delete this clause or limit the clause to 5% of excess amount to be paid by FSI                          No change in the requirement
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Point 5.3 -     Effect on Lease assets in the event of
432   Pg no 85                           termination                                       Request Lessor to provide a say on which option Lessee is selecting in the event of termination                         No change in the requirement


                                         For the purposes of Clause 5.3 above, book
                                         Value shall be calculated based on the
                                         procurement price of the concerned
                                         Leased Assets or capitalized cost of the
                                         Leased Asset, in the books of the Lessor
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Point 5.4 -     less depreciation calculated under straight
433   Pg no 85                           line method (SLM) and at a rate of 20%.           Request the depreciation rate to be mutually decided                                                                    No change in the requirement
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Point 8 - Pg
434   no 88                           Insurance                                            Since the leased assets are at DOP location, request DOP to take comprehensive insurance                                No change in the requirement
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Point 10 -
435   Pg no 90                        Liquidated Damages                                   Request DOP to delete this clause as ATM installation and delivery is covered under SLA Penalty                         No change in the requirement

                                         Invoices shall be accurate and all
                                         adjustments to or changes in the terms of
                                         payment as stated in the Terms of
                                         Payment Schedule shall be applied to the
                                         next payment invoice. The FSI shall waive
                                         any charge for a Service that is not invoiced
                                         within six months after the end of the
                                         month in which the terms of payment as
                                         stated in the Terms of Payment Schedule
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Section 9       relating to such Service are authorised or
436   Point III - Pg no 101              incurred, whichever is later                      Request DOP to delete this clause                                                                                       No change in the requirement
                                         Payments invoiced shall be made within 45
                                         days of the receipt of invoice by the Project
                                         Director, Department of Posts subject to
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Section 9       adjustments if any for the previous
437   Point IV - Pg no 101               performance.                                      Request DOP to make the payment terms as 30 days from the date of invoice                                         No change in the requirement
      FSI_RFP_Volume_III/Section 10                                                        Since the capex is going to be accepted by DOP, request DOP not to defer 20% of the payment for each FIN upto FIN
438   Point IV - Pg no 102               Terms of Payment Schedule                         2.6. Last 20% should be paid on acceptance on solution                                                            No change in the requirement
                                         Servers offered should be high end
                                         enterprise class and should be with the
                                         latest generation and highest clock speed         Some Server OEM has there own CPU and some uses Industry standard CPU. We understand the highest clock
439   RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/7/pg 73          processors at the time of supply                  speed processor is meant for processor available with server OEM. Please confirm.                                       The understanding is correct

                                         All applications shall fail over on to High
                                         availability Server in separate partitions. In
                                         case of failure of any Application or Server,
                                         it shall be possible to dynamically move
                                         CPU/Memory/ IO adapter resources from
                                         other partitions to the High Availability
                                         Partition without re-booting the system or
                                         partition

                                      Capacity of High Availability Server shall be
                                      calculated in a such a way that in case of
                                      failure of any single application, it shall be
                                      possible to dynamically allocate same
                                      amount of CPU/Memory/ IO adapter                     DoP core banking and insurance application would be mission critical environment and data integrity is a crucial
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/9/pg 73 & RFP resources (as in production) to the HA               factor for such environment. Considering this DoP should ask the electrically isolated partitions to ensure the
440   Vol 1/3.2.1.2/10/pg 73          partition                                            reliability and availability.                                                                                           Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         Capacity of High Availability Server shall be
                                         calculated in a such a way that in case of
                                         failure of any single application, it shall be
                                         possible to dynamically allocate same
                                         amount of CPU/Memory/ IO adapter
                                         resources (as in production) to the HA
                                         partition

      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/10/pg 73 &       The servers in cluster must be sized to give
441   RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/21/pg 74         100% load support in case of a failover           We understand production server and high availability server should be identical. Please confirm                        Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'


                                         The database and application tier for all
                                         modules have to be configured on servers
                                         which support partitioning/virtualization
                                         technology. The OS disk for each
                                         environment must be mirrored. Required
                                         consolidation/virtualization licenses should
                                         be proposed for full quoted configuration
                                         for unlimited number of instances.

                                         Servers should be able to provided with OS
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/12/pg 73 &       and virtualization licenses for the full                                                                                                                                  The virtualization license is to be provided for full capacity of the model for the servers that will be virtualized as
442   RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/25/pg 74         capacity of the model                             Please clarify the virtualisation license to be provided for quoted configuration or full capacity of the model.        per the solution proposed by the Bidder
                                         Should support a shared everything
                                         architecture wherein CPU, Memory and              Share everything architecture has there own overheads and challenges. Share everything architecture is good to
                                         I/O can be shared between the different           have in non production environment like development, testing etc. For a mission critical environment like core
                                         partitions, be it virtual partitions or logical   banking where reliability and availability is utmost concern DoP should ask for isolated partitions instead of shared
443   RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/14/pg 73         partitions                                        architecture for production server/partition.                                                                           Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                           Some Blade OEM use Active redundant back plance and some OEM use passive backplane. Dual I/O and power
                                         Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum              connector architecture is not used by Passive backplane OEM as there is no device to fail. Most leading blade
                                         of 14 Full Height Hot Plug-gable Blade            technology OEM provides 16 Half Height servers per enclosure also height is just a form factor. Request to modify
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/3/pg      Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as well          min blade per enclosure as 16, remove form factor and dual I/O connector requirement so that we have option to
444   75                                 as Power Connectors for Redundancy.               choose the best fit available for DoP requirement.                                                                      Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         Redundant Gigabit Layer 2/7 Ethernet
                                         Switch Modules having minimum 4 up-link
                                         Ports. Should enable consolidation of full
                                         Layer 2-7 LAN switching capabilities as well
                                         as Support virtualized network services
                                         using VLANs, Virtual IPs, Virtual Server          Switch in blade enclosure function as edge switch and having Layer 7 functionality on edge is not an optimum
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/4/pg      Router and Virtual Router Redundancy              solution. Layer 7 functionality will be implemented at core switch. Request to modify the clause as "Redundant
445   75                                 Protocol                                          Gigabit Layer 2 or above Ethernet Switch Modules having minimum 4 up-link Ports"                                        Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         Redundant Hot-Swap 8GB Fibre Channel
                                         SAN Switch Modules should provide no              Request you to have uplink ports as minimum 4 ports as asked in Ethernet switch. This will provide lavel playing
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/6/pg      single point of failure. There should be          field to all bidders since bidders providing 16 server in one chassis owing to superior technology would conversely
446   75                                 min. of 6 External uplink Ports                   be at a loss .                                                                                                          Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         10 Hot-Swap Modules (2 x Dedicated
                                         Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module Slots, 2 x
                                         Dedicated Bridged Module Slots, 2 x
                                         Dedicated Ether Switch/Fiber Channel
                                         Switch Slots & 4 x High-Speed Slots for 10G
                                         Ethernet or Infiniband). All modules
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/8/pg      installed in pairs should be able to support      Different OEM approach to Interconnect bays is different. Request you to change the Interconnect bays to
447   75                                 load balancing and fail-over support.             minimum 8 so that we have option to choose the best fit available for DoP requirement                                   Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                     Chassis should have redundant fans on the
                                     power supplies and should be able to
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/11/pg provide reconfiguration of fans and power             Please clarify what is meant by re-configuration of fans and power supplies. We assume by fans on power supply
448   75                             supplies without manual intervention                  DoP meant fans and power supply. Please confirm                                                                         Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                     Pre-Failure Support for Blades, Blades,
                                     bridge/switch modules, I/O modules,                    Pre-Failure support does not bring in the real benefits for the customer as there are just alert. Request to modify
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/15/pg management modules, power modules,                     the clause as Pre-failure warranty for CPU, RAM and HDD". This will ensure DoP gets the replacement part also well
449   76                             blower modules, media tray                             in advance of actual part fails.                                                                                    Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                     LED panel to provide power-on, location,
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/18/pg over temperature, information and system
450   76                             error conditions                                       Bidder provides latest LCD panel technology. Request DoP to modify this as LED/LCD panels                                  Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                           Each of these Tape Libraries shall be
                                           scalable to at least 64 drives and at least
                                           3000 slots. Scalability of the number of         1. Too much scalability is being asked which is making it vendor restrictive.
                                           drives and slots can be delivered through        2. Considering the latest generation LTO5 drives 64 drives scalability is too high while comparing with similar
                                           multiple tape libraries. However each            environments.
                                           library shall be supplied with minimum of        Request to change the clause as "Each of these Tape Libraries shall be scalable to at least 44 drives and at least 3000
451   RFP Vol 1/3.2.3/7/pg 80              280 slots and 12 drives                          slots."                                                                                                                 Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                           The tape library shall be configured with at
                                           least one robot in redundant configuration
                                           per tape library to address all the slots in a   Robotic Arm is a passive nature of device and made of hard steel Iron rod. There is no need to look for redundancy
452   RFP Vol 1/3.2.3/9/pg 80              redundant configuration.                         at this level. On the top of it, this is too much vendor specific as well                                                  Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                           Supply, Installation, Commissioning and          Does this apply only for the ATM or for the relevant infra such as UPS, Network (V-SAT,LL), AC, Premises build and
453   Vol I: section 2.2.6.1 Page 48       maintenance of ATM / CDs                         maintenance?                                                                                                               Please refer to section 2.2.6.1 and Annexure 15 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                            In Switch section ATM1: “date and time/greetings by name of the card holder” whether name should be display
454                                        Annexure 2: FRS: ATM Switch description          from track 1? Or special occasion greetings like birthday …?                                                               The name is displayed from Track 1. Example of greetings is 'Welcome'
                                                                                            In Reconciliation (ATM 91) “Payable by ATM cardholders shall be fully supported by the switch
455   Vol I: section 7.2.2; Page 191   Annexure 2: FRS: ATM Switch description                                                                                                                                         Requirement is self explanatory
                                       The FSI will deploy the ATM solution in
                                       1000 locations. The locations (HO only) are
                                       mentioned in Annexure 12 (Section 7.12)
                                       of Volume 1 of this RFP. The other
                                       locations will be decided by DoP during              What are the total number of ATMs/CDs expected to be configured on the switch?                                             Please refer to section 2.2.6.1 (point number 1,2) of Volume 1 of the RFP. For the current project, 1000 CDs are
456   Vol I: Annexure 12, Section 7.12 implementation                                                                                                                                                                  planned. However, DoP may deploy additional ATMs post September 2012.

                                           In the Disaster Recovery Requirements, it is
                                           mentioned that “It shall provide dynamic         Is the expectation is to have “Active – Active” functionality for the switch also (This would impact the sizing and
                                           load balancing and automatic path failover       licensing)
457   Vol I: section 3.3: Page 81          capabilities”                                                                                                                                                               Requirement is self explanatory
                                           In the RFP Volume – II, In the ATM rental
                                           cost of ATM consumables and other
      Vol II: Section 7.3.2.7 (FIN 2.7);   details are asked to be provided on yearly
458   Page 508                             basis.                                           We would require clear volume projections, in terms of card base, ATM base and transaction base                            Please refer to Annexure 10 of Volume 1 of the RFP for details of expected transaction volumes
459   1.1.2                                Organisation Structure                           Please let us know if the constitution of the offices will change ( No of Hos, Vs Sos Vs EDOs etc)                         The constitution might change in the future
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       No. However the vendor has to factor in 25 % variation in locations . Please refer to section 3.29 of volume 2 of
460   1.1.2                                Organisation Structure                           Is there a plan to increase the number of offices in the near future. If yes, please share the plan.                       the RFP

                                                                                            Please clarify if the FSI vendor is expected to also do maintenance of PLI and Sanchay Post apps till final roll out. If
                                                                                            yes, What is the current maintenance model for PLI application and knowledge transition framework?. What                   Sanchay Post application is to be maintained by the FSI as per the section 2.2.11 of the Volume 1 of the RFP.
461   1.4.1                                Bullet #4. Scope of FSI role                     percentage time of the current vendor should we factor who is supporting the PLI application, for this exercise.           Current PLI Application is not to be maintained by the FSI
                                                                                            Amalgamation of PLI into new system . Kindly elaborate the rationale of amalgamating the existing system into new
462   1.4.1 (4)                            RFP Scope                                        platform                                                                                                                   The scope mentioned under section 2.2.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP is self explanatory in nature
                                                                                            The is no mention of payment and collections functionalities currently offered as correspondent bank in the FSSI
463   1.4.1 (4)                            RFP Scope                                        scope. Kindly clarify.                                                                                                     Please refer to detailed scope of work and the FRS
                                                                                            The IT Modernization Project will be following a multi vertical tower approach. How will the program be managed            1. Project Management shall be carried out by PMU team of DoP and its IT consultant for the project
                                                                                            across the various tracks. There are dependencies spelt out but who will be responsible to orchestrate and manage
464   1.6                                  Interdependency between Vendors                  for key milestones, metrics, project and program risks and mitigants, etc                                                  2. Refer Section 2.3.3 of Volume I of the RFP
465   1.6                                  Interdependency between Vendors                  Is any specific implementation framework been identified to manage the multi track of the program                          Refer Section 2.3.3. of Volume I of the RFP
                                           CSI will be dependent on FSI for integrating
466   1.6.2.3                              its applications with ECMS                       Please let us know whose responsibility is it to ensure compatibility of the solution with EMS                             FSI has to provide open standard based interfaces for all the features of ECMS.
                                                                                            Please explain the dependency of FSI vendor on the Business Process Management /Workflow Platform. As per
                                           Business Process Management /Workflow            section 2.2.2.1.5, Workflow Management System is in scope of FSI. Please explain the difference and the
467                                        Platform                                         expectation.                                                                                                               Bidder should propose the workflow solution for the all the components under its scope

                                                                                            Our understanding is that the scope of FSI vendor is limited to Help Desk support for applications created by FSI
                                                                                            which include Core Banking, PLI and ECMS application and Central HW and does not include help desk services
468   1.6.2.4                              Helpdesk                                         towards any other applications or HW devices. Please confirm if our understanding is correct.                              FSI will provide help desk support for all hardware and software supplied as part of this RFP
                                                                                            We assume that the Help Desk services are for internal users only and does not include end consumer services.
469   1.6.2.4                              Helpdesk                                         Please confirm                                                                                                             The understanding is correct.
                                                                                            Please let us know, if DoP plans to increase the number of products across the different segments ( Banking,
470   1.7.1                                1.7.1 Current product offerings                  Insurance, RPLI) in the future. If yes, please share the details of the same                                               The details of the product to be launched shall be shared with the successful bidder at design phase
                                                                                            Please let us know, if DoP plans to sell 3rd party insurance products also. If yes, please share the details of the
471   1.7.1.2                              1.7.1.2 Insurance                                same.                                                                                                                      Not part of the scope of this RFP

                                                                                            Besides the 6 types of PLI schemes, does DoP plan to introduce some newer schemes (Term, Variable Life, Annuity
472   1.7.1.2.1                            Postal Life Insurance schemes                    etc.) as well or will only these 6 schemes need to be converted over in the 20 month period?                               New insurance products would be launched based on business scenarios at the given time
473   1.7.1.2.1                            Product Details                                  Please provide policy counts by various policy / product types.                                                            The break up will be shared with the successful bidder

                                           Using the current PLI application, the
                                           System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                           wherever applicable for Supply,
                                           Customization / Enhancement, Installation,       Please let us know the technology and version of the technologies that the current PLI and CBS is running on. Also
                                           and Commissioning of insurance                   please share the application performance metrics which includes uptime / availability in the last 12 months and the
474   2.1                                  application(s) as per requirements.              response time of the same, as we would be required to use this application and adhere to SLAs.                      The available data is provided in Section 7 and 8 of Volume 1 of the current RFP.

                                           5. The CBS application in the triple hand
                                           SOs, double hand SOs and single hand SOs
475   2.2.1.1                              will have limited business requirements.         Please let us know what are the set of "Limited Requirements" that is expected.                                            The requirements will be a subset of the detailed FRS and will depend on the PO location.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Processing centers will perform policy creation and issuance activities, application required to perform the same
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       should be accessible at these locations. Refer Section 2.2.4.1 (ECMS), Annexure 3 and 4 of Volume 1 of the RFP for
                                                                                            Please provide details on "PLI Processing centers", their functions, locations etc. Are there any special application      insurance related details.
476   2.2.2                                Points 3, 4, 5                                   access and application functional capabilities needed at these processing centers?                                         The location of the processing centers shall be shared with the successful bidder

                                           Using the current PLI application, the
                                           System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                           wherever applicable for Supply,
                                           Customization / Enhancement, Installation,
                                           and Commissioning of insurance                   Please let us know, if it is mandatory to use the current application or if the bidder has the option to replace the
477   2.2.2                                application(s) as per requirements.              existing system completely with a new system.                                                                              The scope mentioned under section 2.2.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP is self explanatory in nature
478   2.2.2                                Point#6.i                                        Please provide approximate number of Bos (rural ICT), SOs which will be part of the pilot                                  The total pilot locations are 162 which includes 64 BO, 41 HO and 41 DO and 16 RO
479   2.2.2                                Point#6                                          Are you open to consider a different pilot, phase-1, phase-2 arrangement (if any)?                                         No, the same wont be considered
                                                                                            Please provide details of archived data which needs to be migrated. Also provide any specific data archival
480   2.2.2                                Point#8                                          requirements of the new system                                                                                             Refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
481   2.2.2.1.3                            Agency Management System                         Is there an expectation to have a Agent Portal available for the Agents?                                                   Yes. Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume I of the RFP
                                           Workflow Management (WFMS)
                                           Ability to define and control the various
                                           activities associated with business process      In this context our understanding is that workflow system will be used to automate processes for Insurance,
                                           like policy creation and issuance, policy        Banking and other areas. We understand from our experience of working with other PSU Banks and PSU Insurance
                                           related approvals, claims servicing, loan        companies that to effectively automate these processes workflow engine should have good document handling
                                           sanctions, etc)                                  capabilities along with other standard features such as graphical modeling of the processes, in built Form designer,       Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
482   2.2.2.1.5                                                                             Rule Engine, Monitoring DASHBOARDs etc . Please confirm our understanding of the requirement is correct.                   RFP

                                           The storage requirements for insurance
                                           would be ~ 15 Tera bytes with an average         Are there specific requirements to keep data available for "X"number of years to facilitate reversals or undo/redo
483   2.2.4.1                              growth of 5% on an annual basis                  processing?. If yes, please share the details of the same.                                                                 Refer Section 2.2.4.1 of Volume I of the RFP
                                           Print standard policy documents along            Is there a need to integrate with some existing system for this or the printing solution will have to be provided as
484   2.2.4.1                              with policy schedule                             part of the proposal?                                                                                                      Printing solution has to be provided as part of the proposed solution
                                                                                            We assume that the data storage requirements given for areas other than Banking and Insurance will be provided             The bidder shall provide storage for the complete solution proposed as per the requirements of the RFP. Storage
                                                                                            by the Core SI. These requriements are provided only for scalability assessment of the ECMS solution. Please               requirements for ECMS shall be calculated based on the information provided in RFP and 'Table A - Response to
485   2.2.4                                Data Storage                                     confirm if our understanding is correct.                                                                                   common queries'
                                           The cost of these machines will be borne
                                           by the FSI who will lease them to DoP for 5
486   2.2.6.1                              years.                                           Please let us know, what is the plan for ATMs commercial model after the end of 5 years of lease                           Please refer to section 5.3 of Model Lease and Managed Services Agreement in Volume 3 of the RFP.

                                           DoP would be responsible for providing
                                           space for the ATM/CD. DoP would provide
487   2.2.6.1                              the basic civil structure to the FSI.            Please let us know what are the basic civil structure facilities that will be provided by DoP for the ATM site.            Please refer to Annexure 15 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                            We request the following
                                                                                            We suggest that DOP seek next generation ATMs with real time Cash acceptance and cheque deposit in addition to
                                                                                            cash dispensing.

                                                                                            Cash Acceptance- bulk cash deposit of 30-40 notes with scanning of each note and evaluation for suspect/fake
                                                                                            notes

                                                                                            Cheque deposit- scanning of each cheque through a linear path cheque scanner, capture of MICR and image of
                                                                                            cheques and cheque image on receipt

                                                                                            Reason for Request
                                                                                            To ensure real time credit to the beneficiary account, we suggest real time cash deposit module

                                                                                            With CTS rolled out in Delhi and moving across India, we suggest CTS compliant cheque deposit module for all the
                                           Some of the Transactions to be made              devices
488   2.2.6.1                              available at the ATM/CD:                                                                                                                                                    No change in the requirement
                                       Site preparation - Annexure 15: Details of
                                       components of ATM site preparation and          Please let us know if all components mentioned as part of Annexure 15 is to be delivered, including room size of 8 X
489   2.2.6.2                          specifications                                  10 feet etc.                                                                                                         Please refer to section 2.2.6.1 (point 6) of volume of the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                            The other services would include some of the additional services which might be required by DoP in future. The
490   2.2.6.3                          7. Any other services as needed                 Please let us know what are the other services envisaged.                                                            same would be mutually decided at a later stage.
                                                                                       Please confirm the scope of conversion of manual data to electronic form. Are these manual data primarily
                                       Bullet #4. Data migration from manual           documents that need to be scanned/indexed or does it contain information that has not gone into the PLI system       For PLI and RPLI all the data is in electronic form. Please refer to section 2.2.7 and Annexure 8 of Volume 1 of the
491   2.2.7                            form                                            currently and thus requires manual entries/converison                                                                RFP.
                                                                                       Is the manual signature digitalization in the scope of FSI? If Yes, Should the FSI assume that the manual signatures
                                                                                       are available in 24000 offices and need to be digitalized at individual location rather than a common center? Is FSI
                                                                                       responsible for procuring Harware/Software equipment for digitalization? Can you please provide volume of
492   2.2.7                            Bullet #6. Digitalizing signatures              signatures to be digitized by office location?                                                                       Please refer to section 2.2.7 (point 6) of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                       Data migration of Postal Banking and            Is Reverse Engineering required for the existing applications? Or do we consider a separate Requirements gathering Please refer to Annexure 3 of volume 1 of the RFP for functional requirements for PLI. Reverse engineering is not
493   2.2.7                            Insurance from existing applications            phase for the PLI products?                                                                                          part of the scope.
                                       Data migration of Postal Banking and
                                       Insurance from existing applications - 4.
                                       Data Migration has to be done for data
                                       available in electronic/digital format in
                                       Sanchay Post. The manual data for banking
                                       has to be converted into electronic/digital
494   2.2.7                            format.                                         Please let us know if data migration is to be done for manual data also.                                                    Requirement is self explanatory
                                       Data migration of Postal Banking and
                                       Insurance from existing applications - 4.
                                       Data Migration has to be done for data
                                       available in electronic/digital format in
                                       Sanchay Post. The manual data for banking
                                       has to be converted into electronic/digital                                                                                                                                 The manual data is to be digitized and migrated to the new system. Scope of digitization is mentioned in section
495   2.2.7                            format.                                         What is the scope of digitizing manual data. Should this data also be migrated into the new system?                         2.2.7 of volume 1 of the RFP
                                       Data migration of Postal Banking and
                                       Insurance from existing applications -Rest
                                       of the signatures (~ 13 crore) are manual
496   2.2.7                            and need to be digitized.                       What is the scope of digitizing manual data. Should this data also be migrated into the new system?                         Please refer to clarification given against query number 495
                                                                                       Please let us know the volume of data to be digitized and scanned.
                                                                                       Are there any documents other than A4 size, if yes please mention other document sizes
497   2.2.7                            Data Digitization and migration                                                                                                                                             Please refer to Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP. Migration of legal size documents should be supported
                                                                                       Digitization is one of the key requirement of the project. Our understanding is that the proposed solution for
                                                                                       digitization/ scanning should automatically take care of document quality analysis to ensure correction of
                                                                                       aberrations like improper resolution, improper format/ compression, skew, wrong orientation, error in automatic
                                                                                       cropping, punch hole marks etc. This quality analysis should also be available as a separate component to maintain
                                                                                       standardization of digitization quality when scanning is outsourced to scanning vendor for backlog digitization.
498   2.2.7                            Data Digitization and migration                 Please confirm if our understanding is correct                                                                              Please refer to scanning specification in Annexure 5 in volume 1 of the RFP.
499   2.2.7                            #8. Data migration cut off                      Please let us know what is the average transition volume assumption by product per year?.                                   Please refer to Annexure 10 of Volume 1 of the RFP for overall transaction volume estimation
500   2.2.7                            Table 1: Data Migration                         This table doesn't contain PLI or Gramin PLI. What are the historical data load requirements for PLI?                       Refer Annexure 13 (7.1.3.2.) of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                       Please provide following PLI and CBS data details for migration planning – Data Size, Data Structure, Data Location,
501   2.2.7                            Bullet # 29                                     Data Quality, etc                                                                                                           Refer Annexure 13 (7.13.2), Annexure 8, Annexure 11 of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                                                                       We assume Data Warehouse for reporting capabilities is not in FSI scope (and is in CSI scope) please confirm?
                                       Entire PLI (including RPLI) data has to be      Also please clarify whether insurance reporting is in FSI Scope?
502   2.2.7                            migrated to the new application.                                                                                                                                            Insurance reporting is in FSI scope. Refer Annexure 3 of Volume I of the RFP

                                       18 . The FSI shall develop the data
                                       conversion programs to convert DoP’s
                                       current data (residing in systems) to the
503   2.2.7                            new format as required by business.             Please let us know what are the systems ( Mentioned as "residing in systems") from which data is to be migrated             Systems refer to source systems specified in Section 2.2.7 (point 1) of volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                       We understand that the maximum batch size is 30 per batch. Please let us know the user profiles of the trainees
504   2.2.9                            2.2.9 Training                                  attending the training.                                                                                                     Details already mentioned in section 2.2.9 of volume 1 of the RFP.
505   2.2.9                            2.2.9 Training                                  Please let us know, if training can be administered virutally to the specified tranee volumes                               Please refer to section 2.2.9.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                       Integration with overall solution
506   2.2.8                            architecture and other legacy systems           Are detailed functional and technology specification documents of legacy system readily available?                          Available details are mentioned in Annexure 7 and 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                       4. The FSI will be responsible for
                                       identifying the detailed interface
                                       requirements for integration of
                                       applications with various add-on
                                       applications to meet full requirements of
507   2.2.8                            DoP                                             Please let us know what are the differnet add-on applications that is mentioned here.                                       Please refer to section 1.6 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                       4. …………. If any additional interfaces are
                                       needed besides those specified in the FRS,
                                       it will be the responsibility of the FSI to     As this may have a commercial impact, we request you to let us know,if DoP will enter into a separate commercial            The FSI will be responsible for identifying the detailed interface requirements for integration of applications. The
508   2.2.8                            build those interfaces.                         agreement for this.                                                                                                         interfaces mentioned in the RFP are the minimum requirements.

                                       11. The FSI must unconditionally agree to
                                       work with CSI/ RSI for integration with
                                       applications as may be required by DoP
509   2.2.8                            during development and maintenance.             Please let us know, whose responsibility will it be to co-ordinate between the various Sis.                                 SI s will have to co-ordinate between them and DoP will step in when/ where required
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Detailed layouts and schematic of integration with both internal systems and third party integration will be
510   2.2.8                            Integration                                     Please provide detailed layouts and schematic of integration with both internal systems and third party integration         proposed by the FSI as per the scope of the RFP
                                                                                       Could you please elaborate following requirement "training would be carried out in a distributed and innovative             The FSI should propose the training plan as per details specified in Section 2.2.9 of volume 1 of the RFP and in line
511   2.2.9.1.1.2                      Point#3                                         way so as to reduce the costs of training without impacting quality"?                                                       with the timelines specified in Section 2.3.2 of volume 1 of the RFP
                                       Change Management- FSI Responsibility                                                                                                                                       The understanding is correct, The FSI must co ordinate with CM vendor as per the requirements given in Section
512   2.2.9.3                          Matrix                                          We assume "Change Management Consultant" is outside FSI scope. Please clarify                                               1.6. Please refer to Section 1.4 and 1.4.1 of Vol I of FSI RFP.
                                       Detailed scope of training - Point No.
                                       17……. The FSI will be responsible to                                                                                                                                        Computers and other training infrastructure are available at Postal Training Centers (PTCs) and WCTCs. A detailed
                                       provide additional infrastructure to                                                                                                                                        study on the same is expected to be conducted as a part of the Indian Post 2012 program prior to the
513   2.2.9.2                          conduct the training as needed.                 Please let us know the existing infrastructure avaiable at these training venues                                            commencement of training
514   2.2.9.2                          Point number 20 and 24                          Point number 20 and 24 are contracdicting. Please confirm                                                                   The variation should be read as plus/ minus 10 %
                                       47 . The ECMS solution must support a           Our understanding with this is that required solution should be highly scalable and should support both horizontal
                                       horizontally scalable process engine for        and vertical scaling. The scaling capabilities required should support open industry standards and are not any
515   3.1                              possible PE farming                             vendor or product specific. Please confirm our understanding.                                                               Requirement is self explanatory
                                       49. The ECMS solution must be able to
                                       support or provide DFS-based web                Our understanding with this is that the required solution should have extensive support for Web Services and API
                                       services/API for integration with other         for integration. The Webservice support should be based on open industry standards. Please confirm our
516   3.1                              products or solutions                           understanding.                                                                                                              The proposed solution should support Web Services and API based integration


                                       Enterprise Content Management System
                                       (Scanning & Capture Solution)                   We understand that solution for document scanning is one of the key requirements and it will be used from various
                                       Insurance :                                     locations like post offices (other than the EDOs), 22 CPCs, Logistics Post Centre etc.
                                       Shall be scanned at all the post offices        In this context we have following understanding:
                                       (other than the EDOs) across the 22 circles     • Proposed Capture Solution should support unlimited locations /users /volumes without any restriction
                                       Banking: 22 CPCs (1 in each circle)             • Considering poor connectivity in remote areas, the proposed solution should support offline scanning and auto
                                       Mail Operations:                                uploading at off peak hours
                                       Logistics Post Centre                           • Should support both bulk and web scanning capabilities
517   3.1                                                                              Please confirm if our understanding is correct                                                                    Refer to clarification given against query no - 228
                                                                                       What is the duration for which Intermediate help desk support to be provided? i.e. by when CSI will complete L1
518   4.3                              Point # 1 and 2 - Intermediate help desk        support helpdesk for entire solution?                                                                             Please refer to section 4.3 (point 2) of Volume 1 of the RFP.
519   5.1.2                            Deployment SLRs                                 We suggest that the intermediate timelines indicated must be mutually agreed. Please consider.                    No change in the requirement.

520   5.1.2                            Deployment SLRs                                 The penalty would not apply for the week where the bidder is not solely responsible for the delay. Please confirm           No change in the requirement.
                                                                                       We suggest that the project start date and duration should be linked to mutual agreement of the commencement
                                                                                       date, rather than the issuance of LOI. The project commencement may have dependency of availability of space,
521   5.1.2                            Deployment SLRs                                 Infrastructure, Service bus etc.                                                                                            No change in the requirement
522   5.1.2                            Deployment SLRs - S. No - 1                     Please provide the timelines for ECMS for S.No 1 of the Deployment SLR Table                                                Read Section 5.1.2 along with Section 2.3.2 of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   The timelines mentioned in the RFP have been proposed after considering the inter dependencies on other
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   vendors. Please refer to section 1.6 of volume 1 of the RFP. The timelines are aligned to ensure overall completion
                                                                                       Rollout of CBS and PLI Application for RICT solution will depend on the availability of SDP from the RICT SI. Please let    of the India Post project. The overall project timelines have been given below in 'Table B - Overall Project
523   5.1.2                            Deployment SLRs - S. No - 3                     us know by when the SDP will be made available for integration.                                                             Timelines'
                                                                                       We assume that these SLAs will be mutually discussed as per section 5.2 SLRs for Legacy Application (Sanchay Post)
524   5.1.2                            Deployment SLRs - S. No - 4                     of the RFP. Please confirm.                                                                                                 The deployment SLRs have to be adhered.
                                                                                       What is the basis of calculating service levels for training services? Assuming that it is based only on the availability
525   5.3.3                            Table 12                                        of trainer and the training environment. Please confirm.                                                                    The service levels are based on business requirements of DoP

                                                                                                                                                                                                                   National Savings Scheme 87 certificates were issued in 1987, National Savings Scheme certificates 1997. New
526   Annexure 1: FRS: CBS             NSS 87/ 97                                      Please provide more details on NSS 87/ 97                                                                                   accounts for these schemes are discontinued. However old accounts continue to be maintained.

527   7.3 Annexure 3                                                                   Are there specific functional standards and guidelines PLI system needs to comply in addition to IRDA, IT act?    Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP for the requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                         There is no plan to integrate PLI solution with UID currently. However, this functionality may be needed in the
528   7.3 Annexure 3                   FRS – PLI, Running # 6                          Is there a plan to integrate PLI system with UID system for identification? If yes, please provide details.       future.
                                                                                       New Business: There are No new business system mentioned for Whole life or other policy entry acceptable legally. The essence of the requirement is that the Policy Administration System should show the stage at which a
529   7.3 Annexure 3: FRS – PLI        PI A.8 - New business                           Please confirm                                                                                                    proposal/ policy is in the Policy Administration System

                                       Shall have ability to backdate contracts
                                       within the financial year, subject to
                                       regulatory guidelines. (This should be part
      7.3 Annexure 3: FRS – PLI / PI   of the exception handling process and
530   A.34                             suject to certain checks and controls)          Can you please give an example of why such a change would be required?                                                      The statement is self explanatory. This is an exception handling requirement

                                       Shall have the functionality that on a policy
                                       being enforced, any change in the DOB,
                                       Annual Premium, Sum Assurred and
                                       product post enforcement shall result in        Change in DOB making the policy voidable is understandable since it’s a change in material fact; the other three
531   PI A.35                          cancellation of the existing policy.            factors mentioned - why entertain such change in the first place?                                                           These are standard industry practices
532   7.3 Annexure 3: FRS – PLI        PI A.74- Underwriting                           Please confirm how Medical UW will be handled.                                                                              The same has been detailed in the FRS
                                                                                       Electronic signature: Are all the signatures -paper? Is there any electronic signature system required?                     Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
533   7.3 Annexure 3: FRS – PLI        E-Signature                                                                                                                                                                 RFP
534   Annexure 3                      Taxation                                         Please provide more details on the taxation requirements                                                               Functional requirements refer to the taxes applicable to the industry
535   PI A.181                        Must facilitate centralized Audit                Please elaborate                                                                                                       This functionality is required for quality assurance purposes
536   PI D                            Agency Management System                         What are the agent licensing requirements. Please provide details on your compensation structure.                      The details shall be provided to successful bidder
                                      Web Portal must allow online filing of                                                                                                                                  Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
537   PI F.5                          relevant documents                               Are you planning to use Digital signature / electronic signature for enrollment?                                       RFP
                                      Web portal must provide access to the
                                      material on the portal including brochures,
                                      sales material, proposal forms, claim
                                      forms, quote generator, application
                                      tracker, online payments and other
                                      relevant material to any user without                                                                                                                                   Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
538   PI F.8                          restriction.                                     Is there any plan for maintaining a Forms library?                                                                     RFP
539   PI G                            Lead Mgmt System                                 Please let us know, if any lead management system is being used today                                                  No lead management system is being used presently
                                      S. No. 1 - Core insurance system/ policy                                                                                                                                Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
540   MIS Reports - 1                 administration system                            Are you planning to have a Dashboard to track the progress of the product in the market                                RFP
                                                                                       We request you to add the following "The scanning solution should be well integrated with ECMS so as to upload
541   7.5 Annexure 5:                 Specifications for scanners:                     scanned images directly into ECMS repository after proper QC and indexing."                                            Refer to clarification given against Query No 361
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Besides the details mentioned in Annexure - 8 of Volume I of the RFP. Further details about the legacy application
                                                                                                                                                                                                              can be obtained during the walkthrough on 24 January 2010. Details of venue and time of the walkthrough will
542   7.8                             PLI Current application details                  Can you please provide detailed documentation of existing system for reusability analysis of existing functions?       be notified to the bidders.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Besides the details mentioned in Annexure - 8 of Volume I of the RFP. Further details about the legacy application
      7.8 Annexure 8: PLI Current                                                      Please provide more details on your legacy system. We understand the integration points are shared in the RFP,         can be obtained during the walkthrough on 24 January 2010. Details of venue and time of the walkthrough will
543   application details             Legacy System Integration                        but would like a better understanding on the platform capabilities of the application.                                 be notified to the bidders.

                                                                                       Are there transaction are Total No. of transaction including Financial (like Cash withdrawel, Cash Deposit,
                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data ,      Cash/Fund Transfer , Fund Receive etc) and Non-Financial Transction (Like Balance inquiry, Statement of A/c etc ? If
544   7.10                            25533 Offices                                    it includes both Financial and Non-Financial , please proivde the % of break-up.                                       The financial transactions are included, FSI has to estimate the non financial transactions
                                                                                       For Financial Transaction Type: Are these transaction are Total count of part Transactions or Business Transactions?
                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data ,      (Example : Each Customer transaction (Business Transaction) will have multiple part transaction internally like
545   7.10                            25533 Offices                                    Debit and Credit legs.                                                                                                 These are business transactions.
                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data ,      From the given volume Peak day transaction is 3 times of per day transaction. Should we size the hardware for
546   7.10                            25533 Offices                                    normal day or peak day transaction?                                                                                    It is expected that FSI will estimate the hardware sizing based on the SLRs and volumetric details given in the RFP
                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data ,      From the given volume Peak day transaction is 3 times of per day transaction. Should we size the hardware for          It is expected that FSI will estimate the hardware sizing based on the SLRs and volumetric details given in the RFP.
                                      (HO, MDG and LSG) - No. of SB account            normal day or peak day transaction? Also the transaction projection are reducing year on year. Can you please          It is estimated that the transaction volumes at the counter will decrease for SB accounts due to introduction of
547   7.10                            transactions per day                             explain the ration behind this?                                                                                        alternate channels.

                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data ,
                                      (HO, MDG and LSG) - No. of account (other        From the given volume Peak day transaction is 3 times of per day transaction. Should we size the hardware for
548   7.10                            than SB) transactions per day                    normal day or peak day transaction?                                                                                    It is expected that FSI will estimate the hardware sizing based on the SLRs and volumetric details given in the RFP
                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data ,
                                      (HO, MDG and LSG) -No. of certificate            From the given volume Peak day transaction is 3 times of per day transaction. Should we size the hardware for
549   7.10                            transactions per day                             normal day or peak day transaction?                                                                                    It is expected that FSI will estimate the hardware sizing based on the SLRs and volumetric details given in the RFP
                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data -      From the given volume Peak day transaction is 3 times of per day transaction. Should we size the hardware for
550   7.10                            ATM                                              normal day or peak day transaction?                                                                                    It is expected that FSI will estimate the hardware sizing based on the SLRs and volumetric details given in the RFP
                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data -      From the given volume Peak day transaction is 3 times of per day transaction. Should we size the hardware for
551   7.10                            Internet                                         normal day or peak day transaction?                                                                                    It is expected that FSI will estimate the hardware sizing based on the SLRs and volumetric details given in the RFP
                                      7.10 Annexure 10: Transaction sizing data -
552   7.10                            Batch Job Information                            Can you provide the Batch job information to estimate the time window for EOD, EOM, EOY etc?                          Please refer to section 5.1.4 (table 11) and annexure 10 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                        We assume ‘number of users’ and ‘number of concurrent Users’ provided are worst case peak scenarios, please
                                                                                       clarify. Also it would provide us better idea if you could share some idea on the basis used for coming-up with these The 'Number of users' and 'Number of concurrent users' are average case scenarios. The worst case scenario is
553   7.13.2                          Point# 4                                         values.                                                                                                               specified in Section 3.1 (point 10 of table 'technical solution requirements').
                                                                                       Please clarify the process of Bar Code identification on the proposal form and how should it be linked to the system.
554   7.14                            Item 1, role of FSI in Bar Code identification   Will FSI have prior information on proposal numbers printed and in circulation?                                       Refer Section 2.2.4.1 (Point 2) of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                      Must be integrated with core application         How would this work in the case of rural insurance where an agent / intermediary would liaison with customers in RICT Application for insurance developed by FSI (Refer Section 2.2.2. - Point 7) shall be used for remote location/
555   PI B.7                          for online/ realtime updation of premium         remote locations?                                                                                                RPLI
                                      Must restrict acceptance of premium for          How would this work in a scenario where premium payment is made based on a tentative quote or subject to some
556   PI B.10                         accurate amount only                             formality that may alter the premium payable?                                                                    The functionality is a standard industry practice
                                      Must be able to accept cash / cheque /
                                      credit card / debit card/ direct salary debit,
557   PI B.14                         etc as premium payment mode                      Please let us know if EFT is included as a part of scope under this.                                                   Yes
                                      Table 7 - Blade and Blade chasis                 It is suggested to change some of the specifications, such as support for 14 FH blades, to consider Blade Systems
558   3.2.1.3                         specifications                                   from all major vendors                                                                                                 Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                       It is suggested to change some of the specifications, such as FICON connectivity option, to consider SAN Storage
559   3.2.1.3                         Table 7 - Storage Specifications                 from all major vendors.                                                                                                Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
560   Overall                         Policy Administration                            Please list your top 5 pain points in your current life insurance policy administration system.                        Refer Section 2.2.2 of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                       We support both a banking (FS) and life insurance platform. Are the expectations that these should have a
                                                                                       common / same web portal, common / same front end, common GL system, common client mgmt system, etc. If
561   Overall                         FSI Application                                  yes, please share the details of the same.                                                                             The FSI should propose an optimum solution as per the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
                                      Coupon, Stamp, ticket dispensing must be
562   ATM 10                          supported.                                       What is meant by ticket dispensing ? Request you to provide more details regarding the same.                           Please refer to section 2.2.6.1 (point 7) of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                      The transaction routing algorithm shall
                                      support routing based on combination of
                                      card prefix and account number operating
                                      on a single card for multiple accounts
                                      maintained in a single host or multiple
563   ATM 41                          hosts                                            Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
                                      Offer reliable and flexible routing schemes
                                      to support flow of transactions / data of
                                      varied nature to multiple applications /
564   ATM 42                          devices                                          Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
565   ATM 47                          Variable length IIN (BIN)                        Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
566   ATM 54                          Checking for HOT cards                           Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
                                      Support on-line automatic reconciliation at
567   ATM 77                          the point of cutover.                            Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
                                      Different cutover times for other
568   ATM 80                          institutions/interchanges                        Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory

                                   The Switch must provide end-of-day
                                   settlement for all transactions based on
                                   the interchange and single/multiple
                                   network level on daily basis or any cut over
569   ATM 82                       period decided by the PO                            Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
                                   It shall generate the un-reconciled report
                                   in different formats to be uploaded in
570   ATM 83                       different systems                                   Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
571   ATM Rep 19                   By Institution cut-off                              Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
                                   Suspense totals by interface for cut off
572   ATM Rep 20                   difference                                          Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
573   ATM Rep 21                   Adjustment Processing                               Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
574   ATM Rep 22                   On-line response handling                           Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
575   ATM Rep 23                   Adjustment Reporting                                Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
576   ATM Rep 24                   Adjustment Analysis                                 Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
                                   Usage on public holidays or eve of public
577   ATM Rep 26                   holidays                                            Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
                                   Usage by customer type ( own Vs Partner
578   ATM Rep 27                   institutions)                                       Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
                                   Business Intelligence / customer behavior
579   ATM Rep 29                   patterns                                            Please elaborate on the requirement                                                                                    This requirement is self explanatory
      FIN_2_Schedule_of_requiremen FIN 2 , 1.3 - Development and Testing
580   ts                           Server                                              Can DR servers be partitioned and used as Test & development Environment when DR is not operational?                   Please refer to section 3.3 (point 1,2) of Volume 1 of the RFP

      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement System shall allow the following Inquiries:-
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn                                                     Can Indiapost define the duration of 'a period', that is it to be taken into consideration to be inquired and
581   ology_Evaluation             Previous period balance                             displayed?                                                                                                             The 'period' can be taken as industry benchmark

                                   System shall allow the following Inquiries:
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement                                                      We assume that earmarking is a feature by which a user can mark a lien amount to be to remain untouched during
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn - Earmark (amount and expiry date)                  any of this transactions, for a specific period? The user would be able to use this amount post the expiry date.
582   ology_Evaluation                                                                 Please confirm that our assumption is correct?                                                                         The understanding is correct.

      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement System shall allow the following Inquiries:
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn                                                     We assume that Indiapost is looking at the availability of tracking all Time deposits opened by their customers
583   ology_Evaluation             - Time Deposit number                               through their term deposit account number? Please confirm if our understanding is correct?                             The understanding is correct.

                                      System shall allow the following Inquiries:
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn    - Last passbook / statement update               We would like to request Indiapost to provide us the details that are to be included in this resultant dataset, when
584   ology_Evaluation                balance and date                                 this inquiry is queried.                                                                                               The same will be as per existing banking standards/practice
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn    System to provide for integration with bill      We would like to request Indiapost to elaborate on this requirement, esecially on the integation aspects referred to
585   ology_Evaluation                payment requirements prescribed earlier          in this requirement.                                                                                                   Please refer to Annexure 1 (point 477-481) of Volume 1 of the RFP

                                   The SI must use the below standards for all
                                   financial transactions in the system
                                   proposed and will ensure the adoption
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement and interoperability of these standards
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn with all systems as per IDRBT, RBI, NPCI                                                                                                                                   The standards have been mentioned in the same point. These are the standards as per IDRBT, RBI, NPCI and MPFI
586   ology_Evaluation             and MPFI guidelines                                 The standards are not mentioned in the RFP document. Please provide the same.                                          guidelines

      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement Sheet Technical Requirements. Sr. No :8
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn .The architecture should have no single             Can the vendor propose Active/Standby configuration for Database or is Active/Active mandatory for this clause?.       The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and
587   ology_Evaluation             point of failure within and across tiers            Please confirm.                                                                                                        the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
                                   Sheet Technical Requirements. Sr. No :8
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement The solution must support low bandwidth
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn and "near-no" bandwidth conditions for                                                                                                                                        The comment is intended to highlight that applications would be required to work in 'low bandwidth scenarios'
588   ology_Evaluation             transactions                                       Please provide more details of "Near No" Bandwidth.                                                                        e.g. GPRS , Dial-Up etc.

                                   Sheet Technical Requirements . SR. No : 33
                                   , Support at least 525 Transactions per
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement Seconds (TPS) and at least 40,000
      _Format_For_Functional_Techn concurrent users on the proposed                   Can you provide the breakup of this TPS in terms of Credit, Depits and Non-Financial transaction likes enquiry ,           All the available data is provided in Section 3.1 of Volume 1 of the current RFP. FSI has to estimate the non
589   ology_Evaluation             hardware and Solution for banking.                 statement extra?                                                                                                           financial transactions.

                                     The partner providing ATM managed
                                     services                                         We request the following:
                                     (1) Should have carried out ATM                  The partner providing ATM managed services
                                     installations and managed services for           (1) Should have carried out installations and managed services for 1000 ATM/ATPM/Banking Kiosks within India
                                     3000 ATMs within India                           (2) Should have Service centres in at least 75 locations in India and are also capable of further expanding the
                                     (2) Should have Service centres in at least      service/support network in keeping with the requirements of DoP
                                     25 locations in India and are also capable
                                     of further expanding the service/support         Reason for Request:
                                     network in keeping with the requirements         The next generation ATMs / Kiosks with features far superior and advanced compared to conventional ATMs
                                     of DoP                                           currently available and deployed in India.

                                     Requirement:                                     To ensure that such devices/technology get an opportunity to be a part of DOP's plans for IT modernation for
                                     Self declaration by an Authorized Signatory      Financial Services System
                                     of the partner or Client declaration/ work
                                     order stating the size and details of the        To ensure adequate service coverage as well as considering the numbers of installations sought, we suggest the
590   Vol ii -4.2.1.2                project implemented                              services centres to be atleat 75 with capabilities to expand as per the DOP requirements                                   No change in the requirement


                                     If the solution or any parts of that in any of
                                     its forms being offered by the bidder has
                                     been supplied / contracted with any
                                     organization, public / private in India, the
                                     bidder is required to give a written
                                     undertaking that the company has not
                                     supplied/is not supplying the similar
                                     systems or subsystems at a price lower
                                     than that offered in the present Bid to any
                                     other Ministry/Department of the
                                     Government of India or any private or
                                     Public Sector organization and if the similar
                                     system has been supplied at a lower price
                                     then the details regarding the cost, time of     We request you to remove this clause, as different customers would have had different requirements and would
                                     supply and quantities be included as part        have procured different sub-systems from us at diferrent times and hence this would be difficult to compare and
591   Vol ii - 4.4.4                 of the commercial offer                          commit.                                                                                                                    No change in the requirement
                                                                                      FSI shall bear expenses in relation to obtaining relevant apporvals, provided all such approvals are in relation to
                                                                                      provision of services by FSI. All approvals to be obtained by Dept of Posts shall be outside the ambit of FSI's
592   Vol iii - 3.7                  Approvals and Required Consents                  responsibility.                                                                                                            No change in the requirement
                                                                                      FSI shall be granted a cure period of 30 days to cure any breach of contract. Further, this right shall be reciprocal
                                                                                      and FSI shall be entitled to terminate the contract for breach by Dept of Posts.

                                                                                      RSI shall be granted a cure period of 30 days to cure any breach of contract. Further, this right shall be reciprocal
593   Vol iii - 6.1                  Breach                                           and RSI shall be entitled to terminate the contract for breach by Dept of Posts.                                           No change in the requirement
594   Vol iii - 6.2.1                Termination for Bankruptcy                       This clause shall be made mutually applicable.                                                                             No change in the requirement
595   Vol iii - 6.2.3                Termination for Breach                           This clause shall be made mutually applicable.                                                                             No change in the requirement
596   Vol iii - 6.2.4                Termination for Change of Control                This clause shall be made mutually applicable.                                                                             No change in the requirement
                                     In the event of the FSI being in material
                                     default or breach of this Agreement, it
                                     shall pay to the Department of Posts by
                                     way of compensation, all direct costs
                                     suffered or incurred by the Department of
                                     Posts as a consequence of such material
                                     default or breach, within 30 (thirty) days of
                                     receipt of the demand supported by
                                     necessary particulars thereof.
                                     Notwithstanding the provisions of
                                     liquidated damages in this Agreement, in
                                     case of termination of this Agreement by
                                     the Department of Posts for breach of the
                                     FSI of the terms of this Agreement, in
                                     accordance with this Clause 6, the FSI shall
                                     be required to compensate the
                                     Department of Posts for all costs and
                                     expenses relating to the replacement of
                                     the Services to be provided by a third party
                                     at the sole risk and expense of the FSI
                                     including the differential cost required to
                                     be paid by the Department of Posts to such
                                     third party to provide the Services for the      Dept of Posts shall be entitled to claim damages in respect of breach of contract by FSI. However,FSI is unable to
                                     period equivalent to the Term and/or the         accept to reimburse in the event of default.
                                     Renewed Term, as the case may be. This
                                     Clause shall survive the termination of this     Dept of Posts shall be entitled to claim damages in respect of breach of contract by RSI. However, RSI is unable to
597   Vol iii - 6.3.7                Agreement.                                       accept to reimburse in the event of default.                                                                               No change in the requirement



                                     Subject to the conditions below, the FSI
                                     (“Indemnifying Party”) undertakes to
                                     indemnify the Department of Posts
                                     (“Indemnified Party”) from and against all
                                     losses, claims or damages on account of
                                     bodily injury, death or damage to tangible
                                     personal property arising in favour of any
                                     person, corporation or other entity
                                     (including the Indemnified Party), or
                                     liabilities, losses, damages, costs, claims,
                                     actions, proceedings, judgements,
                                     settlements, expenses or the like, or
                                     breach of any representation or warranties
                                     or any other obligation under this
                                     Agreement attributable to the
                                     Indemnifying Party's performance or non-
                                     performance under this Agreement, the
598   Vol iii - 7.3.1                Lease Agreement or the SLA.                      This clause shall be made mutually applicable.                                                                             No change in the requirement
                                     In all other cases not covered by Clause
                                     7.4.1 above, the total financial liability of
                                     the FSI shall be limited to the value of the
                                     contract, arrived at as the sum of Capital
                                     Expenditure (“CapEx”) incurred by the FSI
                                     till the relevant date on which such liability
                                     is to be calculated and Operational
                                     Expenditure (“OpEx”) for the contract
                                     period, the CapEx being determined on the        We propose the following cap on liability: "The total, cumulative liability of FSI under the Agreement and all Work
                                     basis of the original purchase value of all      Orders, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be limited to the amounts paid by Dept of Posts to FSI under
                                     the assets being considered for CapEx            the applicable Work Order during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event giving rise to the claim.
                                     calculation less depreciation and OpEx           FSI's limitation of liability is cumulative with all of FSI's expenditures being aggregated to determine satisfaction of
                                     being determined in accordance with the          the above limit. The existence of claims or suits will not enlarge or extend the limit.
                                     market rate, prevailing as on the relevant       In no event shall either party be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages
                                     date, for all service elements being             (including without limitation damages for business interruption, loss of business profits or loss of business
                                     considered for OpEx calculation. The FSI         information) howsoever caused arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and whether or not the party
                                     will provide the list of CapEx and OpEx          has been advised of the possibility of such damages. "
                                     items with their respective costs when
                                     asked by Department of Posts for the same        We propose the following cap on liability: "The total, cumulative liability of RSI under the Agreement and all Work
                                     and Department of Posts will have the            Orders, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be limited to the amounts paid by Dept of Posts to RSI under
                                     right to get that list verified by any Third     the applicable Work Order during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event giving rise to the claim.
                                     Party agency(ies) before accepting it.           RSI's limitation of liability is cumulative with all of RSI's expenditures being aggregated to determine satisfaction of
                                     Capex cost refers to cost obtained under         the above limit. The existence of claims or suits will not enlarge or extend the limit.
                                     FIN 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 of Volume II of   In no event shall either party be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages
                                     the RFP. Opex Cost refers to cost obtained       (including without limitation damages for business interruption, loss of business profits or loss of business
                                     under FIN 2.7 and 2.8 of Volume II of the        information) howsoever caused arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and whether or not the party
599   Vol iii - 7.4.2                RFP                                              has been advised of the possibility of such damages. "                                                                     No change in the requirement
600   Vol iii - 10.1                 Confidentiality                                  This clause shall be made mutually applicable.                                                                             No change in the requirement
                                                                                      We are unable to accept this clause and we request you to delete the same.

601   Vol iii - 10.13                Time of Essence                                  This clause is not acceptable to Infosys. We are unable to accept the same, and request deletion.                          No change in the requirement
                                        Subject to provisions of Clause 11.3 and
                                        Clause 11.4 above, in case, a Dispute is
                                        referred to arbitration, the arbitration shall
                                        be under the Indian Arbitration and
                                        Conciliation Act, 1996 and any statutory
                                        modification or re-enactment thereof.
                                        Such Disputes shall be referred to a sole
                                        arbitrator appointed by the Secretary
                                        (Department of Posts) On
                                        recommendation of the Secretary,
602   Vol iii - 11.5.1                  Department of Legal Affairs                      The arbitrator shall be appointed on mutual consent of parties.                                                           No change in the requirement
                                                                                         We would like to state that we seek to share our standard Finacle licensing agreement with India post in the event
                                                                                         of award of contract to us, for their review. Furthermore, do state that the licensing agreement shall be in addition
                                                                                         to the services agreement that shall be negotiated with the client. We request you to accept this request from our
603   General                           NA                                               side.                                                                                                                     The same shall be discussed at the appropriate stage if required
                                        All other servers should also be same OS         DoP has mentioned at numerous places in the RFP that Solution offered must be based on open standards and
                                        platform OR any other commercially               systems and there is no mention of any technology and platform.
      Volume 1 - 3.2.1.1 General        available and supported OS platform such         We hope that in the referred clause mentioning the product by name is just an overlook and would be removed
      Requirements for servers, Sr.     as Enterprise Linux as per software              and replaced by the corrected para as - "All other servers should also be same OS platform OR any other
604   No. 2/Page 72                     requirements.                                    commercially available and supported OS platform as per software requirements."                                           Please refer to the clarification given against query number 233

                                        The ECMS solution must support a
      Volume 1 - ECMS - Technical       multiplatform content engine and                 DoP has mentioned at numerous places in the RFP that Solution offered must be based on open standards and
      Solution Requirements - Sr. No    distributed caching, compound document           systems. We request that referred para should be replaced by " The ECMS solution must support a open standard
605   46/Page 69                        object model, content streaming                  based content engine and distributed caching, compound document object model, content streaming ......"                   No change in requirement
      Volume 1 - Data Migration         Database should support open standards           We understand that DoP wants "The solution should be able to interoperate with multiple industry standard
      Requirements - Sr. No. 77/Page    ie database should be available across all       RDBMS platforms like Oracle, MS SQL, MY SQL, DB2, Informix, Sybase or any other RDBMS and should be based on
606   71                                platforms.                                       open specifications." solution selection by SI who are capable of running the same solution on different
                                                                                         This clause limits the Pls confirm                                                                                        Requirement is self explanatory
                                                                                         technologies and platform depending upon the functional, technical, demographical and geographical environment.
                                                                                         While the approach should be to choose a server platform based on the best and cost effective solution, the clause
                                                                                         mentioned has resulted in focus being shifted to choosing a particular hardware platform that was being used in 2
                                                                                         particular orders thus limiting bidders to provide solutions that run on that particular platform only and it would
                                                                                         finally result in excluding the rest. We understand that the ownership of the solution and Service Levels will lie with
                                                                                         bidders, it is suggested that they should be allowed to prepare the most optimum, efficient and cost effective
                                                                                         solution architecture including server sizing that is suitable for their application while meeting requirements and
                                                                                         Service Level Agreements.
                                                                                         In addition to that the following issues might become prominent
                                                                                         o There will be limited Vendors Only
                                        Application OEM or FSI provide minimum 2         o Proprietary Architectures and Vendor Lock in will become a reality
                                        client references which is running core          o Cost will escalate because of limited competiton.
      Volume 1 - 3.2.1.1 General        banking application in at least 1000             also pl note that imitating a solution that was deployed in reference case of 1000 branch would not even match
      Requirements for servers/Page     branches or minimum 20000 concurrent             1/10th of size of Postal banking and would not guarantee any quality. So it is suggested that right of technology
607   72                                users on same platform.                          selection should rest solution selection by SI who are capable of running the same solution on different
                                                                                         This clause limits the with SI's only                                                                                     Please refer to clarification given against query no. 285
                                                                                         technologies and platform depending upon the functional, technical, demographical and geographical environment.
                                                                                         While the approach should be to choose a server platform based on the best and cost effective solution, the clause
                                                                                         mentioned has resulted in focus being shifted to choosing a particular hardware platform that was being used in 2
                                                                                         particular orders thus limiting bidders to provide solutions that run on that particular platform only and it would
                                                                                         finally result in excluding the rest. We understand that the ownership of the solution and Service Levels will lie with
                                                                                         bidders, it is suggested that they should be allowed to prepare the most optimum, efficient and cost effective
                                                                                         solution architecture including server sizing that is suitable for their application while meeting requirements and
                                                                                         Service Level Agreements.
                                                                                         In addition to that the following issues might become prominent
                                                                                         o There will be limited Vendors Only
                                        Application OEM or FSI provide minimum 2         o Proprietary Architectures and Vendor Lock in will become a reality
                                        client references which is running core          o Cost will escalate because of limited competiton.
      Volume 1 - 3.2.1.2 Minimum        banking application in at least 1000             also pl note that imitating a solution that was deployed in reference case of 1000 branch would not even match
      Specifications for database and   branches or minimum 20000 concurrent             1/10th of size of Postal banking and would not guarantee any quality. So it is suggested that right of technology
608   application servers /Page 73      users on same platform.                          selection should rest with SI's only                                                                                      Please refer to clarification given against query no. 285

                                         The FSI is expected to do version upgrades
                                        during the course of the contract ensuring
                                        customizations already done are carried
                                        over successfully to the next version. The
                                        FSI will be responsible for implementing
      Volume 1 - Section 4.2            version upgrades as soon as the new
      Operations & Maintenance, Sr.     versions are available as a part of the
609   No.5/Page No. 93                  contract.                                        Pl. suggest the time lines for completing the upgradation of all softwares                                                Upgrades of software's shall be done on the basis of mutually agreed timelines between DoP and FSI

                                       Ensure that all software (OS &
                                       applications) supplied is licensed and            As mentioned on page 93, sr. no.5 & 10 the FSI will be responsible for implementing version upgrades as soon as
      Volume 1 - 7.5 Annexure 5:       includes supply of all patches, updates,          the new versions are available as a part of the contract , please clarify the timeline in which the FSI needs to
      Details of Branch hardware - OS- and bug-fixes during the warranty and             upgrade the desktop operating system and other softwares once a new version is released by OEM. This would
610   S/W patches                      extended support period if any.                   help DoP in avoiding any compatibility issues with other software and applications.                                       Upgrades of software's shall be done on the basis of mutually agreed timelines between DoP and FSI

                                        SAN switch should be of director class with
                                        128 ports populated and active. Should
                                        have non-blocking architecture and
                                        scalable to 192 ports in a single domain         Should be changed to "SAN switch should be of director class with 128 ports populated and active. Should have non-
                                        with 8Gbps full duplex with no over              blocking architecture and scalable to 256 ports in a single domain with 8Gbps full duplex with no over subscription
                                        subscription with local switching. Two nos.      with local switching. Two nos. of Fiber channel switch should be provided in high availability mode."
      Section No. 3.2.2.2 Page No.      of Fiber channel switch should be provided       Reason : Non Blocking Enterprise SAN Directors are available with the above density and hence should be
611   78/79                             in high availability mode.                       demanded.                                                                                                           Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        Switch must support local switching on           Switch must support local switching on port card to provide point to point line rate throughput. Local Switching
      Section No. 3.2.2.2 Page No.      port card to provide point to point line rate    Latency should be 3 times better than blade to blade switching latency. Quantification of the Latency which is a key
612   78/79                             throughput.                                      performance indicator of a switching device is recommeded to be added in the specification.                               Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                        Should support 4 GB FC ports and also
      Section No. 3.2.2.2 Page No.      support 1Gig Ethernet ports for remote           Should support 4 GB FC ports and also support 1Gig & 10 Gig Ethernet ports for remote replication in future.
613   78/79                             replication in future.                           10 Gig Ethernet ports should be supported for FCIP Replication in future.                                        Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                         Throughput of each switch should be 1024 Gbps or aggregate Backplane bandwidth should be more than 2048
                                                                                         Gbps.
                                                                                         As 128 Non Blocking 8 Gbps Full duplex ports are requested in the specifications we request for a change in the
                                                                                         throughput of the switch. Each switch chasis should support 128*8=1024 Gbps Switching bandwidth . As per point ,
      Section No. 3.2.2.2 Page No.      Throughput of the each switch should be          requesting Line Rate bandwidth on all 128 ports is possible with Switch Chasis supporting 1024 Gbps switching
614   78/79                             720 Gbps or more                                 capacity.                                                                                                        Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        . The proposed FCIP router could be part
                                        of proposed SAN Switch as a separate             No. of FCIP Ports should be mentioned. This would help in sizing the Enterprise Director Blade Configurations. We
615   Section No. 3.2.2.3 Page No. 79   module within the SAN Switch                     propose 10 FCIP ports on every Switch to be supported.                                                                    Please refer to the clarification given against query number 183

                                                                                         This pre-qualification clause requires the bidder to have experience of either a banking or insurance application in
                                        The bidder must suffice the above criteria       India or abroad. While the requirement of bidder's experience is clear, the requirement of partner's experience
                                        for either core banking project or               towards the same is not clear. It is requested that this additional requirement (in case this statement implies that)
                                        insurance application, wherein the partner       of partner's experience may be deleted (as the pre-qualification criteria for the partner have already been specified
      Volume II - Page 32 S.No. 9 (Pre- of the bidder shall suffice the criteria for     in Table 3 (page 34)). This clause would become restrictive/favourable to only selected few partners incase the
616   qualification criteria)           the other component.                             bidder desires to opt for different partners for banking and insurance.                                               No change in the requirement


                                        Number of locations for implementation of
                                        core banking in a PSU bank in Insurance          This clause restricts the bidder's choice of solutions to only those products which have been implemented in India
      Volume II - Page 46 S.No. 4       solution covering more than 100 locations        and that too by a PSU bank. It is requested that this may be modified to evaluation of bidder's experience on any
617   (Technical Evaluation)            in India (This has to be proposed solution)      solution for a bank or insurance company with more than 100 locations,                                                    No change in the requirement

                                        RSI will continue providing L2/L3 help desk
                                        support during tenure of the contract
                                        iii. RSI and RH vendor will be
                                        interdependent for helpdesk support
618   Volume I - FSI_RFP page 26        pertaining to RICT devices                       from AMS perspective RSI needs to provide the L2/l3 support. where will this L2/L3 support team be located                Provision of L2/L3 helpdesk support by RSI is not in scope of this RFP
                                        The FSI is expected to do version upgrades
                                        during the course of the contract ensuring       Does it mean that the vendor will necessarily have to do the version upgrade every time a new version is available.
      Volume I - FSI_RFP page 93        customizations already done are carried          This should be decided and authorized by DOP only based on 'suitability study' of newer version                           Version upgrades will be done as per the decision taken by DoP at the appropriate time. The decision by DoP to go
619   point 5                           over successfully to the next version. The       What will be the upper cut off limit on effort for individual version upgrades                                            for a new version will be binding on the FSI.
                                        In case the issue cannot be resolved
                                        telephonically, the FSI will need to provide
                                        onsite assistance within response                                                                                                                                          The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and
620   Volume I - FSI_RFP page 95        resolution window.                               Given the size of DOP and spread of post offices how will the onsite assistance be achieved?                              the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
                                                                                         Given the huge number of circles can we redefine service level descriptions. For example
                                                                                         Severity Level 1
                                                                                         70% or more users in any circle cannot access any of the applications as per the scope of this RFP
      Volume I - FSI_RFP page 101
621   Helpdesk SLRs                     The Severity Level description                   RFP                                                                                                                        No change in the requirement
                                                                                         1. Why is the emphasis on proposed solution? India Post is unique and no other postal organization exists in India.
                                                                                         This will restrict the established global postal banking product from competing. Request you to kindly remove the
                                                                                         proposed solution clause and let it be only an SI criteria allowing them to propose an established solution working
                                                                                         globally in similar scenario.                                    2. Also, it is not clear whether the criteria needs to be
                                                                                         met by only the bidder or partner experience will also be considered like in all the other evaluation points.
                                        Number of locations for implementation of        3. In case of insurance solution there may be only 3-4 organizations with more than 1000 locations. The evaluation
                                        core banking in a PSU bank or insurance          criteria does not suit if someone is showing insurance experience in this case. Please reduce number of locations
                                        solution covering more than 100 locations        from 1000 to 100 in case of insurance for maximum marks.                                               4. Like other
      Volume II - FSI RFP Section       in India. This has to be the proposed            clauses, this clause should also be global and not India specific. It will provide fair chance to the other leading postal
622   5.1.2.4, page 45 of 522           solution.                                        banking solution. Request you to kindly                                                                                    No change in the requirement
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section 7                                                       How many no of Cheque/ DD Instruments processed per annum. Breakup of Inward and Outward Instrumens
623   Page 132                          Clearing Process                                 required                                                                                                                   The available transaction details are provided in Annexure 13 of Volume 1 of the RFP
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section 7
624   Page 118                           General Ledger & Accounting                    How many Users for General ledger Accounting for Banking PO/ SPO and GDS                                                 The estimated users for CBS are given in Annexure 13 of Volume 1 of the RFP
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section 7                                                      1. How many Users for Reporting
625   Page 182                           MIS Reports                                    2. What is the concurrency of Reporting Users                                                                            The estimated users for CBS are given in Annexure 13 of Volume 1 of the RFP
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section 7                                                      1. How many Online Users for Internet banking
626   Page 164                           Internet Banking                               2. What is the concurrency of Internet banking User                                                                      Please refer to Annexure 10 of Volume 1 of the RFP
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section 7
627   Page 158                           Agent Management                               How many No of Agents for Commission purpose in banking Operation                                                        There are ~ 4 lakh agents for Small Savings Schemes.

      Volume I - Section 2.2 Scope of                                                   "In case there is No network availability", No Network availabilty refers to permanent non availability of Network or
628   Work Page 39       Point No 4      Point No 4                                     temporary disconnection thereof ?                                                                                     This refers to permanent non availability of network

                                       Application and data base servers should
                                       be a RISC/EPIC/X-86 with 1.6 GHz or above
                                       with industry standard 64-bit Operating
                                       System. Application OEM or FSI provide           Application and data base servers should be a RISC/EPIC.with 1.6 GHz or above with industry standard 64-bit
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section       minimum 2 client references which is             Operating System. Application OEM or FSI provide minimum 2 client references which is running core banking
      3.2.1.2 Pg 73, Point 6 - Minimum running core banking application in at least     application in at least 1000 branches or minimum 20000 concurrent users on same platform.
      Specifications for database and 1000 branches or minimum 20000                    Justification: For such high end applications DOP should consider only RISC / EPIC platforms.X-86 does not offer the
629   application servers              concurrent users on same platform.               reliability , scalability and availability that RISC/ EPIC offer.                                                    The requirement remains unchanged
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section
      3.2.1.2 Point 26 - Minimum                                                        Benchmark: Proposed server should have a benchmark certificate for either of the two benchmarks mentioned
      Specifications for database and                                                   below. And should be able to meet the minimum specified benchmark result.
630   application servers              New clause                                       Justification: Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                           The requirement remains unchanged
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section
      3.2.1.2 Point 26 - Minimum
      Specifications for database and                                                   (1) TPC-C Each server should be capable of delivering tpmC rating of 2,000,000
631   application servers              New clause                                       Justification: Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                           The requirement remains unchanged
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section
      3.2.1.2 Point 26 - Minimum
      Specifications for database and                                                   ii) SPECjbb2005:Each server should be capable of delivering SPECjbb2005 rating of 820,000 BOPS
632   application servers              New clause                                       Justification: Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                           The requirement remains unchanged

      Volume I - FSI RFP Section
      3.2.1.3 Point 12 - Minimum                                                        Benchmark: Proposed server should have a benchmark certificate for either of the two benchmarks mentioned
      specifications for other servers                                                  below. And should be able to meet the minimum specified benchmark result.
633   (web, management etc.)             New clause                                     Justification: Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                           The requirement remains unchanged

      Volume I - FSI RFP Section
      3.2.1.3 Point 13 - Minimum
      specifications for other servers                                                  Proposed blade system should be able to deliver at least 250,000 bops.
634   (web, management etc.)             New clause                                     Justification: Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                           The requirement remains unchanged

                                       Storage system shall be configured with at
                                       least 64 Backend FC Disk Controllers
                                       (towards disks) and at least 32 front end
                                       FC ports (towards FC switch) scalable to
                                       64.Each frontend port in the storage array       Storage system shall be configured with at least 64 Backend FC ports (towards disks) and at least 32 front end FC
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section       should have dedicated processor or cores         ports (towards FC switch) scalable to 64.Each frontend port in the storage array should have dedicated processor or
      3.2.2.1 Pg 77, Point 6 - Minimum for delivering high throughput and I/O           cores for delivering high throughput and I/O performance.
635   specifications for Storage Array performance.                                     Justification: This seems to be a typo error and it should be changed to 64 backend ports than controllers specified. Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                       The storage array should support native
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section       front end connectivity options such as           The storage array should support native front end connectivity options such as Fibre Channel, FICON. The storage
      3.2.2.1 Pg 77, Point 12 -        Fibre Channel, FICON. The array should           solution should also support Gig-E for remote replication.
      Minimum specifications for       also support native Gig-E for remote             Justification: The GigE port is used for data replication and vendors should be allowed it to be provided as part of
636   Storage Array                    replication.                                     their storage solution than specying it to be native.                                                                    Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                        Switch must support local switching on port card to provide point to point line rate throughput. Local Switching
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section       Switch must support local switching on           Latency should be 3 times better than blade to blade switching latency.
      3.2.2.2 Pg 78, Point 4 - Minimum port card to provide point to point line rate    Justification: Quantification of the Latency which is a key performance indicator of a switching device is
637   specification for SAN Switches   throughput.                                      recommended to be added in the specification.                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                        Throughput of each switch should be 1024 Gbps or aggregate Backplane bandwidth should be more than 2048
                                                                                        Gbps
      Volume I - FSI RFP Section                                                        Justification: As 128 Non Blocking 8 Gbps Full duplex ports are requested in the specifications we request for a
      3.2.2.2 Pg 79, Point 22 -                                                         change in the throughput of the switch. Each switch chasis should support 128*8=1024 Gbps Switching bandwidth .
      Minimum specification for SAN      Throughput of the each switch should be        As per point , requesting Line Rate bandwidth on all 128 ports is possible with Switch Chasis supporting 1024 Gbps
638   Switches                           720 Gbps or more                               switching capacity.                                                                                                      Please refer to the clarification given against query number 182

                                         FSI must ensure that the proposed Security
                                         architecture is based on industry best
                                         practices and adhere to the security
                                         standards such as ISO 27001, Information
                                         security standards framework and               Since "Department of Posts" (DOP) has asked compliance to IT (Amendment) Act 2008, does the SI also include
                                         guidelines standards under eGovernance         monitoring of privileged users to know what all commands are being executed by system administrators on the
                                         standards (http://egovstandards.gov.in),       operating system and database administrators on the databases.
                                         Information Security guidelines as             If yes, please clarify the critical operating systems and databases that need to be monitored and also provided the
      Volume II - Section 1.1, Overall   published by Data Security Council of India    expected logs per day for solution sizing purpose and retention period as per the DOP policy.                            The solution proposed by FSI must comply with IT (Amendment) Act 2008. It is the responsibility of the bidder to
      Solution Requirements/ Page        (DSCI) and shall comply with IT                                                                                                                                         size the security solution based on the overall solution proposed . FSI is also expected to provide support for
639   473                                (Amendment) Act 2008.                                                                                                                                                   integrating their solution with Security incidents & Events Management, which will be brought in by CSI

                                         To achieve the security goals for solution,
                                         DoP aims to deploy a multi-layered
                                         detailed security system covering the
                                         overall solution needs. Following security
                                         solutions are not part of this RFP, however,
                                         FSI. is required to propose complete
                                         security architecture required for their
                                         solution after considering the following
      Volume II - Section 1.2, Overall   solution:                                      Please clarify if "Department of Posts" wants the vendor to quote for Enterprise Wide Identity Management and            Please refer Section 3.4 S.No 1.2 of Volume II of RFP . Enterprise Wide Identity Management and Enterprise-wide
      Solution Requirements/ Page        5. Enterprise Wide Identity and Access         Enterprise-wide Single Sign-on to cater to web & thick clients.                                                          Single Sign-on is part of CSI RFP. FSI needs to provide support for integrating Enterprise Wide Identity
640   473                                management single sign-on solution             +E21                                                                                                                     Management and Enterprise-wide Single Sign-on brought in by CSI
                                         The solution should restrict access by
                                         unauthorized database users - even
      Volume II - Section 3.1.3,         privileged users. Should implement
      Database Security                  Segregation-of-duty and other real-time                                                                                                                                 Please refer Section 3.4 S.No 1.2 of Volume II of RFP. Enterprise Wide Identity Management and Enterprise-wide
641   Requirements/ Page 476             preventive controls.                           Please clarify if the stated objective must be met with an "Enterprise wide identity management" solution.               Single Sign-on is part of CSI RFP however the solution proposed by FSI must cater to these requirements

                                         The solution must provide forensics
                                         capability which shall ensure the following
                                         functionalities:
                                         1. Comprehensive analysis
                                         2. Extracting critical data                    Does the SI also include monitoring of privileged users to know what all commands are being executed by system
                                         3. Providing critical information to the       administrators on the operating system and database administrators on the databases.
      Volume II - Section 4.9,           customer as per the nature of the incident.    If yes, please clarify the critical operating systems and databases that need to be monitored and also provided the
      Database Security                  4. Ability to provide data for investigation   expected logs per day for solution sizing purpose and retention period as per the DOP policy.
642   Requirements/ Page 481             purposes                                                                                                                                                                Refer clarification given against query No -- 669

                                         Must support the below Integration
                                         security standards: Authentication
                                         Authorization Encryption Secure
                                         Conversation Non-repudiation XML
                                         Firewalls Security standards support WS-
      Volume II - Point No. 25, Other    Security 1.0 WS-Trust 1.2 WS-Secure
643   Standards / Page 453               Conversations 1.2 WS-Basic Security Profile    Some of the standards are proprietary / vendor specific and we must have open standards                                  The standards are not proprietary.
      Volume II - Point No. 5, Risk
      based authentication solution /
644   Page 482                        Risk based authentication solution                This is vendor specific technical specifications not limited to usage of proprietary terms specific to a single vendor   The requirements are based on the business requirements of DoP and are not vendor specific

      Volume II - Point No. 5.18, Risk
      based authentication solution      Risk based authentication solution
645   architecture / Page 484            architecture                                   This is vendor specific technical specifications not limited to usage of proprietary terms specific to a single vendor   The requirements are based on the business requirements of DoP and are not vendor specific

                                                                                        These are specifications of Access Management and request you to clarify if web access management is required.
      Volume II - Point No. 5.18.2,                                                     If yes, please provide the following:
      Section - Risk based               The solution should also be adaptive           - No. of users for which this needs to be licensed including bifurcation of user category. viz. would the users be
      authentication solution            enough to integrate with any Web based         employees, contractors and customers.                                                                                    The requirement is self explanatory. It is clearly mentioned that solution proposed should be adaptive enough to
646   architecture / Page 484            Access control system/Single Sign On           - Basis of sizing for the above                                                                                          integrate with Web based Access control system/Single Sign On

      Volume II - Point No. 5.19, Risk
      based authentication solution      Risk based authentication solution
647   administration / Page 484          administration                                 This is vendor specific technical specifications not limited to usage of proprietary terms specific to a single vendor   The requirements are based on the business requirements of DoP and are not vendor specific
                                                                                        • What is the number of users that are required to be protected with the Intrusion prevention system
                                                                                        • Number locations that need to be protected
                                                                                        • Number of segments to be monitored using Network IPS
                                                                                        • What is the throughput required on the NIPS
                                                                                        • Is High Availability required on NIPS?
                                                                                        • What is the number of concurrent sessions required on the Network IPS
                                                                                        • What kind of port connectivity would be there- Is it Fiber (SX/LX) or Copper; what are the exact specifications for
                                         Sizing, placement and selection of the         the same?                                                                                                           Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
648   Security                           Network Intrusion prevention systems.                                                                                                                              solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                                                                        Only Network IPS is mentioned in the RFP, Do you have any servers which need to be protected for intrusions? If yes Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
649   Security                           Security concerns towards the Servers          , please list the OS.                                                                                               solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                         Security concerns towards the Virtual          Are there any Virtual machines that are needed to be protected from Intrusions? If yes, what is the virtual machine It is dependent on the solution proposed by the bidder. Bidder must propose an optimum solution based on the
650   Security                           environments                                   software being used(Vmware/Citrix/Hyperv)                                                                           functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                       How many docs (backlog and online) to
      Volume II - Functional Specs     scan for Workflow, DMS, location of the
651   ECMS page 380 - 434              scan and docs                                   Scanning of the docs in the various depts.                                                                                Refer to Section 2.2.7 of Volume I of the RFP
      Volume II - Functional Specs     How many Scan Stations do we need to
652   ECMS page 380 - 434              consider (central and remote)                   Scanning of the docs in the various depts.                                                                                Refer Section 2.2.4 of Volume I of the RFP

                                       How many docs are electronic and how
      Volume II - Functional Specs     many are physical (which needs to be
653   ECMS page 380 - 434              scanned) - backlog conversion if any            Scanning of the docs in the various depts.                                                                                Refer to Section 2.2.7 of Volume I of the RFP

      Volume I - Page 135 for Clearing Do you need any data extraction from
654   Specs                            Images (apart from OCR) when scanned            There is a ref of MICR code to be extracted from the cheque images on page 135 of Vol I                                   The requirement is self explanatory and the bidder has to propose a optimum solution
                                       How many Workflow (BPM) users are                                                                                                                                         Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries' for volumetric. However the software license shall be
655   Volume I - Section 2.2.2.1.5     expected to be part of the system               For user licensing                                                                                                        enterprise wide as mentioned in the RFP
      Volume I - Page 69 to 71
      Technical Solution               How many Content users (not workflow,                                                                                                                                     Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries' for volumetric. However the software license shall be
656   Requirements                     just EDMS) to be part of the system             Page 69 to 71 of Vol I                                                                                                    enterprise wide as mentioned in the RFP
      From the Implementation          Non-Functional Req like HA, DR, UAT env
657   Perspective                      for Implementation SOW                          From the Implementation Perspective                                                                                       Question is not complete
      From the Implementation          Describe Connectivity if you have remote
658   Perspective                      locations                                       From the Implementation Perspective                                                                                       Question is not complete
      From the Implementation
659   Perspective                      Any preference of the H/W, S/W , Storage        From the Implementation Perspective                                                                                       Question is not complete
                                                                                       Request may kindly specify the timeline of acceptance of deliverables by DoP after submission of the same by the
      Volume I                                                                         implementation partner.
      2.3.2 Timelines                  The completion criterion for all the            In case DoP has not fulfilled their responsibility within the timeline, pl. confirm if deemed acceptance will be
658   Page 64 of 317                   deliverables will be acceptance by DoP.         allowed.                                                                                                                  Requirement is self explanatory
      Volume I
      2.3.2 Timelines, Table 5:
      Timelines                                                                        Pl. confirm if these are all the deliverables that will constitute the engagement. What is the significance of the word   The deliverables mentioned as 'High Level Deliverables' are the broad categories. These deliverables may consist
659   Page 65 of 317                   High level deliverables                         'High Level'?                                                                                                             of multiple sub-deliverables which would need to be submitted.

                                       a. Seating space shall be provided for ~10
                                       persons by DoP within the DoP premises in
                                       Delhi. The FSI shall make provision for
                                       leased line connectivity with necessary IT
                                       equipments between the seating location
                                       provided by DoP and the FSI’s home
                                       location / separate development facility.
      Volume I                         For the rest of the resources, seating          It is expected that the onsite team strength required from the implementation partner will be significantly higher,
      2.3.3 Project Management         arrangements shall be provided by the FSI       particularly in some phases of the engagement. Pl. confirm if DoP will relook at the number 10 (Ten) and enhance          No change in requirement. 10 seats provided will be at the central DoP location where as for the rollout the
      Services, Point 5.               at its own location in the National Capital     the same. Also, pl. confirm if the implementation partner team can work from other delivery centres in India              bidder's team is expected to travel to circles and offices within the circles and the required arrangements will be
660   Page 66 of 317                   Region (NCR).                                   (beyond NCR).                                                                                                             made at these locations.
                                       3. Core System Integrator (CSI): The vendor
                                       will be responsible for developing and
                                       supporting Mail, F&A, HR, CIM solutions
      Volume I                         for all channels (including Rural ICT
      1.4.1 RFP Scope                  platform); data migration from the existing                                                                                                                               FSI will be responsible for data migration for the components under its scope and DoP will provide feasible
661   Page 18 of 317                   systems                                                                                                                                                                   support wherever required

                                       1. The FSI will be responsible for data
      Volume I                         migration from the source systems
      2.2.7 Data migration of Postal   (Sanchay Post for banking and the legacy
      Banking and Insurance from       PLI application for insurance) to the new
      existing applications            environment. DoP will not bear any                                                                                                                                        FSI will be responsible for data migration for the components under its scope and DoP will provide feasible
662   Page 51 of 317                   additional cost for data migration.                                                                                                                                       support wherever required
      Volume I
      3.1 Solution Requirements ->
      Technical Solution
      Requirements -> Data Migration
      Requirements                     75 SI must identify all the requirements for
663   Page 71 of 317                   data migration                                  We assume that DoP will:                                                                                                  Refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
      Volume I                         FSI shall be responsible for all loss,          i) Help the implementation partner team to identify the source systems from where data will need to be extracted
      Section 2.2.7                    inaccuracies, discrepancies in data arising     ii) Validate & sign-off the data to be migrated to the target application
664   Page no 53                       out of data migration                           iii) Validate & sign-off the migrated data in the source system                                                           Refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
      Volume I                                                                         Since there is inter dependency on various other partners, it may have an impact on FSI project delivery. How SLRs
665   Page 29 of 317                   Inter dependency                                will be considered in that case.                                                                                          The interdependencies have been accounted for while defining the SLRs
                                       The proposed solution should be
                                       compliant with regulatory guidelines in the
      Volume I                         country (for e.g. RBI and Ministry of
666   Page 39 of 317                   Finance).                                       Since these guidelines get updated every year, what will be the base date to be considered for this requirement.          For regulatory requirements, the latest guidelines need to be adhered to.
      Volume I
667   Page 39 of 317                   Core Banking Solution                           Please specify the number of users who will be using the Core Banking Solution.                                           Please refer to Section 7.12.1.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                       Pilot: 6 circles with 108 HOs, 12 MDGs, 4
                                       single hand SOs, 300 BOs and 6 CPCs (in
      Volume I                         Karnataka, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, UP,          Our understanding is that FSI has to deploy the application centrally for these pilot sites and Phase 1/2. The
668   Page 39 of 317                   TN, Assam).                                     application deployment at individual desktop/laptops will be handled by DOP.                                              The requirement is self explanatory

                                       Using the current PLI application, the
                                       System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                       wherever applicable for Supply,
                                       Customization / Enhancement, Installation,                                                                                                                                Besides the details mentioned in Annexure - 8 of Volume I of the RFP. Further details about the legacy application
      Volume I                         and Commissioning of insurance                  Since existing PLI application needs to be modified, what kind of documents, source code and support from OEM             can be obtained during the walkthrough on 24 January 2010. Details of venue and time of the walkthrough will
668   Page 40 of 317                   application(s) as per requirements              will be available.                                                                                                        be notified to the bidders.
                                       The solution should comply with all
                                       requirements of MasterCard / VISA/ Other
      Volume I                         major players and be EMV norms                  We assume that solution needs to be compliant with the existing norms from major players at the time of RFP issue
669   Page 40 of 317                   compliant.                                      only.                                                                                                             Please refer to section 4.2 point no. 6

                                       The end users (2,74,000 users) will have
                                       the access to view the documents through                                                                                                                                  The employee portal is a self service portal (HRMS functions) which will be implemented as a part of the India Post
      Volume I                         an employee portal. The documents shall                                                                                                                                   2012 program. Joining documents and other supporting documents will need to be scanned/ uploaded in the
670   Page 47 of 317                   be tagged to their online service book.         Is this an existing Employee portal, what role is expected from FSI for this employee portal.                             ECMS system and will need to be linked to the corresponding Employee ID

                                       It is estimated that End User Training will
                                       be conducted in batches comprising of
                                       around 25 to 30 persons and would be
                                       carried out in a distributed and innovative     Since training has to be provided in a distributed manner in batch size of 25-30 covering 30000+ users, it will           Please refer to Section 2.2.9 of Vol I of FSI RFP. The training approach and plan will need to be finalized in
      Volume I                         way so as to reduce the costs of training       required 1000+ batches of training with each batch duration 5-7 days, how it fits in overall deliverable schedule         consultation with the CM vendor to meet the overall deliverable schedule as specified in Section 2.3.2 of Vol I of
671   Page 55 of 317                   without impacting quality….                     given in page 65-66.                                                                                                      FSI RFP


                                       The FSI shall perform the testing of the
                                       solution based on the approved test plan,
                                       document the results and shall fix the bugs
                                       found during the testing.
                                       5. Though DoP is required to provide
                                       formal approval for the test plan, it is the
                                       ultimate responsibility of FSI to ensure that
      Volume I                         the end product delivered by the FSI meets      If testing is done by FSI, what inputs will be required to DoP for Acceptance Testing Sign-off. What will be maximum
672   Page 64 of 317                   all the requirements specified in this RFP.     time taken for this sign-off from the date of submission of FSI testing results document.                                 Refer Section 2.3.1.3 of Volume I of the RFP

                                       The bidder should have experience in
                                       implementing the proposed product/
                                       solution for either core banking or
                                       insurance application in India or abroad.
      Volume II                        The bidder should have the authorization
      Pre-Qualification point 13       to customize the proposed                       What is expected from authorization to customize- our understanding is configuration and development of the
673   Page 34 of 522                   product/solution.                               system without any source code change.                                                                                    Refer Section 4.2.1.2 (Point 13 C) of Volume II of the RFP
      Volume I - Section 1.4, Page No
674   17                              India Post 2012 Vendor Selection Process         Can we use Sub-contractors for execution of FSI Scope of work defined in the RFP                                          No change in requirement. Refer to all the three volumes of the RFP

                                       Data migration of Postal Banking and
                                       Insurance from existing applications
                                       Signatures scans for ~ 4 crore accounts are
                                       available in electronic format. Rest of the
                                       signatures (~ 13 crore) are manual and          70% of the signature data to be digitized. Can we assume pilot go live is only from already digitized signature Post
      Volume I - Section 2.2.7 page    need to be digitized. These are available in    Offices? Since Pilot go live is within 9 months after the project commencement. (Rs.24 Crore Signature data yet to
675   no 51                            ~ 24000 offices (HOs and SOs).                  be digitized!!)                                                                                                           The pilot locations will include other offices also where signatures are not digitalized

                                       Saving Bank (SB), Term Deposit (TD) and
                                       Public Provident Fund (PPF) and National
                                       Saving Scheme (NSS) data is available in ~
      Volume I - Section 2.2.7 page    806 HOs. Approximately 70 % of this data
676   no 52                            is electronic and 30% of the data is manual     Can we assume pilot go live is only from the already computerized offices.                                                The pilot locations will include offices which are not computerized

                                       The FSI will provide the solution for legacy
      Volume I - Section 2.2.7 Page    data archival for all the applications for
677   no 54                            banking and insurance.                          The timeline for this solution is not clear in the project plan.                                                          Refer Section 2.3.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                       Maintenance of existing banking
                                       application ‘Sanchay Post’ FSI shall
                                       maintain, operate and support this
      Volume I - Section 2.2.11 Page   application during the period of its
678   no 63                            availability.                                   Can we sub-contract with existing Sanchay Post Application support Team ?                                                 The bidder may select appropriate partners/sub-contractors to deliver the proposed solution
                                          DoP owns custom built software called
      Volume I - Section 2.2.11 Page      “Sanchay Post”. This application is
679   no 63                               currently running in about 11600 offices.      can we assume pilot go live is only from out of these post offices ?                                                        Sanchay Post is not installed in all the locations selected for the pilot.

                                          Gaps identified during the pilot will be
                                          used to make the necessary changes to the
                                          applications, before embarking on the
680   Volume I - 2.3.1 Approach           rollout in the remaining locations.            Can we assume "Bugs" instead of "Gaps".                                                                                     No. The same cannot be assumed.
                                          The FSI will submit the solution design
                                          document to DoP. After sign-off on the
                                          design document by DoP, development
                                          /customization of the solution will be         Design Sign off process is not clear in the RFP. All India Design signoff from all the circle PMGs or Central
681   Volume I - 2.3.1 Approach           started by the FSI.                            acceptance at DOP need to be clarified                                                                                      DoP stakeholders and sign off process would be decided depending on the deliverable.
                                          1. IT Act 2000 (revised 2008)                                                                                                                                              Bidder must comply with all applicable laws, regulations and acts in force
                                          2. Information security standards
                                          framework and guidelines standards under
                                          eGovernance standards
                                          (http://egovstandards.gov.in)                                                                                                                                              Bidder must comply with all applicable laws, regulations and acts in force
                                          3. Guidelines issued by Government of
      Volume I - 3.1 Solution             India /Reserve Bank of India/ IBA/
682   Requirements / page 67              IDRBT/IRDA                                     DOP need to provide the relevant clauses or sections applicable for execution of this RFP / Project                         Bidder must comply with all applicable laws, regulations and acts in force
                                          FSI is required to obtain the following ISO
                                          (9001, 27001, 20000) certifications for the
                                          system:                                                                                                                                                                    Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                          i. ISO 27001 – for proposed solution(s)
                                          security – by the end of 1st six months of O
                                          & M phase                                                                                                                                                                  Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                          ii. ISO 9001 – for operations – by the end
                                          of 1st year of O & M phase                                                                                                                                                 Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                          iii. ISO 20000 – for Services management –
683   Volume I - 6.3 Certifications       by the end of 1st year of O & M phase          O&M Phase not clear.                                                                                                        Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
      Volume I - 7.7 Annexure 7:
      Banking Current Application         Key details of the other applications
684   details                             supporting Sanchay Post are as below:          Please provide complete details of the different existing applications.                                                     Available details for Sanchay Post is provided in Annexure 7

                                        “IPR Claim” any claim of infringement or
                                        alleged infringement (including the
                                        defence of such infringement or alleged
                                        infringement) of any IPR used to deliver or
                                        provide the Services or as otherwise
                                        provided by the FSI (or to which the FSI has
                                        provided access) to the Department of
      Volume III - Section 1.1.49 Pg 13 Post in the fulfilment of its obligations        Considering the scope of work, the definition of IPR Claims should be restricted to the infringement claims of patent
685   (Definition of IPR Claim)         under this Agreement;                            and/or copyright in the Services or deliverables provided by FSI                                                      No change in requirement
      Volume III - Section 5.4 Pg 31                                                     The right to set off and retain amounts under this contract should be restricted to settle the amounts due under this
686   (Recovery of sums due)            Recovery of Sums Due                             contract only and reference to amounts due under other contract be deleted.                                           No change in requirement
      Volume III - Section 6.1 (b) Pg
687   31                                                                                 (b) Should be modified to specify that bank guarantee should be invoked to settle the claims due under the contract No change in requirement

      Volume III - Section 6.2.2 Pg 32
688   (Termination for Convenience)       Termination for Convenience                    This clause on termination for convenience be deleted                                                                       No change in requirement

689   Volume III - Section 6.2.3 Pg 33    Termination for Breach                         The reference to breach should be changed to “material breach”                                                              No change in requirement
                                                                                         This clause be modified to restrict FSI’s liability to indemnify only in case of any bodily injury (including death), any
                                                                                         damage to tangible, real and personal property for which it is legally liable and damages resulting due to the non-
690   Volume III - Section 7.3.1 Pg 43    Indmenity                                      compliance or violation of applicable laws by FSI                                                                           No change in requirement

                                                                                         The clause is requested to be modified to incorporate the following statement “FSI shall not be liable for loss of
691   Volume III - Section 7.4.2 Pg 45                                                   data, consequential, incidental damages and third party claims (except as agreed under this contract)”                      No change in requirement
                                                                                         Audit - it is requested that the following statement be incorporated

                                                                                          “Notwithstanding anything contrary contained, the following are excluded from audit’s purview - “FSI’s or its
                                                                                         affiliates' or subcontractors' financial data, proprietary data, internal or external audit information, cost information
                                                                                         or information subject to attorney-client or other privilege or prepared at the direction of counsel or any
                                                                                         information of its other customers”
692   Volume III - Section 7.1 Pg 50      Audit                                                                                                                                                                      No change in requirement

                                                                                         It is requested that considering the scope of services, following clause is considered for the ownership of IPR and
                                                                                         replace the said clauses:

                                                                                         “FSI or third parties will own the copyright in all Materials created under the Agreement ("FSI Materials"). Customer
                                                                                         will have (assuming payment in full has been made) a perpetual non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the
                                                                                         FSI Materials for its own internal use and only for the purposes for which they were delivered. “Materials” means
                                                                                         literary works or other works of authorship such as programs, program listing, programming tools, documentation,
                                                                                         reports, drawings, etc. that FSI may deliver to customer as part of the Services. The term ‘Materials’ does not
      Volume III - Section 8.1.1 and                                                     include licensed program products available under respective FSI’s license agreements.”
693   8.1.8 Pg 51 & 52                                                                                                                                                                                               No change in requirement
694   Volume III - Section 9 Pg 53        Escrow                                         Escrow - Request DOP to delete this clause.                                                                                 No change in requirement
                                                                                         Confidential Information - It is requested that the clause is amended to provide that all confidential information
                                                                                         either be marked with the restrictive legend of the disclosure or if not marked or disclosed orally is identified as
695   Volume III - Section 10.1.1 Pg 54 Confidentiality                                  “confidential” at the time of discloser.                                                                                    No change in requirement
                                                                                         This clause be modified to provide that the period of confidentiality shall be five years from the date of initial
696   Volume III - Section 10.1.5 Pg 56                                                  disclosure.                                                                                                                 No change in requirement
                                                                                         It is requested that this clause be modified that the appointment of Dispute Resolution board shall be jointly by
                                                                                         both the parties and both parties’ senior level executives should (in equal numbers) be appointed as members of
697   Volume III - Section 11.3.2 Pg 65                                                  the board to facilitate dispute resolution                                                                                  No change in requirement
                                                                                         It is requested that the clause be modified to provide that the independent expert shall be mutually and jointly
698   Volume III - Section 11.4.2 Pg 66                                                  appointed by both the parties                                                                                               No change in requirement

                                                                                         It is requested that the clause be modified to provide that the replacement of independent expert shall be with
699   Volume III - Section 11.4.4 Pg 66                                                  mutual consent. In case of any dispute, the same may be referred to dispute resolution board.                               No change in requirement
                                                                                         It is requested that this clause be modified to provide that the appointment of sole arbitrator shall be with the
700   Volume III - Section 11.5.1 Pg 67                                                  mutual consent and jointly by both the parties.                                                                             No change in requirement
                                                                                         What are the IT sub applications in the existing PLI Application? What are the functions that are carried out by each
701   RFP Volume I Page No. 192           DOP requirements                               of them?                                                                                                                    Refer Annexure - 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                         What is the percentage of mechanization of insurance operations in essential functions? (Give Module wise) using
702   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          the present PLI system?                                                                                                     Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP

703   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          Is the PLI system developed in house? What is the product deployed in that to conduct insurance operations?                 Refer Annexure - 8 of Volume 1 of the RFP

704   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          What is the total volume of new business operations on an average?                                                          Refer Annexure 13 (7.13.2 - Point 6) of Volume 1 of the RFP

705   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          How many transactions would be occurring per day on an average?                                                             Refer Annexure 13 (7.13.2 - Point 6) of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                         What is the level of integration required to be achieved? What is the requirement on accessibility of systems               1. Refer Section - 3.1 of Volume 1 of the RFP for Integration requirements
706   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          throughout the networks?                                                                                                    2. Refer Annexure - 16 of Volume 1 of the RFP for Network design plan

707   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          How many claims on an average are made?                                                                                     1. Refer Annexure - 13 (Section 7.13.2 - Point 6) of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                         We require complete understanding of products offered by you, features, mode of premium payment supported                   1. Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP for mode of premium payment required to be supported
708   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          (example : ECS) etc.                                                                                                        2. Refer Section 1.7.1.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP for the different types of product being offered
                                                                                         We require complete understanding of products offered by you, features, mode of premium payment supported                   1. Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP for mode of premium payment required to be supported
709   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          (example : ECS) etc.                                                                                                        2. Refer Section 1.7.1.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP for the different types of product being offered
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Not at present. However the functionalities for ULIP are a business requirement of PLI to launch the product as
710   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          Do you have any linked products at present? If so, complete details.                                                        and when required
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Targeted business volumes have been mentioned under Annexure 13 (7.13.2) . It is to be noted that Endowment
711   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          What is the division of new business in terms of products offered by you?                                                   business would constitute majority of the new business
                                                                                         What are the different types of agency/distribution channels/ alternative business channels presently working with          FRS mentioned under Annexure 3 of Volume I of the RFP have been drafted keeping in mind future business
712   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          PLI? What are the plans of expansion with regard to channelization?                                                         requirements of PLI. The solution proposed by the bidder should meet all the functional requirements mentioned
                                                                                         What is meant by “desired” IT system? The complete requirements with regard to reinsurance, analytics product
713   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          launch etc., are placed in desired state.                                                                                   Refer to Section 5.1.2.2 of Volume II of the RFP
                                                                                         How far the underwriting, cash, accounts and reporting functionalities are completely done using systems at
714   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          present? (completely relating to PLI application only)                                                                      Refer to Annexure - 3 of Volume I of the RFP for the functionalities which are presently available

715   RFP Volume I Page No. 192                                                          Please elaborate your complete requirements regarding training.                                                             Refer to Section 2.2.9 of Volume 1 of the RFP

      Volume 1: Functional, Technical
      and Operational Requirements    Postal Life Insurance - Technical Solution                                                                                                                                     Bidder needs to propose optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements defined in the Volume
716   3.1 Solution Requirements       Requirements                                       Any bench marking available for the existing PLI solution                                                                   I of the RFP
      Volume 1: Functional, Technical 2.2.11 Maintenance of existing banking                                                                                                                                         1. All the available information will be provided to the selected bidder (FSI) by DoP
717   and Operational Requirements    application ‘Sanchay Post’                         Any knowledge sharing sessions planned from DOP side and in what phase?                                                     2. Knowledge transfer session shall be carried out as per the mutually agreed timelines with the selected bidder
                                      Using the current PLI application, the
      Volume 1: Functional, Technical System Integrator shall utilize the same
      and Operational Requirements wherever applicable for Supply,
      2.1 Overview of the Scope of    Customization / Enhancement, Installation,                                                                                                                                     All the available information will be provided to the selected bidder (FSI) by DoP
718   Work                            and Commissioning of insurance                     Any knowledge sharing sessions planned from DOP side and in what phase?
                                                                                        1. In case of insurance solution there may be only 3-4 organizations with more than 1000 locations. The evaluation
                                                                                        criteria does not suit if someone is showing insurance experience in this case. Please reduce number of locations
                                                                                        from 1000 to 100 in case of insurance for maximum marks.                                               2. Why is the
                                                                                        emphasis on proposed solution? India Post is unique and no other postal organization exists in India. This will
                                                                                        restrict the established global postal banking product from competing. Request you to kindly remove the proposed
                                        Number of locations for implementation of       solution clause and let it be only an SI criteria allowing them to propose an established solution working globally in
                                        core banking in a PSU bank or insurance         similar scenario.                                      3. Also, it is not clear whether the criteria neds to be met by only
                                        solution covering more than 100 locations       the bidder or partner experience will also be considered like in all the other evaluation points.
      FSI RFP Volume II, Section        in India. This has to be the proposed           4. Like other clauses, this clause should also be global and not India specific. It will provide fair chance to the other
719   5.1.2.4, page 45 of 522           solution.                                       leading postal banking solution. Request you to kindly                                                                      No change in the requirement

                                                                                        Existing Clause is properietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This caluse needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid. The changed clause should be
                                                                                        “Should support a passive midplane architecture with all active components reduntant. In case of active midplane,
                                        High-Availability Dual Path Midplane for        redundant high- availability dual path mid plane for providing two-way communication paths for Ethernet, Fiber
                                        providing two-way communication paths           Channel, Power Supply and Management Signals and should support Dual 10Gb High- Speed Ethernet ports and
                                        for Ethernet, Fiber Channel, KVM Switches,      Infiniband ports.”
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        Power Supply and Management Signals             The sugegsted change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis mid
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No and should support Dual 10Gb High- Speed        plane should be completely passive and should not have active components so redundant mid plane is not
720   2                                 Ethernet Switches and Infiniband Switches       required. Blade chassis active components should be hot pluggable.                                                       Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'

                                                                                        Existing Clause is properietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This caluse needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid. The changed clause should be
                                                                                        “Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum of 8 Full Height Hot Plug-gable Blade Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as
                                                                                        well as Power Connectors for Redundancy. “
                                        Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        of 14 Full Height Hot Plug-gable Blade          The sugegsted change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis even
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as well        with 10 full height blades can host up to 160 cores in a single chassis. The purpose should be to consolidate
721   3                                 as Power Connectors for Redundancy.             maximum compute in terms of CPUs, Memory and IO and not the count of blade servers.                                      Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'

                                                                                         Existing Clause is properietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                        Redundant Gigabit Layer 2/7 Ethernet            architectures. This caluse needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid. The changed clause should be
                                        Switch Modules having minimum 4 up-link         “Redundant Gigabit Ethernet/10GigE Pass-through modules or Ethernet Switch modules to support redundant
                                        Ports. Should enable consolidation of full      network ports for each blade server.”
                                        Layer 2-7 LAN switching capabilities as well
                                        as Support virtualized network services         The sugegsted change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis should
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        using VLANs, Virtual IPs, Virtual Server        support network passthrough modules which is a non blocking architecture. Internal switches have blocking
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Router and Virtual Router Redundancy            architecture and huge administration and support over head. Both the architectures serve the similar pupose but
722   4                                 Protocol                                        provides non blocking access while other vendor provide switches which have blocking architecture.                       Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'

                                                                                        Existing Clause is properietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This caluse needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid. The changed clause should be
                                                                                        “Should support Redundant hot swap 8 gb fibre channel cards for each blade server or Redundant hot-swap 8GB
                                                                                        Fibre Channel SAN Switch Modules with no single point of failure.”

                                                                                        The sugegsted change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade chassis should
                                                                                        support latest generation PCI e 2 based FC hbas which are hot swappable even on the blade server basis. This
                                        Redundant Hot-Swap 8GB Fibre Channel            provides unique benefits as incase of one fc port failure only that card will be affected and can be replaced online.
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        SAN Switch Modules should provide no            In case SAN switch if one port fails on the switch all the ports will be affected as the whole switch needs to be
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No single point of failure. There should be        replaced. Uplink port is not required as ditect access to external san switch for all the blades can be done and thus
723   6                                 min. of 6 External uplink Ports                 provides full bandwidth for all the blades rather than blocked only through uplink ports.                                Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'

                                                                                        Existing Clause is properietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
                                                                                        architectures. This caluse needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid. The changed clause should be
                                                                                        “Hot swappable management module to communicate with the system management processor on the Blade
                                        Dual Redundant management modules               Servers from remote locations. “
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        (Hot Swappable) to communicate with the         The sugegsted change will be completely open and would allow all major blade architectures. Blade management
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No system management processor on the              module should be passive and hot pluggable. Replacing the mangement module should not require to bring the
724   7                                 Blade Servers from remote locations             chassis down. Spare chassis management module can be provided.                                                           Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                        10 Hot-Swap Modules (2 x Dedicated
                                        Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module Slots, 2 x       Existing Clause is properietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. Different vendors have different
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        Dedicated Bridged Module Slots, 2 x             architectures. This caluse needs to be changed to enable us to comply and bid. The changed clause should be
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Dedicated Ether Switch/Fiber Channel
725   8                                 Switch Slots & 4 x High-Speed Slots for 10G     “Chassis should support all modules ethernet(1g/10g), infiniband, FC ports in load balancing and failover mode.”         Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        Chassis should have an integrated tool that      Existing Clause is properietary and disallows major blade architectures to comply. This clasue is a data centre
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No can provide a view of the actual power          related specification and not the blade chassis specifications.
726   12                                used (as opposed to benchmarked power           Hence this clause needs to be removed.                                                                                   Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                        Should provide support for remote console       Existing Clause is properietary in language so below change needs to be done to make it generic and all major
                                        management, power on/off blades, should         server vendors to comply. The changed clause should be
                                        monitor power status, operating system,         “Should provide support for remote console management, power on/off blades, should monitor power status,
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        temperature, disks, blowers, power              operating system, temperature, disks, blowers, power Modules, system diagnostic programs provided through the
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Modules, system diagnostic programs             Management Software.”
727   17                                provided through the Management                 This change is recommended to make the clause open and to allow all blade architectures to comply.                       The requirement remains unchanged
                                                                                        The language of Existing Clause should be changed as below so allow a mix X64 or RISC/EPIC blades.
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        The chassis should be able to support           “The chassis should be able to support a mix Blade Servers of X64( Intel/AMD), CISC/EPIC/RISC architecture
      3.2.1.3 Table 7 / Page 75 / Sl.No Blade Servers CISC/EPIC/RISC architecture       processors”
728   19                                processors                                      This change is recommended to make the clause open and to allow all blade architectures to comply.                       Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                        Each server must be populated with              Dual core processors are not available in the industry as all vendors have 6 core or 8 cores processors. Server
                                        minimum 2 dual/multi-core CPUs with             vendors have 4, 6, 8 core processors in X64 range while 4,8 ,16 core procesor in RISC/EPIC. Specifying number of
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        highest speed and FSB available in the          processors will not make sense looking at current and lateset generation processors.So number of cores should be
729   3.2.1.3/ Page 74 / Sl.No 2        server family.                                  specified.
                                        Virtualization Software License, allowing
                                        for hosting multiple Virtual Machines           This change is must for leading Virtulazation technologies to comply. Virtualization software may be directly hosted
                                        (VMs) on the Server. The virtualization         on the server or os/hypervisor based. The required functionality can be achieved in both the technologies.
                                        Software should be directly hosted on the
      FSI RFP Volume 1 : Section        Hardware, and allow for migration of VMs        “Virtualization Software License, allowing for hosting multiple Virtual Machines (VMs) on the Server. The
730   3.2.1.3/ Page 74 / Sl.No 6        from one physical server to another             virtualization software should allow for migration of Vms from one physical server to another physical server.”          Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                        Servers offered should be high end
                                        enterprise class and should be with the
                                        latest generation and highest clock speed       Some Server OEM has there own CPU and some uses Industry standard CPU. We understand the highest clock
731   FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/7/pg 73     processors at the time of supply                speed processor is meant for processor available with server OEM. Please confirm.                                        Please refer to clarification given against query no 439
                                        Pre-Failure Support for Blades, Blades,
                                        bridge/switch modules, I/O modules,             Pre-Failure support does not bring in the real benefits for the customer as there are just alert. Request to modify
      FSI RFP Vol                       management modules, power modules,              the clause as Pre-failure warranty for CPU, RAM and HDD". This will ensure DoP gets the replacement part also well
732   1/3.2.1.3/Table7/15/pg 76         blower modules, media tray                      in advance of actual part fails.                                                                                        Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                        Each of these Tape Libraries shall be           1. Too much scalability is being asked which is making it vendor restricitive.
                                        scalable to at least 64 drives and at least     2. Considering the latest generation LTO5 drives 64 drives scalability is too high while comparing with similar
                                        3000 slots. Scalability of the number of        environments.
                                        drives and slots can be delivered through       Request to change the clause as "Each of these Tape Libraries shall be scalable to at least 44 drives and at least 3000
733   FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.3/7/pg 80       multiple tape libraries. However each           slots."                                                                                                                 Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'

                                       The tape library shall be configured with at
                                       least one robot in redundant configuration
                                       per tape library to address all the slots in a   Robotic Arm is a passive nature of device and made of hard steel Iron rod. There is no need to look for redundancy
734   FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.3/9/pg 80      redundant configuration.                         at this level. On the top of it, this is too much vendor specific as well                                             Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                       The Storage Array should be configured           We request to either delete this clause or change it to read as "The Storage Array should be configured with at least
                                       with at least 128 GB of Cache to deliver at      128GB"
                                       least 2 Million Cache IOPS. Additional           Cache based IOPs are misleading due to the fact that with change in IO profile of the application cache utilization
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.3/pg 76/ point Cache, if required to meet the specified         behavior changes along with the total IOPs. Also, as per clause No. 7 of RFP disk based IOPs have been requested
735   5                                IOPS should be configured in excess to the       which would ascertain Application and Storage performance.                                                            Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                       Storage system shall be configured with at       We request to change this clause to read it as "Storage system shall be configured with at least 32 Backend FC/SAS
                                       least 64 Backend FC Disk Controllers             Disk Controllers and at least 32 front end FC Ports scalable to 64."
                                       (towards disks) and at least 32 front end
                                       FC ports (towards FC switch) scalable to         Currently all Fibre Channels backend ports can support up to 4Gbps connectivity only. With new technology like SAS
                                       64.Each frontend port in the storage array       it would be possible to have 6Gbps Backend controllers which would increase the performance of overall Storage
                                       should have dedicated processor or cores         Subsystem. Also, it is recommended that we have processing power distributed so as to use it efficiently and
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.1/pg 76/     for delivering high throughput and I/O           effectively as may be required. Dedicated processors may lead to a situation where ports which require high
736   point 6                          performance.                                     performance can not share or utilize the compute available with low utilized ports.                                Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                       The array should support automated               We request to change this clause to read it as "The array should support automated storage tiering and movement
                                       storage tiering and movement of data             of data within different tiers of storage namely SSD, FC/SAS and SATA disks without requiring user intervention,
                                       within different tiers of storage namely         depending on the frequency or pattern of the accessed data. "
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.1/pg 76/     SSD, FC and SATA disks without requiring         Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) are available at 6Gbps compared to 4Gbps FC Drives. We request you to include SAS as
737   point 9                          user intervention, depending on the              technology for the disk drives.                                                                                    Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                       The storage array should support native          We request to change this clause and read it as "The storage array should support native front end connectivity
                                       front end connectivity options such as           options such as FibreFiber Channel, FICON."
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.1/pg 76/     FibreFiber Channel, FICON. The array             RFP does include FCIP Routers. FCIP routers would extend the Storage Based replication across geographical
738   point 12                         should also support native Gig-E for             distance over IP and hence does not require native Gig-E support.                                                  Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                       The enterprise storage arrays shall be
                                       configured with latest disk with data            We request to change this clause and to read it as "The enterprise storage arrays shall be configured with latest disk
                                       storage in RAID 1/0 (stripping &                 with data storage in RAID 1/0 (stripping & mirroring).The usable storage capacity should be minimum 50 TB and
                                       mirroring).The usable storage capacity           scalable upto 2x of the proposed capacity. Minimum 10% of usable capacity shall be on Solid State Disks, 50% on
                                       should be minimum 50 TB and scalable             FC/SAS disks and 40% on SATA disks. The usable capacity is defined as the Net storage capacity available for the
                                       upto 2x of the proposed capacity.                application stack, after deducting the penalties imposed by storage infrastructure requirements, disk and array
                                       Minimum 10% of usable capacity shall be          formatting, RAID penalties, host OS and file system formatting including overheads for directory structure and
                                       on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC disks and        inodes etc or any other penalties which eat away usable disk space. The disks should be enterprise class disks built
                                       40% on SATA disks. The usable capacity is        for 24 x 7 operations. "
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.1/pg 76/     defined as the Net storage capacity              Newer technology like Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) are available at 6Gbps compared to 4Gbps FC Drives. We request
739   point 17                         available for the application stack, after       you to include SAS as technology for the disk drives.                                                                  Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                       SAN switch should be of director class with
                                       128 ports populated and active. Should           SAN switch should be of director class with 128 ports populated and active. Should have non-blocking architecture
                                       have non-blocking architecture and               and scalable to 256 ports in a single domain with 8Gbps full duplex with no over subscription with local switching.
                                       scalable to 192 ports in a single domain         Two nos. of Fiber channel switch should be provided in high availability mode.
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.2/pg 78/     with 8Gbps full duplex with no over
740   point 1                          subscription with local switching. Two nos.      Non Blocking Enterprise SAN Directors are available with the above density and hence should be demanded.                 Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                                                                                 Switch must support local switching on port card to provide point to point line rate throughput. Local Switching
                                          Switch must support local switching on                 Latency should be 3 times better than blade to blade switching latency.
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.2/pg 78/        port card to provide point to point line rate          Quantification of the Latency which is a key performance indicator of a switching device is recommeded to be
742   point 4                             throughput.                                            added in the specification.                                                                                            Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                          Should support 4 GB FC ports and also
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.2/pg 78/        support 1Gig Ethernet ports for remote                 Should support 4 GB FC ports and also support 1Gig & 10 Gig Ethernet ports for remote replication in future.
743   point 2                             replication in future.                                 10 Gig Ethernet ports should be supported for FCIP Replication in future.                                         Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                                                                                 Throughput of each switch should be 1024 Gbps or aggregate Backplane bandwidth should be more than 2048
                                                                                                 Gbps
                                                                                                 As 128 Non Blocking 8 Gbps Full duplex ports are requested in the specifications we request for a change in the
                                                                                                 throughput of the switch. Each switch chasis should support 128*8=1024 Gbps Switching bandwidth . As per point ,
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.2/pg 79/        Throughput of the each switch should be                requesting Line Rate bandwidth on all 128 ports is possible with Switch Chasis supporting 1024 Gbps switching
744   point 22                            720 Gbps or more                                       capacity.                                                                                                         Please refer 'Table A - Response to Common Queries'
                                                                                                 No. of FCIP Ports should be mentioned. This would help in sizing the Enterprise Director Blade Configurations. We
                                          The proposed FCIP router could be part of              propose 10 FCIP ports on every Switch to be supported.
      FSI RFP Vol 1/3.2.2.3/pg 79/        proposed SAN Switch as a separate
745   point 2                             module within the SAN Switch                           Scalability in FCIP Port count helps in the scalability and also the support of the FCIP module in the SAN Director.   Please refer to clarification given against query no. 183



                                          The bidder should have the experience of
                                          having implemented core banking
                                          project(s) &/ or an insurance application
                                          implementation project(s) worth INR 100
                                          Crores in India (including hardware,
                                          licences, training, data migration but
                                          excluding maintenance) or implemented
                                          core banking project(s) &/ or insurance
                                          application implementation project(s)
                                          worth US$ 20 Million outside India
                                          (including hardware, licences, training but
                                          excluding maintenance). The concerned
                                          project should have been awarded or
                                          implemented in the last 5 years as on 31st
                                          March 2010 The bidder must suffice the
                                          above criteria for either core banking
                                          project or insurance application, wherein
      Page 32 , Volume 2 , 4.2.1.2,       the partner of the bidder shall suffice the            We do not have orders worth 100 Cr for Core Banking or Insurance Applications worth 100 Cr. We need to dilute
746   Table 2 ,Sr No 8                    criteria for the other component                       the criteria to 30 Cr.                                                                                                 No change in the requirement

                                          The bidder should have at least 800 people
                                          in the BFSI domain on its permanent rolls
                                          during the last one year as part of software
                                          services group including software
                                          development, architects, project managers,
      Page 33 , Volume 2 , 4.2.1.2,       professional integration experts and
747   Table 2, Sr No 10                   analysts.                                              We claim our Jaipur Development Centre which is the centre for BFSI Domainhas 300 people                               No change in the requirement
                                          The bidder should have an experience in
                                          reverse engineering of legacy application in
      Page 33 , Volume 2 , 4.2.1.2,       banking or insurance domain in India or                We need to know what kind of experience they are looking at for reverse engineering we have people with banking
748   Table 2, Sr No 12                   abroad                                                 and insurance domain background and they have worked on legacy applications                                            No change in the requirement

                                          The partner providing ATM managed
                                          services should have carried out ATM
                                          installations and managed services for
                                          3000 ATMs within India Should have
                                          Service centres in at least 25 locations in
                                          India and are also capable of further
      Page 35 , Volume 2 , 4.2.1.2,       expanding the service/support network in               We have carries out installation of more than 800 ATMs and our partner is having managed services in more than
749   Table 3, Sr No 4                    keeping with the requirements of DoP                   500 ATMs                                                                                                               No change in the requirement
750   Page 39, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 1       ATM solution in 1000 locations                         We suppose it is number of ATMs                                                                                        The understanding is correct.
                                          It should support different makes of
                                          ATM/CDs i.e. it should be ATM/CD vendor
751   Page 39, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 4       agnostic                                               Please specify and the formats of the ATMs                                                                             This requirement is self explanatory
752   Page 40, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 9       third party credit cards etc                           Please specify the third-party credit card systems                                                                     The bidder must propose the same as per industry benchmarks.

753   Page 40, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 12      It must support different message formats              Please specify the message formats                                                                                     Industry standard message formats should be supported

754   Page 40, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 15      3DES and other technologies available                  Please specify “other technologies”                                                                                    The bidder must propose the same as per industry standards.
                                          It should generate the reports in desired
755   Page 40, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 16      format for reconciliation                              Please specify the format                                                                                              The bidder must propose the same as per industry standards.

      Page 182, Violume1 , 7.2.2. ATM Display of animation/scrolling/date and
756   1                               time/greetings by name of the card holder                  This is not a function of the Switch                                                                                   The understanding is not correct.
      Page 183, Violume1 , 7.2.2. ATM
757   6                               Full statements                                            This is not supported by ATMs                                                                                          No change in requirement
                                      Ensure connectivity and online interface
                                      with both owned as well as third-party
      Page 183, Violume1 , 7.2.2. ATM electronic payment solutions (e.g. Payment                                                                                                                                        Currently, DoP does not utilize payment gateways and third party payment solutions. The same should be
758   19                              Gateways                                                   Please specify the payment gateways and third party payment solutions                                                  considered as a future requirement.
                                      It shall generate the un-reconciled report
      Page 185, Violume1 , 7.2.2. ATM in different formats to be uploaded in
759   89                              different systems                                          Please specify the formats                                                                                             The bidder must propose the same based on open standards.
760   Page 43, Volume 1, 2.2.3.1      1. Internet Banking                                        Please specify the formats for interfacing these systems                                                               The bidder must propose the same based on open standards.
                                      2. Phone Banking (IVR)/ Banking through
761   Page 43, Volume 1, 2.2.3.2      call centre                                                Please specify the formats for interfacing these systems                                                               The bidder must propose the same based on open standards.
762   Page 43, Volume 1, 2.2.3.3      3. Mobile Banking                                          Please specify the formats for interfacing these systems                                                               The bidder must propose the same based on open standards.
763   Page 43, Volume 1, 2.2.3.4      4. SMS tracking and alerts                                 Please specify the formats for interfacing these systems                                                               The bidder must propose the same based on open standards.
764   Page 39, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 1   ATM solution in 1000 locations                             We suppose it is number of ATMs                                                                                        The understanding is correct
                                      It should support different makes of
                                      ATM/CDs i.e. it should be ATM/CD vendor
765   Page 39, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 4   agnostic                                                   Please specify and the formats of the ATMs                                                                             The query has been repeated
766   Page 39, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 1   ATM solution in 1000 locations                             We suppose it is number of ATMs                                                                                        The understanding is correct.
                                      It should support different makes of
                                      ATM/CDs i.e. it should be ATM/CD vendor
767   Page 39, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 4   agnostic                                                   Please specify and the formats of the ATMs                                                                             The query has been repeated by the vendor
768   Page 40, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 9   third party credit cards etc                               Please specify the third-party credit card systems                                                                     The query has been repeated by the vendor

769   Page 40, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 12      It must support different message formats              Please specify the message formats                                                                                     The query has been repeated by the vendor

770   Page 40, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 15      3DES and other technologies available                  Please specify “other technologies”                                                                                    Please refer to clarification given against query number 754
                                          It should generate the reports in desired
771   Page 40, Volume 1 , 2.2.1.2 16      format for reconciliation                              Please specify the format                                                                                              The query has been repeated by the vendor

      Page 182, Violume1 , 7.2.2. ATM Display of animation/scrolling/date and
772   1                               time/greetings by name of the card holder                  This is not a function of the Switch                                                                                   The query has been repeated by the vendor
      Page 183, Violume1 , 7.2.2. ATM
773   6                               Full statements                                            This is not supported by ATMs                                                                                          The query has been repeated by the vendor
                                      Ensure connectivity and online interface
                                      with both owned as well as third-party
      Page 183, Violume1 , 7.2.2. ATM electronic payment solutions (e.g. Payment
774   19                              Gateways                                                   Please specify the payment gateways and third party payment solutions                                                  The query has been repeated by the vendor
                                      It shall generate the un-reconciled report
      Page 185, Violume1 , 7.2.2. ATM in different formats to be uploaded in
775   89                              different systems                                          Please specify the formats                                                                                             The query has been repeated by the vendor
776   Page 43, Volume 1, 2.2.3.1      1. Internet Banking                                        Please specify the formats for interfacing these systems                                                               The query has been repeated by the vendor
                                      2. Phone Banking (IVR)/ Banking through
777   Page 43, Volume 1, 2.2.3.2      call centre                                                Please specify the formats for interfacing these systems                                                               The query has been repeated by the vendor
778   Page 43, Volume 1, 2.2.3.3      3. Mobile Banking                                          Please specify the formats for interfacing these systems                                                               The query has been repeated by the vendor
779   Page 43, Volume 1, 2.2.3.4      4. SMS tracking and alerts                                 Please specify the formats for interfacing these systems                                                               The query has been repeated by the vendor
                                      The response time will be 15 minutes for
                                      all offices and the resolution time will be 2
      Page 100: Point 5.3.2.1         hours for urban POs and 4 hours for rural                  We request the DOP to consider response and resolution time to be four hours in metro/urban centres and 6 hours
780   Maintenance                     POs.                                                       at other centres and for all other items which do not impact the operations of the ATM, two working days.       No change in the requirement

                                          CD should be preloaded with a certified
                                          software agent for software distribution
                                          and EJ pulling operations compatible with
      Page 2767. point 10.3:              iQSD/Radia/SDMS/Infobase agents.
      Electronic Journaling Module        Enclose document to confirm certification
781   (EJ)                                of the agent offered                                   There is no certifying authority for EJ pulling software, we can provide self certification                            The requirement is self explanatory

782   Page 303, Annexure 15, point2:      1 split AC 1 ton                                       We suggest to have 2 AC in each site                                                                                   No change in the requirement

                                          Monthly ATM/CD uptime should be 99%.
                                          “ATM/CD Uptime” is defined as the
                                          monthly average of the time the ATM/CD
                                          is available to customers and are not
783   Page99, 5.3.1 Availability SLR: 1   subject to a Service Interruption.                     We request DOP to change the uptime to 98.5% as per the industry practise                                              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

784                                       Mobile Banking                                  Alok   Request DOP to provide the different technology to be supported in Mobile banking like USSD, SMS BREW, JAVA etc Vendor has to propose the different technologies to be supported

785                                       Mobile Banking & Internet Banking                      Request DOP to clarify would internet banking and Mobile Banking would be integrated to Switch or Core Banking The internet banking and core banking would be integrated to core banking
                                                                                                 Request DOP to clarify would MNREGA disbursement would be through ATM? And is banking looking for Biometric
786                                       MNREGA & ATM                                           ATM?                                                                                                           Please refer to Annexure 9 of volume 1 of the RFP
787                                      Switch: BNA                                     Would the Switch has to support BNA?                                                                                   The same is not a part of the requirement
                                                                                                                                                                                                                UAT setup would be a part of overall solution proposed by the bidder. It is also expected that backup would be
788   2.2.1.2 ATM Switch, 5              UAT setup                                       Where would UAT setup be installed and weather Backup is required for the same?                                        taken for complete environment including UAT.
789   2.2.1.2 ATM Switch, 15             Switch: Active - Active                         IS DOP considering Data center & Disaster Recovery Center in Active-Active or Active-Passive mode                      Active- Active mode is being considered
790   2.2.1.2 ATM Switch, 15             Switch: Remote Key Management                   Please clarify is Remote Key distribution management system being considered                                           Remote key distribution management system is being considered

                                         Reconciliation of cash, providing
                                         accounting related data and reports,
                                         providing and managing round the clock
      Section 2.2.6.3, Page 49 of 317,   integrated help line catering to all services   Please clarify if the Helpdesk is required to DoP's end customers or for internal users of DoP to log calls with the
791   point 4                            including ATM/CDs offered by DOP                service provider                                                                                                       The helpdesk is for internal customers of DoP
                                                                                         Please confirm if scanning solution specifications include:
                                                                                         - Integration to ECMS to enable direct , seamless upload with minimal manual intervention
792   Volume I – FSI RFP , Pg 270        Specifications for scanners                     - Support for QC and indexing                                                                                          Refer clarification given against query no 361

                                         Enterprise Content Management System
                                         (Scanning & Capture Solution)
                                         Insurance : Shall be scanned at all the post
                                         offices (other than the EDOs) across the 22
                                         circles                                         Please confirm if scanning solution is to support:
                                         Banking: 22 CPCs (1 in each circle)             • offline scanning and auto uploading at off peak hours
      Volume I – FSI RFP , Pg 71,        Mail Operations : Logistics Post Centre         • both bulk and web scanning capabilities
793   section 3.1                                                                        • Proposed Capture Solution should support unlimited locations /users /volumes without any restriction                 Refer clarification given against query no 362
                                                                                         Please provide the volume of data to be digitized and scanned from current operations.
                                                                                         Please confirm if any documents/physical information needs to be digitised outside the current Sanchay post and
                                                                                         PLI applications.
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 51,                                                          Are there any documents other than A4 size, if yes please mention other document sizes
794   Section 2.2.7                      Data Digitization and migration                                                                                                                                        Refer Clarification given against query number 229
                                                                                         Please confirm if scope of digitization/ scanning solution includes automatic document quality analysis to ensure
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 51,                                                          correction of aberrations like improper resolution, improper format/ compression, skew, wrong orientation, error
795   Section 2.2.7                      Data Digitization and migration                 in automatic cropping, punch hole marks etc.                                                                           Please refer to scanning specification in Annexure 5 in volume 1 of the RFP.
                                         Workflow Management (WFMS)
                                         Ability to define and control the various
                                         activities associated with business process
                                         like policy creation and issuance, policy       Please confirm scope of workflow system includes:
                                         related approvals, claims servicing, loan       - support to automate graphical modelling of processes for Insurance, Banking and other areas as required.
      Volume I – FSI RFP,Pg 43,          sanctions, etc)                                 - Rule Engine for defining business rules and                                                                          Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
796   Section 2.2.2.1.5                                                                  - DASHBOARDs for monitoring of processes                                                                               RFP
                                                                                         Please confirm if workflow and file monitoring to include:
                                                                                         - File Management, file movement and tracking workflows at central and other head offices
                                                                                         - Whitehall based file movement with support for Green Note sheet

                                                                                         Please confirm if file management tool is to have Support for Hindi and other regional languages

                                                                                         Please confirm if System is to confirm to Manual of office Procedure (MOP from DARPG- Department of
                                                                                         Administrative Reforms And Public Grievances)                                                                          Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
797   Volume I – FSI RFP,Section 3.1     File Management                                                                                                                                                        RFP

                                         Using the current PLI application, the
                                         System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                         wherever applicable for Supply,
                                         Customization / Enhancement, Installation,                                                                                                                             Besides the details mentioned in Annexure - 8 of Volume I of the RFP. Further details about the legacy application
      Volume I                           and Commissioning of insurance                  Please confirm on the level and availability of documentation, source code and support from OEM for the existing       can be obtained during the walkthrough on 24 January 2010. Details of venue and time of the walkthrough will
798   Page 40 of 317                     application(s) as per requirements              PLI application.                                                                                                       be notified to the bidders.

799   Volume 1: 7.13.1.2          Transaction volumes for banking products               Please provide the data of number of accounts as per the type of office                                                Available data has been shared in Annexure 10 of volume 1 of the RFP
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional
800   _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx PRSS Scheme( Pay Roll Savings Scheme)                  Please provide the full details of the this scheme                                                                     Please refer to Annexure 1 of Volume 1 of the RFP
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional                                                                                                                                                                                    Refer to Annexure - 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP for existing and expected functionalities in relation to Agency
801   _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx Agents Module                                          Please provide the full details of this module                                                                         Management System
                                  The data has to be migrated from these
                                  years onwards for various categories of
802   Volume 1: 2.2.7 - 9 / 52    accounts                                               Please provide the estimate of the data size of the history, for which it has to be migrated to CBS                    Available information has been shared in Section 2.2.7 of volume 1 of the RFP

                                         ECMS training for mail, finance & accounts
                                         and HRMS will be given to user champions
803   Volume 1: 2.2.9.1.1.1-2/55         identified for the respective departments.      There no mention of ECMS traing for CBS and PLI                                                                        Refer Section 2.2.9.1.1.1 (Point 5 and 6) of Volume I of the RFP for details

                                         Stage 2: Technical Evaluation – The
                                         technical evaluation has been divided into
                                         two sub stages. Stage A: Functional &
                                         Technology Evaluation – The functional
                                         and technology responses submitted by
                                         the bidders who qualify the ‘Pre
                                         Qualification’ shall be evaluated as per the
                                         evaluation criteria specified in Section
                                         5.1.2.2 and 5.1.2.3. Only those bidders
                                         who score minimum qualifying marks of 80
                                         in the functional evaluation & meet all the
                                         technology requirements shall be
804   Volume 2:3.1-2/16                  evaluated for Stage B                           Minimum qualifying marks to meet the Technology Requiremnts are requested to be relaxed to 80%                         No change in the requirement

                                         Compliant: Evaluated as standard
                                         functionality for banking, insurance and
                                         ECMS
                                         In case of insurance, where the vendor
                                         proposes to use NIC software & the              It is assumed that customised feature would be traeted at par with the standard funcionality for this purpose.
805   Volume 2: Table 4                  requirement is being met by enhancement         Please clarify                                                                                                         No change in the requirement
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional             The system shall be at least capable of
      _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx -      maintaining the following parameters:           The concept of tradibility in SCSS requires clarification / Elaboration as SCSS is neither transferable from one
806   Point 320 / SCS4                   Tradability (yes / no):                         individual to another nor can be pledged / Lien marked. Please clarify                                                 The solution should have he capability to address these issues for future requirements.
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
      _Format_For_Functional
      _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx -      Blacklisted customers, introducer,
807   Point 640 / AM16                   guarantor check                                 Information on Blacklisted customers - will this be made available from the AML system?                                The bidder has to propose the most optimum solution as per the requirements.

                                    Subjective Alerts – These alerts shall be
                                    primarily based on observations made by
                                    the teller, user or any other employee of
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement the PO. The AML system shall allow the PO
      _Format_For_Functional        to parameterized subjective alerts based
      _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx - on requirements and to modify and add
808   Point 651 / AM27              alerts as and when required.                         How are the tellers/users/any other employees of PO expected to capture the observations?                              The bidder has to propose the most optimum solution as per the requirements.
      TECH_3_Compliance_Statement System shall indicate the nature, origin,
      _Format_For_Functional        complete postal residential address,
      _Technology_Evaluation.xlsx - source of transaction & the use of fund in           Can we assume that the nature, origin, source of transaction & the use of fund in circulation & otherwise would be
809   Point 653 / AM29              circulation & otherwise.                             part of the specific event in context of this requirement?                                                             The assumption is correct


                                                                                         Please provide clarifications on following points :
                                                                                         1.Required channels in the Contact Center. Like Inbound voice, outbound voice, email, SMS, Chat.
                                                                                         2.Language options required on the IVR
                                                                                         3.Required mode of caller identification?
                                                                                         4.Mode of caller authentication?
                                                                                         5.Modes of sending alert message and different types of alerts/notifications required
                                                                                         6.The IVR solution is limited to Postal Banking Department and Postal life Insurance department. Please confirm
                                                                                         7.Any requirement to integrate with the legacy systems like Meghdoot and PLI applicatoin? If yes, please elaborate
                                                                                         8.Is there are requirement to integrate with core PLI application?
                                                                                         9..Meghdoot, Indexing application and record tracker is mentioned as supporting application? And thus integration
                                                                                         with Core PLI application will suffice? Please confirm on the understanding.
                                                                                         10.Assumed that IVR application shall integrate with the new CBS only. Please confirm
                                                                                         11.How the prospective customers will be indetified in the system? This will help in generating the unique reference
                                                                                         number on the IVR - Please clarify
                                                                                         12.Can the TPIN be one level of authentication?
                                                                                         13.How are employees identified on IVR?
                                                                                         14.What is the workflow to register the KYC information related to the customer?                                     Call centre/IVR infrastructure is part of CSI scope. However, the functionalities/requirements mentioned in
                                                                                         15.What is the business case for status tracking? Are these complaints?                                              Annexure 1 and 3 of volume 1 of the RFP for call centre/ phone banking would be a part of Banking and Insurance
810   Volume 1                           Phone Banking                                                                                                                                                        application
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Targeted business volumes have been mentioned under Annexure 13 (7.13.2) . It is to be noted that Endowment
811   Volume 1                           Insurance Solution                              What are the projected life insurance new business volumes for the next three to five years?                         business would constitute majority of the new business
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Targeted business volumes have been mentioned under Annexure 13 (7.13.2) . It is to be noted that Endowment
812   Volume 1                           Insurance Solution                              What are the project inforce life insurance new business volumes for the next three to five years?                   business would constitute majority of the new business
813   Volume 1                           Insurance Solution                              What are the number of life insurance policies to be converted to the new system?                                    Refer to Annexure 13 (Section 7.13.2) of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                                                                         When does DoP plan to introduce ULIP or unit linked contracts?
814   Volume 1                           Insurance Solution                                                                                                                                                   This is dependent upon business scenario

                                                                                         Are there any specific service level agreements that are to be met specifically for the life insurance business?
815   Volume 1                           Insurance Solution                                                                                                                                                     Refer Section 5 of Volume I of the RFP
816   Volume 1                           Insurance Solution                              What are the anticipated number of concurrent users specifically for the life insurance business?                      Refer Annexure - 13 (Section 7.13.2) of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                           Is there a preferred rollout strategy between the banking and life insurance side?
                                                                                            - which will occur first within a branch?
                                                                                            - will it be okay to roll out banking to all branches first and then rollout insurance to all branches next or will
                                                                                           banking and insurance be rolled out jointly to each branch?
817   Volume 1                           Insurance Solution                                                                                                                                                        Refer to Section 2.3.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP for details related to implementation timelines
                                                                                           Only Banking or NBFC Companies can enter into Lease transaction. Bidder is IT Company and it will not be able to
                                         Model Lease and Managed Services                  enter into a Leasing Contract. Seek Confirmation from DOP that the Lease Contract will be signed with by DOP with
818   Volume III; Pg. 77, Section 5.3    Agreement to be signed by FSI and DOP.            Financing company and not SI.                                                                                           No change in the requirement

                                         Arbitration is one sided and through Sole         We request that that the Arbitration proceeding shall be conducted by Neutral Arbitrator as per Arbitration and
                                         Arbitrator to be appointed by Secretary           Conciliation Act. Either both parties shall mutually appoint the Sole Arbitrator or each party shall appoint one
819   Volume III; Pg. 67, Section 11.5   (Department of Posts)                             Arbitrator each and both the arbitrators appointed shall appoint the presiding Arbitrator.                              No change in the requirement

                                         Recovery of Sum Dues: RFP provides DOP
                                         right to set off any money due under this         We request that the set off right to DOP shall only be with respect to any money due under this contract only and
820   Volume III; Pg. 30, Section 5.4    contract or any other contract.                   reference of any other contract shall be done away with.                                                                No change in the requirement
                                         Confidentiality obligation survives
                                         termination of agreement but when the
                                         obligation with respect to confidentiality        We request that the Confidentiality Obligation shall cease to exist after three years from the date of termination of
821   Volume III; Pg. 54, Section 10.1   will expire.                                      MSA.                                                                                                                    No change in the requirement

                                         The FSI agrees that such termination
                                         relates to the termination of the Services
                                         and will not include the Exit Management          Exit Management is applicable only if the Services are already being provided. Please confirm that termination due
      Volume III; Pg. 22, Section        Schedule which shall be performed                 to non compliance to condition precedent, which results in termination of agreement before start of services will
822   2.2.2.4                            notwithstanding any termination.                  not attract Exit Management.                                                                                              No change in the requirement
                                                                                           We agree to the step in right and non-payment of charges for affected services by DOP. However bidder shall not
                                         Step in right and payment of differential         be liable for cost and expenses incurred for affected services as bidder is not being paid in the case of step in for the
823   Volume III; Pg. 54, Section 7.7    amount.                                           affected services by DOP, and therefore clause 7.7.6 shall be deleted .                                                   No change in the requirement

                                         Core Banking System - Technical Solution
                                         requirements: Support at least 525
                                         Transactions per Seconds (TPS) and at least       how these tests will be conducted, benchmarked & certified? Bidder suggests that these application tests must be
                                         40,000 concurrent users on the proposed           conducted using load & functional testing tools.
                                         hardware and Solution for banking.
824   Vol 1; Page 69, Section 3.1                                                                                                                                                                                  Based on banking requirements bidder should propose the optimum solution

                                         Postal Life Insurance - Technical Solution
                                         Requirements:
                                         Should support minimum 120 Transactions
                                         per Seconds (TPS) and at least 16,000             how these tests will be conducted, benchmarked & certified? Bidder suggests that these application tests must be
                                         concurrent users on the proposed                  conducted using load & functional testing tools.
                                         hardware and Solution for insurance.
825   Vol 1; Page 69, Section 3.1                                                                                                                                                                                  Based on insurance requirements bidder should propose the optimum solution

                                         Risk based authentication solution
                                         administration: The Solution must provide
                                         easy interface for designing, testing (offline
                                         and online/simulation) and deploying              how these tests will be conducted, benchmarked & certified? Bidder suggests that these application tests must be
                                         customized rules / policies.                      conducted using load & functional testing tools.

826   Vol 1; Page 91, Section 3.4                                                                                                                                                                                  Based on security requirements bidder should propose the optimum solution
                                         Servers offered should be high end
                                         enterprise class and should be with the
                                         latest generation and highest clock speed         Different clock speed support available for different OS platform. We understand that bidder has to quote the
827   RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/7/pg 73          processors at the time of supply                  highest clock speed available for the OS platform quoted. Kindly confirm.                                               Bidder has to quote the highest clock speed available with server OEM at the time of supply.

                                         All applications shall fail over on to High
                                         availability Server in separate partitions. In
                                         case of failure of any Application or Server,
                                         it shall be possible to dynamically move
                                         CPU/Memory/ IO adapter resources from
                                         other partitions to the High Availability
                                         Partition without re-booting the system or
                                         partition

                                      Capacity of High Availability Server shall be
                                      calculated in a such a way that in case of
                                      failure of any single application, it shall be
                                      possible to dynamically allocate same                High End enterprise servers are deployed in Mission critical environment and data integrity is a crucial factor for
                                      amount of CPU/Memory/ IO adapter                     such environment. Considering this, the bidder does not implement share I/O architecture on high end server
                                      resources (as in production) to the HA               although available on low end entry level servers. The clause is restrictive for bidder and only one OEM can meet
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/9/pg 73 & RFP partition                                            this requirement in High End Servers. Request to remove movement of I/O from this clause and all subsequent
828   Vol 1/3.2.1.2/10/pg 73                                                               clause related with production environment.                                                                             Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         Capacity of High Availability Server shall be
                                         calculated in a such a way that in case of
                                         failure of any single application, it shall be
                                         possible to dynamically allocate same
                                         amount of CPU/Memory/ IO adapter
                                         resources (as in production) to the HA
                                         partition

                                         The servers in cluster must be sized to give      The two clause referred will lead to two different sizing. Clause 21 will ensure the full performance in case of server
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/10/pg 73 &       100% load support in case of a failover           failure. We understand that high availability server should be identical to provide 100% load support. Please
829   RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/21/pg 74                                                           confirm also for clarity purpose request to delete clause 10                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'


                                         The database and application tier for all
                                         modules have to be configured on servers
                                         which support partitioning/virtualization
                                         technology. The OS disk for each
                                         environment must be mirrored. Required
                                         consolidation/virtualization licenses should
                                         be proposed for full quoted configuration
                                         for unlimited number of instances.

                                         Servers should be able to provided with OS
                                         and virtualization licenses for the full
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/12/pg 73 &       capacity of the model
830   RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/25/pg 74                                                           Please clarify the virtualization license to be provided for quoted configuration or full capacity of the model.        Please refer to clarification given against query no. 442

                                         Should support a shared everything                Share everything architecture has their own overheads and challenges. Share everything architecture is good to
                                         architecture wherein CPU, Memory and              have in non production environment like development, testing etc. For a mission critical environment like core
                                         I/O can be shared between the different           banking where reliability and availability is of utmost concern. DoP should ask for isolated partitions instead of
                                         partitions, be it virtual partitions or logical   shared architecture for production server/partition. Owing to data integrity concerns, Bidder does not implement
831   RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.2/14/pg 73         partitions                                        I/O sharing. This clause is restrictive. Request you to remove I/O sharing from the clause.                                Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                           Bidder provides latest and state of art passive backplane technology adopted from Nonstop servers for mission
                                                                                           critical environment and does not require Dual I/O and power connector as there is no device to fail. Dual I/O and
                                                                                           power connector is being used for old technology based active backplanes. Request to remove this requirement for
                                         Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum              passive backplane architecture. Most leading blade technology OEMs provide 16 Half Height servers per enclosure.
                                         of 14 Full Height Hot Plug-gable Blade            “14 Full height hot plug blades in a chassis” is specific to one OEM in the industry. The clause in its current version is
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/3/pg      Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as well          restrictive for bidder. Request this clause to be changed to “Blade chassis to accommodate minimum 14 Blade
832   75                                 as Power Connectors for Redundancy.               Servers”                                                                                                                   Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         Redundant Gigabit Layer 2/7 Ethernet
                                         Switch Modules having minimum 4 up-link
                                         Ports. Should enable consolidation of full
                                         Layer 2-7 LAN switching capabilities as well
                                         as Support virtualized network services           Layer 7 functionality in a blade chassis is specific to one switch OEM and restrictive to bidder. Switch in blade
                                         using VLANs, Virtual IPs, Virtual Server          enclosure functions as edge switch and having Layer 7 functionality on edge is not an optimum solution. Layer 7
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/4/pg      Router and Virtual Router Redundancy              functionality can be implemented at core switch. Request to modify the clause as "Redundant Gigabit Layer 2 or
833   75                                 Protocol                                          above Ethernet Switch Modules having minimum 4 up-link Ports".                                                          Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         Redundant Hot-Swap 8GB Fibre Channel
                                         SAN Switch Modules should provide no              Request you to have uplink ports as minimum 4 ports as asked in Ethernet switch. This will provide level playing
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/6/pg      single point of failure. There should be          field to all bidders since bidders providing 16 servers in one chassis owing to superior technology would conversely
834   75                                 min. of 6 External uplink Ports                   be at a loss.                                                                                                           Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         10 Hot-Swap Modules (2 x Dedicated
                                         Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module Slots, 2 x
                                         Dedicated Bridged Module Slots, 2 x
                                         Dedicated Ether Switch/Fiber Channel              Bidder provides 8 Hot swap modules which is more than sufficient for 16 servers (RFP requirement is 14 servers per
                                         Switch Slots & 4 x High-Speed Slots for 10G       chassis). Current requirement is for four interconnect and 100% upgradeability will be provided by the bidder with 8
                                         Ethernet or Infiniband). All modules              modules. Bridge module term is specific to one OEM. Current clause Restricts bidder's participation despite being a
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/8/pg      installed in pairs should be able to support      leader in Blade Server technology both globally and in India. Request to modify clause as "8 Hot-Swap Modules. All
835   75                                 load balancing and fail-over support.             modules installed in pairs should be able to support load balancing and fail-over support.”                          Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                     Chassis should have redundant fans on the
                                     power supplies and should be able to
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/11/pg provide reconfiguration of fans and power             Please clarify what is meant by re-configuration of fans and power supplies. We assume by fans on power supply
836   75                             supplies without manual intervention                  DoP meant fans and power supply. Please confirm                                                                         Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                     Pre-Failure Support for Blades, Blades,
                                     bridge/switch modules, I/O modules,                  Pre-Failure support does not bring in the real benefits for the customer as there are just alert. Request to modify
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/15/pg management modules, power modules,                   the clause as Pre-failure warranty for CPU, RAM and HDD". This will ensure DoP gets the replacement part also well
837   76                             blower modules, media tray                           in advance before the actual part fails.                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
      RFP Vol 1/3.2.1.3/Table7/16/pg                                                      Each OEM has its own methodologies for diagnostic. Request to remove OEM specific terminology “Light Path” as
838   76                             Light Path Diagnostics                               bidder provides more advanced LCD diagnostic tool.                                                                  Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

      Vol 1: :7.5 Details of Branch                                                                                                                                                                              Broad level specification have been mentioned in the Annexure - 5. The same are applicable for flat bed scanners
839   Hardware / Page Number 266         Scanners - Flatbed                               Specifications for Flatbed Scanners not in the RFP . Please provide the same                                           too

      Vol 1: Specification for Scanner
      with ADF/ Page Number 270                                                                                                                                                                                  Incomplete question
                                         Allow user to select one or many pages per
840   1 (VII)                            output file                                      Need more clarity from customer                                                                                        The statement is self explanatory
                                         Allow user to rotate and save image as
841   1 (IX)                             needed                                           Need more clarity                                                                                                      The statement is self explanatory
842   1 (X)                              Date/time stamp image                            Need more clarity                                                                                                      The statement is self explanatory
                                         Allow user configure an area(s) on the
                                         image to be redacted if the one does not
                                         have the proper privilege (ex. PAN will not
843   1(XI)                              be displayed to the public)                      Need more clarity                                                                                                      The statement is self explanatory
                                         It should offer the functionality to rescan.
                                         Rescan image should be able to reconcile
844   1 (XII)                            with the bar code                                Need more clarity from customer                                                                                        The statement is self explanatory
      Vol 1: Indexing / Page Number
845   271                                Indexing should have the experience of
                                         The bidder                                       Are Indexing requirements stated in RFP part of H/W supplier or for SI ?                                               The statement is self explanatory
                                         having implemented core banking
                                         project(s) &/ or an insurance application
                                         implementation project(s) worth INR 100
                                         Crores in India (including hardware,
                                         licences, training, data migration but
                                         excluding maintenance) or implemented
                                         core banking project(s) &/ or insurance
                                         application implementation project(s)
                                         worth US$ 20 Million outside India
                                         (including hardware, licences, training but
                                         excluding maintenance).
                                         The concerned project should have been
                                         awarded or implemented in the last 5
                                         years as on 31st March 2010
                                         The bidder must suffice the above criteria
                                         for either core banking project or
      Volume 2                           insurance application, wherein the partner
      Page No. 32                        of the bidder shall suffice the criteria for
      Section 4.2.1.2                    the other component
      Point No. 9                        The bidder should have experience in end
                                         to end implementation of core banking or
      AND                                insurance application. Experience in             We have been executing core banking projects with a total cost of ownership far lower than other vendors. We are
                                         implementing a part of core banking or           currently in the process of several bids in India and outside that is very large. That said this clause restricts vendors
      Volume 2                           insurance application and TBA (Total             who have very compelling soluitions and have reduced the Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) of its clients to very low
      Page No. 46                        Branch Automation) will not be considered        levels by superior and innovative technologies that are required for mass banking and insurance needs and favours
      Section 5.1.2.4                                                                     vendors who have implemented systems at higher TCOs. Request removal of this clause or reduction of the cutoff
846   Point No. 3                        The bidder or partner of the bidder must         amount of 100 Crores to 50 Crores together in India and outside india combined.                                           No change in the requirement
      Volume 2                           The partner providing ECMS should have
      Page No. 35                        implemented the proposed solution in at          Past Implementations limited to India region seems to be restrictrictive in nature and can deprive the Department
      Section 4.2.1.2                    least 5 PSU banks or insurance companies         of Posts to look at new next generation solutions and technology. We have an interesting offering in this space and
847   Point No. 6                        in India                                         hence would like to include this as part of our response. We therefore request relaxation.                             No change in the requirement

                                         General requirements for Servers,
                                         1. Application and data base servers
                                         should be a RISC/EPIC/X86 architecture
                                         with industry standard 64-bit Operating
                                         System. Application OEM or FSI provide           We feel this clause is restrictive and could favor very few vendors that is not in the best interest of the Client.
      Volume 1                           minimum 2 client references which is             Request relaxation on the number of client references to 1 instead of 2 and additional conditions to demonstrate
      Page No. 72                        running core banking application in at least     scalability. Our CBS is benchmarked for over 25000 current users and we are on the way to benchmark to 50000 in
      Section 3.2.1.1                    1000 branches or minimum 20000                   the next few months. Therefore we do seek your consideration to relax this to get good compelling companies like
848   Point no 1 & 2                     concurrent users on same platform.               Polaris                                                                                                                Please refer to clarification given against query no. 285

                                         Minimum Specifications for database and
                                         application servers
                                         6. Application and data base servers
                                         should be a RISC/EPIC/X-86 with 1.6 GHz or
                                         above with industry standard 64-bit
                                         Operating System. Application OEM or FSI
      Volume 1                           provide minimum 2 client references which
      Page No. 73                        is running core banking application in at
      Section 3.2.1.2                    least 1000 branches or minimum 20000
849   Point No. 6                        concurrent users on same platform.               Request relaxation on the number of client references to 1 instead of 2                                                Please refer to clarification given against query no. 285

                                         2. Department of Posts reserves the right
                                         to place order for supply of the additional
                                         equipment, licences, services and location
                                         during implementation of the project
                                         and/or within twelve months from date of
                                         ‘Go Live’ on the same price list/ negotiated
      Volume 2                           price.
      Page No. 26                        3. ‘Go Live’ is the date when the roll out in    Prices are subject to market conditions and may not remain valid for a period till 12 months post the Go Live date.
      Section No. 3.29                   the pilot branches in completed and sign         However we assure DoP of best available price at any point of time.
850   Point No. 2 & 3                    off obtained from DoP.                           Requesting consideration on the clause.                                                                                No change in the requirement


                                         If the solution or any parts of that in any of
                                         its forms being offered by the bidder has
                                         been supplied / contracted with any
                                         organization, public / private in India, the
                                         bidder is required to give a written
                                         undertaking that the company has not
                                         supplied/is not supplying the similar
                                         systems or subsystems at a price lower
                                         than that offered in the present Bid to any
                                         other Ministry/Department of the
                                         Government of India or any private or
                                         Public Sector organization and if the similar
      Volume 2                           system has been supplied at a lower price
      Page No. 40                        then the details regarding the cost, time of
      Section 4.4.4                      supply and quantities be included as part
851   Point 1                            of the commercial offer                          The clause does not mention the time period.                                                                           No change in the requirement



                                         Subject to the conditions below, the FSI
                                         (“Indemnifying Party”) undertakes to
                                         indemnify the Department of Posts
                                         (“Indemnified Party”) from and against all
                                         losses, claims or damages on account of
                                         bodily injury, death or damage to tangible
                                         personal property arising in favour of any
                                         person, corporation or other entity
                                         (including the Indemnified Party), or
                                         liabilities, losses, damages, costs, claims,
                                         actions, proceedings, judgements,
                                         settlements, expenses or the like, or
                                         breach of any representation or warranties
                                         or any other obligation under this
                                         Agreement attributable to the
      Volume 3                           Indemnifying Party's performance or non-
      Page No 43                         performance under this Agreement, the            The clause has broad connotations and would be onerous on Bidder to accept an indemnity provision which is all
852   Section 7.3.1                      Lease Agreement or the SLA.                      encompassing. Please clarify the term "any other obligation".                                                          No change in the requirement
                                                                                          The expectation is to create a new platform (either Build or a package implementation) to replace PLI/RPLI
      Volume 1                                                                            applications.
      Page No. 41                        8. Entire PLI (including RPLI) data has to be    So shall we assume that the existing PLI/RPLI applications will be replaced/retired after the new Platform is built
853   Point 8                            migrated to the new application.                 and data is migrated                                                                                                   Refer Section 2.2.2 of Volume I of the RFP
      Volume 1
      Page No.42
854   Point 2.2.2.1.2                    Rules Engine                                     What is the rating algorithm/Engine used currently?                                                                    No rating engine is being used at present by PLI
      Volume 1
      Page No. 65
855   Point 5                            Table 5: Timelines                               Given the size and scope of the initiative these timelines are very aggressive . Can we propose alternate timelines?   No change in the requirement
      Volume 1
      Page No. 309                                                                        Does DoP expect the solution to be on a centralized server with Web access or a distributed server model (e.g. one
856   Point 1                            Current system landscape                         for each region) can also be proposed.                                                                             Bidder to propose optimum solution based on the functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP
                                         New Policy Enquiry
                                         45,00,000 (2011)
                                         20,00,000 (2012)

      Volume 1                           New Policy Generation                          The projections are lower for 2012 for these Two parameters. (Less than 50%).
      Page No. 309                       7,50,00,000 (2011)                             Shall we consider the same for solution response or there is any unwanted error/typo.                                    The numbers are correct however realization of business would depend on overall economic conditions in the
857   Point 6                            2,00,00,000 (2012)                                                                                                                                                      country
      Volume 1
      Page No. 51                        Data migration of Postal Banking and
858   Section 2.2.7                      Insurance from existing applications           Are there any closed book transactions? Could you provide the open book and closed book transaction split ?              Available information has been shared in Section 2.2.7 of volume 1 of the RFP
      Volume 1
      Page No. 51                        Data migration of Postal Banking and                                                                                                                                    Bidder must propose the optimum solution based on the functional and technical requirements mentioned in the
859   Section 2.2.7                      Insurance from existing applications           Is it expected that the old schema(s) be maintained?                                                                     RFP
      Volume 1                                                                          Need clarity on the following:
      Page No. 36                                                                       How many versions of the products are available?
860   Section 1.7.1.2                    Postal Life Insurance Schemes                  How many variants are introduced on an average per year                                                                  Refer section 1.7.1.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP for the various product types
      FRS excel sheet Section: PLI row
861   482                                Agency Management                              How many types of channels are envisaged for agency Management?                                                          The same would be decided in future based on the business requirements of PLI
      Volume II – Page no 32 of 522.                                                    There are some differences in the Pre Qualification Criteria given on page no 31 & 59. We understand this to be a
862   Point 8                                                                           typological error and would abide by detailed criteria given on page no 31 of Volume II                                  No change in the requirement



                                         The bidder should have at least 800 people
                                         in the BFSI domain on its permanent rolls
                                         during the last one year as part of software
                                         services group including software
                                         development, architects, project managers,
                                         professional integration experts and
                                         analysts. - Employees from sales and
                                         marketing, HR, Finance and administration
                                         and other corporate functions must not be
                                         counted. The resources should be full time
                                         employees of the SI. Part time/ contractual
      Volume II – Page no 33 of 522.     employees will not be considered as            Statutory auditor primarily certifies financial figures. Would request to consider a letter from the Authorised
863   Point 10                           bidder’s resources                             Signatory to meet the given criteria                                                                                     No change in the requirement

                                         The bidder must have on its roll at least
                                         100 technically qualified professionals in
                                         the area of integration, data center
      Volume II – Page no 33 of 522.     technologies, infrastructure technology,       Statutory auditor primarily certifies financial figures. Would request to consider a letter from the Authorised
864   Point 11                           database solution & security                   Signatory to meet the given criteria                                                                                     No change in the requirement
                                         At least five resources should be ITIL
                                         certified and five resources should be
      Volume II – Page no 33 of 522.     BS7799/ISO 27001 lead Auditor or Lead          Statutory auditor primarily certifies financial figures. Would request to consider a letter from the Authorised
865   Point 11                           Implementer certified                          Signatory to meet the given criteria                                                                                     No change in the requirement

                                                                                        We request DoP to allow atleast 4 people from the bidder's side to attend the pre-bid conference, as the scope of
866   General                            Pre-Bid Conference                             FSI covers multiple areas including, Core Banking, Insurance, ECMS, ATM, Central HW, Branch HW etc.                      No change in the requirement

      Tech_3_Functional requirement System not to accept deposit but allow
      - NSS 87/97CBS - Running Sr No withdrawals/closure( Conditions                    Kindly elaborate on what are the conditions to be kept parameterizable for deposit and withdrawals for these
867   355 - Category No - NSS2       parameterisable).                                  accounts.                                                                                                                Same will be discussed with the FSI in the design phase
                                     As per the features for the SCSS and MIS           Kindly confirm if the deduction is on the principal amount of the deposit or is the penalty on the interest payable
                                     products, it is mentioned that for                 on the deposit.
      Senior Citizens Savings        premature closure of these schemes
      Scheme/MIS Scheme              certain( prescribed) percentage is                 If it is deduction on the principal amount, please confirm if the deducted amount will be retained by the PO and         There are percentage deductions from the principal amount and not from the interest payable. There is no
868   Across pages                   deducted from the deposit.                         paid to the customer at the end of the expiry of the deposit.                                                            provision of retaining any amount as this process will close the account as this is a premature closure.
      Tech_3_Functional
      Requirement                    Transfer of account to banks and vice              Kindly clarify if the accounts from PO will be transferred to any other bank and vice versa and what will be the
869   CBS - PW10                     versa                                              scenario for such transfer of accounts.                                                                                  PPF accounts can be transferred from post office to banks and vice versa

                                         Report for verification of incentive bill -
                                         Provides for Details of Net accretion of
                                         investment in given branch office for
      TECH_3                             verification of bills submitted by Branch
870   CBS_MIS - S. No - 3                Post Master of linked Branch Post offices      Please let us know what is the nature of the report expected here/what is the type of data expected to be captured? Requirement is self explanatory
                                          Register of sanction issued to BOs for
                                         withdrawal exceeding their Power.
                                         Category wise details of sanctions
                                         issued(Payment passed by controlling           Please let us know what is the nature of the report expected here/what is the type of data expected to be captured?
871   TECH_3CBS_MIS - S. No - 13         office) with particulars of sanctions          What is the nature of the report expected here/what is the type of data expected to be captured?                    Requirement is self explanatory
      CBS - Sheet                                                                                                                                                                                           The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and
872   Mobile banking/Alerts              General                                        Please let us know if Bill Desk and Paymate can be integrated as an aggregator for bill pay and ticketing?          the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
      TECH_3
873   Mobile banking/Alerts              General                                        Please let us know, if the bidder can recommend a preferred aggregator for prepaid top-up ?                              Requirement is self explanatory
      TECH_3                                                                            Is there a preferred aggregator for Bus, Rail, Gifts for DoP? If so, please let us know what is the interface protocol
874   Mobile banking/Alerts              General                                        (XML/https)?                                                                                                             Currently DoP does not have any tie up for the mentioned services.
      TECH_3
875   Mobile banking/Alerts              General                                        In Alerts, Please confirm if ‘confirmation’ mean SMS to DoP staff?                                                       Requirement is self explanatory
      TECH_3
      Internet Banking - IB3 - Running
876   S. No - 489                        Value Date Balance                             Could you please explain what are value date balances? Are they similar to clear balances?                               Value date' is an industry standard term and self explanatory.
      TECH_3
      Internet Banking - IB46 -                                                         Does this feature imply the linking of user-accounts maintained within the bank, or user-accounts maintained
877   Running S. No - 532                Link accounts                                  outside in other banks? Please explain this with a use-case.                                                             Linking of accounts pertain to accounts maintained by the customers with DoP
      TECH_3
      Internet Banking - IB55 -          System to provide for integration with
878   Running S. No - 541                customer care centre                           We request you to please explain this requirement to us with a use case?                                                 Requirement is self explanatory

                                         System to define accounting periods, base
      TECH_3                             currency, reporting currency for different     Kindly elaborate on the different entities which are maintained by India post along with different type accounts
879   CBS - GLA4 - Running S. No - 62    entities or within the same entity             maintained in these entities ?                                                                                         Please refer to Section 1 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
      1.3.2                                                                             Please let us know whether the proposed Banking application is to be interfaced with any of these stand alone
880   Page-15                            Stand alone applications-56 nos                applications ?. ( Apart from Sanchay post)                                                                             Please refer to Annexure 1 of Volume 1 of the RFP for interface requirements
                                                                                        As per RFP Section 2.2.6.5 "Coverage of loss of cash-in-transit, cash in Cash Service Provider’s vault, and in the ATM
                                                                                        will
      Vol 1 - 2.2.6.5                                                                   be FSI’s responsibility.", please confirm that whether it is FSI's responsibility to collect the cash from your
881   50                                 ATM/CD Insurance                               designated vault, transport the cash to ATM and deposit / replenish the same in the ATM/CD                             The understanding is correct.

                                         Data migration of Postal Banking and
                                         Insurance from existing applications -
                                         Signatures scans for ~ 4 crore accounts are
                                         available in electronic format. Rest of the
                                         signatures (~ 13 crore) are manual and         We assume that the manual data specified here is only Signatures related to the account holders which need to be
      2.2.7                              need to be digitized. These are available in   scanned and uploaded and there is no other form of manual/physical data to be migrated in scope. Please confirm
882   51                                 ~ 24000 offices (HOs and SOs).                 if our understanding is correct.                                                                                         Details of manual data for different accounts has been shared. Please refer to Section 2.2.7of Volume 1 of the RFP.
      Vol 1 - 2.2.9                      Queries of training duration, capacity,
883   54                                 parallel batches etc.                          Please let us know, how many parallel batches can we run at a time ?                                                     Bidder to propose training strategy as per the requirements mentioned in Section 2.2.9 of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                        To provide the effective-quality training, suggest the following timelines and schedule and request you to consider
                                                                                        the same:
                                                                                        a) User champion training- 20 days required.
                                                                                        b) End user training- 5 days required
                                                                                        c) Audit training- 4 days required
                                                                                        d) Technical training-15 days required
                                                                                        e) Administrative training-30 days required
                                                                                        f) RICT training- 20 days required.

      Vol 1 - 2.2.9                      Queries of training duration, capacity,
884   54                                 parallel batches etc.                                                                                                                                                   No change in the requirement
      4.3
885   94                                 Intermediate help desk                         Please let us know no if there are any minimum number of resources that need to be deployed?                             The same would depend on the solution offered
      4.3                                                                                                                                                                                                        The intermediate helpdesk should be 24X7 for all the solution except for solutions deployed at the post offices.
886   94                                 Intermediate help desk                         The working time of Helpdesk is mentioned as 8:00 to 20:00 hours. Please let us know, if this is for 7 working days.     The support at the post offices is expected for the business hours mentioned.
      4.3                                                                                                                                                                                                        The Bidder has to estimate the same based on the proposed solution as per the requirements as mentioned in the
887   94                                 Intermediate help desk                         Please let is know how many resources, duration, support hours are expected for L2 support.                              RFP.
                                                                                        Please let us know how re-insurance is currently managed. Is it manual or is there an automated system for
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    managing the same. If it is automated, please let us know the details of the same.
888   214                                Reinsurance - General Requirements                                                                                                                                      As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    We request you to kindly let us know what is your business vision as an Re-insurer (Inward)
889   214                                Reinsurance - General Requirements             What is your business vision as a Reinsurer(Inward)?                                                                     As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    Please let us know the scope of operations of DoP as an Inward Reinsurer - would DoP restrict itself only to Indian
890   214                                Reinsurance - General Requirements             insurers? Please clarify                                                                                                 As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    If the scope of operations of Re-insurance is not restricted to Indian insurers, then do you foresee yourself setting
891   214                                Reinsurance - General Requirements             up offices outside India to cater to your global customers?                                                              As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    Please let us know, as a Reinsurer (Inward) would DoP be reinsuring non-life insurance portfolio also or would it be
892   214                                Reinsurance - General Requirements             limited to only Life Insurance.                                                                                          As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
                                                                                        We request you to please give an indication of the volume of reinsurance -`
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    1. At present
893   214                                Reinsurance - General Requirements             2. 3-5 Years from now                                                                                                    As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    We request you to please give us a break-up of volume in terms of Treaty and Facultative?
894   214                                Reinsurance - General Requirements             Can you please provide the break-up of volume in terms of Treaty and Facultative?                                        As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    Please let us know, how many re-insurers companies DoP currently works with.
895   214                                Reinsurance - General Requirements             How many reinsurers do you deal with right now?                                                                          As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    Please let us know, how many re-insurers companies DoP currently works with, in the capacity of a re-insurer.
896   214                               Reinsurance - General Requirements              How many reinsurers do you deal with right now?2                                                                        As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
                                                                                        Please let us know your re-insurance underwriting philosophy and details to help us understand your business
                                                                                        vision better.
      Vol 1 - Annexure 3 - FRS - PLI                                                    Can you throw some light on your Reinsurance Underwriting philosophy to help us understand your business
897   214                               Reinsurance - General Requirements              better?                                                                                                                 As of now there is no reinsurance. However reinsurance functionality is a business requirement of PLI
      Vol 1 - 7.5 Annexure 5: Details                                                                                                                                                                           The branch hardware for banking will be installed in 22 CPCs (1 in each circle). For insurance the scanners, printers
      of Branch hardware                                                                                                                                                                                        and desktops will be installed in ~ 1000 processing centers (includes HO, divisional offices and circle offices). The
898   266                               Annexure 5: Details of Branch hardware          Please give us the distribution of this branch hardware location wise ( Where these have to be supplied)                scanners will be deployed in all HO and SO across 22 circles.
      Vol 2 - 2.2.2                                                                     We request you to please provide the bidders atleast 6 weeks of time from the date of Release of response to
899   11                                Schedule for the bidding process                bidder queries                                                                                                          The update on the same will be notified separately



                                        5.1.2.2 Scoring methodology for functional
                                        & technology requirements - The bidder
                                        should provide a response to each of the
                                        functionalities listed in the functional
                                        requirement specification in terms of
                                        whether the solution proposed by the
                                        bidder is compliant with the functional
                                        requirement or not, if not then how the
                                        bidder plans to comply with the
                                        requirement and in case of a ‘off the shelf’
                                        solution being proposed by the bidder
      Vol 2 - 5.1.2.2                   whether the functionality would be a            Please let us know the weightages, if any for a "Standard Feature" Vs " Customized Feature". How will these two
900   42                                standard feature or a customized feature.       inputs be utilized during evaluation and later.                                                                         The statement is self explanatory

                                                                                        As per page 44 of RFP, the following statement is made "All the requirements have to be met by the bidder (either
                                        All the requirements have to be met by the      as standard or customized feature).". But as per page 45 it says "Only the bidder scoring 80% in the functional
      Vol 2 - 5.1.2.2                   bidder (either as standard or customized        requirement and meeting all the technology requirements shall be evaluated for previous experience, team
901   44                                feature).                                       strength & qualification, approach & methodology and vendor presentation.". Please clarify                              The statement is self explanatory

      Volume – II, Section 7.2.3        RICT Application for Insurance – Functional     We assume that “Off-line” application capabilities are required only for RICT specific 19 requirements, listed in
902   255                               Requirement Specifications:                     Volume I, section 7.14?. Please confirm if our assumption is correct.                                                   Refer to clarification given against query no 111

      Vol 3 - 9. ESCROW                                                                 As per Volume 3.9, we understand that the escrow account will be operated in the event of bankruptcy. Please let
903   53                                ESCROW                                          us know, if there are any other circumstances under which the Escrow will be operated.                                  No change in the requirement

                                                                                        1. "Local switching" is provided by only one specific vendor. As such in a director class san switch with 128 ports, the
                                        SAN switch should be of director class with     switching is required from any to any port and local switching in a specific line card doesn't solve any purpose.
                                        128 ports populated and active. Should          Please remove this
                                        have non-blocking architecture and              2. Most Industry standard switches provide scalability upto 256 ports. We request the max scalability to be
                                        scalable to 192 ports in a single domain        increased to 256 ports.
                                        with 8Gbps full duplex with no over             3. Oversubscription is a feature of the Network. A SAN is a network of servers and storage over fiber channel fabric
                                        subscription with local switching. Two nos.     and oversubscription is a factor of fan-in and fan-out from storage array front end ports. As an example, To achieve
                                        of Fiber channel switch should be provided      NO Oversubscription in a SAN consisting of 128 servers, you will need 128 front end ports on the STORAGE array to
904   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 82     in high availability mode.                      be connected to SAN switch... which is not practical. Please renove this clause                                          Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                        Should support 4 GB FC ports and also
                                        support 1Gig Ethernet ports for remote           Are 1G Ethernet ports required to be quoted for now itself? If yes, please specify how many 1G ethernet ports are      Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'. No. of ports for remote replication shall be proposed by
905   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 83     replication in future.                          required for replication.                                                                                               bidder based on RTO and RPO requirements

                                        Switch should support multiprotocol
                                        architecture such as FC, FICON, FCR, FCIP
                                        and emerging protocol such as Converged
                                        Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) and Fibre               standard protocols supported by SAN switches are FC (Fiber Channel), FCIP( Fc over IP for replication), iSCSI and
906   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 84     Channel over Ethernet (FCoE).                   FCoE ( converged fabric). Please remove FCR…                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                        Switch must support local switching on          "Local switching" is provided by only one specific vendor. As such in a director class san switch with 128 ports, the
                                        port card to provide point to point line rate   switching is required from any to any port and local switching in a specific line card doesn't solve any purpose.
907   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 85     throughput.                                     Please remove this clause.                                                                                              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                        Setting of the port speed to 4Gbps or
                                        8Gbps from the lower speed should not
                                        impact or disable the other ports in the        This clause is redundant and not required as non blocking 8 Gbps ports have been asked for in point number 1
908   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 87     same port blade or port group.                  already. Please remove this.                                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                        There should no single point of failure in
                                        the switch. The SAN switch should provide
                                        Enterprise-class availability features such
                                        as Dual-redundant control processors,
                                        WWN cards, redundant hot-swappable              Please clarify what is meant by "Power supply and fan assembly should have different FRU" and what are WWN
                                        power and cooling subsystems. Power             cards? For High Availability, all director class switches provide redundant processors/supervisors, redundant power
                                        supply and fan assembly should have             supplies and fans. WWN is a terminology used for "Word wide name" which is equivalent to "Mac address" and
909   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 89     different FRU.                                  there is NO separete card for WWN. Please remove this.                                                              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                        Cascading of two SAN switches should be
                                        possible without utilizing the available 192
                                        ports in a single chassis with a maximum        This 512 Gbps LINK referred a Proprietary link which only a specific vendor provides. Please remove this. All ports in
                                        cascaded trunk bandwidth of 512 Gbit/sec        the SAN switch are universal ports and any of these ports can be used for creating "Inter switch links" between two
910   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 94     full duplex.                                    switches for cascading. Requesting you to change the caluse accordingly.                                               Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                     Switch shall support POST and
                                     online/offline diagnostics, including
                                     RAStrace logging, environmental
                                     monitoring, non-disruptive daemon                  Terminologies like RAS trace loggig, non disruptive daemon start and pathinfo etc are again used by a specific
                                     restart, FC ping and Path info (FC                 vendor and we request you to remove this. Industry standard diagnostics include FC Ping, FC Traceroute, SPAN,
911   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 101 traceroute), port mirroring (SPAN port).           RSPAN, SNMP3 and POST.                                                                                                  Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                     Introduction of application blades should
                                     not impact the port throughput or total
                                     available ports in the remaining slots of the      This clause is redundant and not required as non blocking 8 Gbps ports have been asked for in point number 1
912   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 102 switch chassis.                                    already. Please remove this.                                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                     Throughput of the each switch should be            All Indtsry standard SAN switches provide an aggregated bandwidth of > 1 Tbps. Requesting you to amned the
913   Volume II/Page 468/ Clause 103 720 Gbps or more                                   clause accordingly.                                                                                                     Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                                                                        In the event Wipro is engaged by the Customer to use Open Source Software in the Deliverables, Wipro shall use
                                                                                        such Open Source Software as an agent of the Customer, and any open source licensing shall be between Customer
                                                                                        and the open source licensor. The Customer shall be solely responsible for compliance of all terms and conditions
                                                                                        of the applicable Open Source License, including but not limited to any obligation to submit the Open Source
                                                                                        derivatives to the Open Source Community. Wipro shall not retain any rights over the Deliverables created for the
                                                                                        Customer using Open Source Software. Customer agrees that notwithstanding anything contained in this
                                        The Warranty should not be void if DoP          Agreement, Wipro does not provide any warranty or representations on the Deliverables developed using Open
                                        buys any other supplementary                    Source Software. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Wipro from and against any damages, costs,
                                        hardware/software from a certified third        liabilities, or expenses (“Claim”) brought by third party against Wipro to the extent such Claim arises out of Wipro’s
914   Vol I page 92, 41.7               party and installs it with these equipments.    use of the Open Source Software directed by Customer.                                                                  Open source is not part of the requirement. Hence, the query is invalid.



                                        In the event of hardware and software
                                        failing to pass the acceptance test, a period
                                        not exceeding two weeks will be given to
                                        rectify the defects and clear the acceptance
                                        test, failing which DoP reserves the right to
                                        get the corresponding component replaced
                                        by the FSI at no extra cost to DoP or to
                                        cancel the order and recall all the
                                        payments with interest at 15% per annum
                                        from the date of the respective payments        Bidder request deletion of the para :-or to cancel the order and recall all the payments with interest at 15% per
915   Vol I page 106, 6.1.8             till the time of actual receipt of              annum from the date of the respective payments till the time of actual receipt of                                       No change in the requirement
                                        The installation cum acceptance test will be
                                        deemed to be fully and finally accepted by
                                        DoP in the event DoP has not completed
                                        and communicated the results of the
                                        acceptance tests to the FSI within 90 days
                                        of submission of all documents duly
                                        accepted by the various locations of DoP to
916   Vol I page 107 6.1.8              the PMU.                                        Bidder request change in 90 days to 60 days                                                                             No change in the requirement



                                        The bidder shall give the total composite
                                        price inclusive of all levies and taxes, i.e.
                                        customs duty, sales tax/VAT, service tax &
                                        excise, packing, forwarding, freight and
                                        insurance, supply of connectivity solution
                                        and support to Department of Posts but
                                        excluding Octroi / Entry tax, which will be
                                        paid extra as per actuals, wherever
                                        applicable. Any increase in rates of taxes
                                        will be to the account of the bidder. The
                                        basic unit price and all other components
                                        of the price need to be individually
                                        indicated. Prices of incidental services        Bidder request change in the clause:-Any change in tax structure or Statutory amendment subsequent to
917   Vol II page 38 44.1.6             should also be quoted                           submission resulted into any change in taxes ,duties shall be borne by customer                                         No change in the requirement
                                        Prices of incidental services should also be
918   Vol II page 38, 44.1.6            quoted                                          please elaborate                                                                                                        No change in the requirement
                                      It will be the responsibility of the bidder to
                                      obtain import license / custom clearance,
                                      wherever required, on behalf of
                                      Department of Posts. Department of Posts
                                      shall provide assistance and undertaking         Is there any possibility that Wipro Singapore or any other Wipro overseas office bill these material directly to DOP
919   Vol II page 38 44.1.9           wherever required as per the law of Land         and Department of Posts shall provide assistance and undertaking wherever required as per the law of Land                No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Bidder request a sub clause in place of mutually agreed :-Either party may request a change order (“Change Order”)
                                      The prices quoted by the bidder and              in the event of actual or anticipated change(s) to the agreed scope, Services, Deliverables, schedule, or any other
                                      accepted by Department of Posts shall            aspect of the Statement of Work. Bidder will prepare a Change Order reflecting the proposed changes, including
                                      hold good till the completion of the             the impact on the Deliverables, schedule, and fee. Absent a signed Change Order, Bidder shall not be bound to
                                      contract, and no additional claims will be       perform any additional services. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith all Change Order proposals. The
                                      admissible on account of any price               parties further agree that Bidder may undertake and accomplish tasks of a de minimis nature necessary to perform
                                      variation or fluctuation in the market rates,    its obligations under any Statement of Work at no additional cost and without requiring the execution of a Change
920   Vol II page 39 44.1.13          except where mutually agreed                     Order.                                                                                                              No change in the requirement



                                      If the solution or any parts of that in any of
                                      its forms being offered by the bidder has
                                      been supplied / contracted with any
                                      organization, public / private in India, the
                                      bidder is required to give a written
                                      undertaking that the company has not
                                      supplied/is not supplying the similar
                                      systems or subsystems at a price lower
                                      than that offered in the present Bid to any
                                      other Ministry/Department of the
                                      Government of India or any private or
                                      Public Sector organization and if the similar
                                      system has been supplied at a lower price
                                      then the details regarding the cost, time of
                                      supply and quantities be included as part
921   Vol II page 40 4.4.4.1          of the commercial offer                          Request for deleation of this clause                                                                                     No change in the requirement



                                      In case of non disclosure, if it is found at
                                      any stage that the similar system or sub-
                                      system was supplied by the bidder to any
                                      other Ministry/Department of the
                                      Government of India at a lower price, then
                                      that very price, will be applicable to the
                                      present case and, with due allowance for
                                      elapsed time, the difference in the cost
                                      would be refunded to Department of
                                      Posts, if the contract has already been
922   Vol II page 40 4.4.4.2          concluded                                        Request for deleation of this clause                                                                                     No change in the requirement

                                      DoP shall negotiate with Best Value bidder
                                      and in case the cost of L1 is found to be
923   Vol II page 51 5.1.3            high and not acceptable to DoP.                  Request for deleation of this clause                                                                                     No change in the requirement
924   Vol II page 52 5.1.4.3          R is Cost of Capital = 9%                        Bidder request clarification the %age is indicative and may vary in Fin bid                                              No change in the requirement
                                      Department of Posts shall have the right to
                                      annul the award in case there is a delay of
                                      more than 30 days in signing of contract,
                                      for reasons attributable to the successful       Bidder request change in this clause:-Department of Posts shall have the right to annul the award in case there is a
925   Vol II page 54 6.3.2            bidder                                           delay of more than 60 days in signing of contract, for reasons attributable to the successful bidder                     No change in the requirement

                                      Failure of the successful bidder to agree
                                      with the Terms & Conditions of the RFP
                                      shall constitute sufficient grounds for the
                                      annulment of the award, in which event
                                      Department of Posts may award the                Failure of the successful bidder to agree with the Terms & Conditions along with suggested deviations if any of the
                                      contract to the next best value bidder or        RFP shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award, in which event Department of Posts may
926   Vol II page 54 6.4              call for new proposals                           award the contract to the next best value bidder or call for new proposals                                               No change in the requirement

                                      The Project Director, Department of Posts
                                      may at any time terminate this Agreement
                                      due to convenience by providing a [30]           The Project Director, Department of Posts may at any time terminate this Agreement due to convenience by
927   Vol III page 32-MSA 6.2.2.1     days written Notice to the FSI.                  providing a [90] days written Notice to the FSI.                                                                         No change in the requirement
                                      In case of termination of this Agreement
                                      by Department of Posts due to
                                      convenience as per this Clause, the
                                      payments to FSI shall be limited to services
                                      rendered up to the point of termination,         Bidder request change in clause:-In case of termination of this Agreement by Department of Posts due to
                                      Financial Services Central Hardware,             convenience as per this Clause, the payments to FSI shall be limited to services rendered up to the point of
                                      Financial Services Branch Hardware etc           termination, Financial Services Central Hardware, Financial Services Branch Hardware etc delivered up to date of
                                      delivered up to date of termination and          termination and Harware & Software Licences ed ,Allied products procured/Imported for this project & currently in
928   Vol III page 32-MSA 6.2.2.2     the like.                                        transit the like.                                                                                                 No change in the requirement




                                      If the FSI fails to comply with the terms of
                                      this Agreement, the SLA &/ or Lease
                                      Agreement, including the SLRs thereunder,
                                      the Department of Posts shall, without
                                      prejudice to its other remedies available to
                                      it, deduct from the Performance Bank
                                      Guarantee or any payments due to the FSI,        Wipro shall not be liable for any indirect, punitive, consequential or incidental loss, damage, claims, liabilities,
                                      as agreed estimated liquidated damages, a        charges, costs, expense or injury, including, without limitation, loss of use, data, revenue, profits, business
                                      sum as specified in the SLRs for the             interruption, and loss of income or profits, that may arise out of or result from this Agreement, irrespective of
                                      particular product or system or services,        whether it had an advance notice of the possibility of any such damages. Subject to the above and notwithstanding
                                      for each week or part thereof of delay until     anything to the contrary elsewhere contained herein, the maximum aggregate liability of Wipro for all claims under
                                      successful fulfilment of obligation, up to a     or in relation to this Agreement, shall be, regardless of the form of claim(s), the consideration actually received by
                                      maximum deduction, for each contract             Wipro under this Agreement.
                                      year, of 10% (ten percent) of the respective
                                      contract year’s total annual contract value      Wipro’s failure to perform its contractual responsibilities, to perform the services, or to meet agreed service levels
                                      under this Agreement, the SLA and the            shall be excused if and to the extent Wipro’s non-performance is caused by Customer’s omission to act, delay,
929   Vol III page 36-MSA 6.4.1       Lease Agreement (“Liquidated Damages”).          wrongful action, failure to provide inputs, or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement.                  No change in the requirement
                                      Department of Posts reserves its right to
                                      initiate criminal action against the agents/
                                      employees of the FSI for fraud or
                                      misappropriation, besides stringent
                                      penalties. The management of the FSI
                                      would also be made liable for action in
                                      case of fraud, under the applicable laws
                                      and Department of Posts may call for
                                      termination of this Agreement if
                                      Department of Posts, in its sole discretion
                                      finds it necessary to do so. The FSI agrees
                                      that any decision of the Department of
                                      Posts in this respect shall be final and
930   Vol III page 36-MSA 6.5         binding on the FSI.                              This clause is too open and wide,need to have value of stringent penalties .                                             No change in the requirement



                                      Notwithstanding what has been stated
                                      elsewhere in this Agreement, SLA and the
                                      Lease Agreement attached herein, in the
                                      event the FSI is unable to meet the
                                      obligations pursuant to the
                                      implementation of the Pilots, Financial
                                      Services Project, Operations and
                                      Maintenance Services and any related
                                      scope of work as stated in this Agreement,       Bidder request change in the clause:-Notwithstanding what has been stated elsewhere in this Agreement, SLA and
                                      SLA and the Lease Agreement . The Project        the Lease Agreement attached herein, in the event the FSI is unable to meet the obligations pursuant to the
                                      Director, Department of Posts will have the      implementation of the Pilots, Financial Services Project, Operations and Maintenance Services and any related scope
                                      option to invoke the Performance Bank            of work as stated in this Agreement, SLA and the Lease Agreement . The Project Director, Department of Posts will
                                      Guarantee after serving a written notice 15      have the option to invoke the Performance Bank Guarantee after serving a written notice 30 (Thirty) days in
931   Vol III page 39-MSA 7.1.4       (fifteen) days in advance on the FSI.            advance on the FSI.                                                                                                 No change in the requirement
                                      The “Help Desk” shall be configured to
                                      ensure that the personnel attend the call        Bidder request change in clause:-The “Help Desk” shall be configured to ensure that the personnel attend the call
932   Vol III page 41 -MSA 7.2.1.11   from 8.00 hrs to 20.00 hrs.                      from 8.00 hrs to 20.00 hrs.on week days ie Monday-Friday and on Saturday from 8.00 hrs to 16.00 hrs                      No change in the requirement

                                      Department of Posts will ensure that the
                                      faulty Branch Hardware sent by the Post
                                      Offices and designated processing centres
933   Vol III page 41 -MSA 7.2.1.14   is forwarded to the concerned HO or DO.          Hope there is no cost to be Debited to FSI                                                                               No change in the requirement
                                       In the event the Project Director,
                                       Department of Posts identifies any
                                       personnel of SI as key personnel (“Key
                                       Personnel”), then the FSI shall not remove
                                       such Key Personnel without the prior
                                       written consent of the Project Director,
                                       Department of Posts under the applicable
                                       terms of this Agreement, the Lease              Not accapted please delete-under all circumstances FSI is responsible for the delivery of the Project and meeting the
934   Vol III page 57 -MSA 10.2.4      Agreement and/or SLA.                           timelines and SLA                                                                                                     No change in the requirement
                                                                                       Parties agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one year thereafter, DoP will not directly
                                                                                       or indirectly, recruit, hire, employ, engage, or discuss employment with employess or the associates employed by
935                                    Clause to be added                              FSI related to this project.                                                                                          No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Wipro would like to get this clause insertedd:-If the dispute cannot be settled by mutual discussions within the
                                                                                       thirty (30) day period, either party may refer the matter to a panel of three arbitrators. Each party shall choose one
                                                                                       arbitrator, both of whom shall elect the third arbitrator who shall be the presiding arbitrator. The arbitration
                                                                                       proceedings shall be held under the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 or any of its subsequent
936   Vol III page 65-MSA 11.3         As per RFP                                      amendments. The arbitration proceedings shall be in English and the venue of arbitration shall be Delhi, India.        No change in the requirement
                                                                                       Wipro shall not be liable for any indirect, punitive, consequential or incidental loss, damage, claims, liabilities,
                                                                                       charges, costs, expense or injury, including, without limitation, loss of use, data, revenue, profits, business
                                                                                       interruption, and loss of income or profits, that may arise out of or result from this Agreement, irrespective of
                                       The terms of liquidated damages as              whether it had an advance notice of the possibility of any such damages. Subject to the above and notwithstanding
                                       provided for under Clause 6.4 of the MSA        anything to the contrary elsewhere contained herein, the maximum aggregate liability of Wipro for all claims under
                                       shall apply mutatis mutandis to this            or in relation to this Agreement, shall be, regardless of the form of claim(s), the consideration actually received by
937   Vol III page 90-MSA 6.4          Agreement.                                      Wipro under this Agreement.                                                                                            No change in the requirement

                                      Invoices shall be accurate and all
                                      adjustments to or changes in the terms of
                                      payment as stated in the Terms of
                                      Payment Schedule shall be applied to the
                                      next payment invoice. The FSI shall waive
                                      any charge for a Service that is not invoiced
                                      within six months after the end of the
                                      month in which the terms of payment as
                                      stated in the Terms of Payment Schedule          Bidder request deletion of this para:- The FSI shall waive any charge for a Service that is not invoiced within six
                                      relating to such Service are authorised or       months after the end of the month in which the terms of payment as stated in the Terms of Payment Schedule
938   Vol III page 101-MSA section 9 incurred, whichever is later.                     relating to such Service are authorised or incurred, whichever is later.                                                  No change in the requirement
                                      Central Hardware (including Servers,             Bidder request change in payment clause to put more equality:-Central Hardware-Completion of roll out Phase I
939   Vol III page 102-MSA section 10 Storage and Tape Library)as per FIN 2.2          20% ,Completion of Roll out Phase II 20% and completion of Roll out Phase III 20%                                         No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Bidder request change in payment clause:- Supply, Installation and commissioning of branch hardware for Phase 1
940   Vol III page 102-MSA section 10 Branch Hardware Cost                             locations 30% & Supply, Installation and commissioning of branch hardware for Phase 2 locations 20%                       No change in the requirement
                                      Software: License and services cost ( CBS        Bidder request change in payment clause to put more equality:-Central Hardware-Completion of roll out Phase I
941   Vol III page 102-MSA section 10 Application) as per FIN 2.4, 2.5                 25% ,Completion of Roll out Phase II 15%                                                                                  No change in the requirement
                                      Software: License and services cost( PLI
                                      Application, , ECMS Application, Anti
                                      Phishing solution, Role Based
                                      authentication Solution, Database
                                      software for Data Centre Server
                                      Application, Database software for
                                      Disaster Recovery Centre Server
                                      Application, Misc. application as required )     Bidder request change in payment clause to put more equality:-Central Hardware-Completion of roll out Phase I
942   Vol III page 102-MSA section 10 as per FIN 2.4, 2.5                              20% ,Completion of Roll out Phase II 20%                                                                                  No change in the requirement

                                      Software: License and services cost( ATM         Bidder request change in payment clause to put more equality:-Central Hardware-Completion of roll out Phase I
943   Vol III page 102-MSA section 10 Switch Application ) as per FIN 2.4, 2.5         20% ,Completion of Roll out Phase II 20%                                                                                  No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Request to add the clause : Customer hereby agrees to make the site ready as per the agreed specifications, within
                                                                                       the agreed timelines. Customer agrees that Wipro shall not be in any manner be liable for any delay arising out of
                                                                                       Customer's failure to make the site ready within the stipulated period, including but not limited to levy of liquidated
                                                                                       damages for any delay in performance of Services under the terms of this Contract. Further any idle time resulted
944                                    Not mentioned.                                  due to non available of site or infrastructure or data, Customer shall make payment to Wipro for the same.              No change in the requirement
                                                                                       Request to add the clause : All Products/ services rendered hereunder shall be deemed accepted, if Customer does
                                                                                       not provide a written notice of any rejection/confirmation of acceptance or when Customer uses the
                                                                                       Product/deliverable in its business, whichever occurs earlier. In the event of any rejected product/service, Wipro
945                                    Not mentioned.                                  shall be given a 30 day period to correct the same.                                                                     No change in the requirement
                                                                                       Request to add the clause : We request you to consider the fact that title and risk transfer happens on dispatch of
                                                                                       goods from the vendors factory / warehouse as the same has been billed in the name of the customer.               The
                                                                                       bidder / vendor would be liable to take transit insurance till the equipment gets delivered to customers premises.
                                                                                       The vendor / bidder would also take necessary insurance with department as beneficiary till the site gets
946                                    Not mentioned.                                  implemented.                                                                                                            No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Wipro/SP shall have not obligation with respect to any infringement claims to the extent that the infringement claim
                                                                                       arises or results from (1) Inclusion in a deliverable of any infringement content or material provided by customer
                                                                                       /buyer (2) Modification of deliverable by customer/buyer or representative after delivery by Wipro/SP (3)
                                                                                       Operation or use of the deliverable in full or in part in combination with products information,specification
                                                                                       ,instructions ,data or material not provided by wipro/SP (4) use of the deliverable for the purpose for which the
                                                                                       same have not be designed or developed or (5) failure to use correction ,fixed or enhancement made avaiable by
                                                                                       wipro /SP charges towards supply ,installation ,commissioning o integration acceptance and service (other than
947                                    Not mentioned.                                  AMC) etc is included in the cost of the equipment.                                                                   No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Request to add the clause : Request to add the clause : each party (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall defend,
                                                                                       indemnify, and save harmless the other party (the “Indemnified Party”) and its officers and directors, employees,
                                                                                       agents, and representatives from and against any losses, damages, costs, attorneys’ fees, penalties, fees, liabilities,
                                                                                       or expenses (collectively, “Losses”) associated with any third party claim against the Indemnified Party connected
                                                                                       with (i) death, or (ii) injury to persons or property, in each case resulting from the acts or omissions of the
948                                    Not mentioned.                                  Indemnifying Party, its employees, agents or contractors.                                                                 No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Request to add the clause : Request to add the clause : Each party owns, and will continue to own all rights, title
                                                                                       and interests in and to any inventions however embodied, know how, works in any media, software, information,
                                                                                       trade secrets, materials, property or proprietary interest that it owned prior to this Agreement, or that it created or
                                                                                       acquired independently of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement (collectively, “Preexisting Works”). All rights in
949                                    Not mentioned.                                  Preexisting Works not expressly transferred or licensed herein are reserved to the owner.                               No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Request to add the clause : Neither party shall, in any event, regardless of the form of claim, be liable for (1) any
                                                                                       indirect, special, punitive, exemplary, speculative or consequential damages, including, but not limited to, any loss of
                                                                                       use, loss of data, business interruption, and loss of income or profits, irrespective of whether it had an advance
                                                                                       notice of the possibility of any such damages; or (2) damages relating to any claim that arose more than one year
950                                    Not mentioned.                                  before institution of adversarial proceedings thereon.                                                                   No change in the requirement

                                                                                        To be a technology leader (Pg 13/14), DoP wants to offer new products and services. Since the IT solution has to
951   1.3.1                            Offer New Products and Services                 support these new products/services, can you please throw some light onto the vision related with the same.       New products like sweep in accounts and current accounts are planned by the banking division
                                                                                       As part of getting more insight into the DoP operations, Will DoP be looking at a tool that allows real-time
                                                                                       monitoring of entire Banking and Finance operations real-time to identify bottlenecks and manage customer service Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
952   1.2                              To increase visibility into mail operations     at branches?                                                                                                      RFP


                                       Interaction layer: provides customer
                                       interaction with the DoP in a consistent
                                       manner through multiple access channels:
                                       Web, Call Centre, Retail (Post Office, Point-    Page 15, Interaction Layer has two contradictory views: On the one hand it says that the interaction with DoP has
                                       of-sale), Mobile and Enterprise Desktop.        to be in consistent manner, while on the other hand it mentions that each channel will require its own presentation
                                       Each channel will require its own               capabilities. Please clarify whether the interactions is required in a single look & feel manner or each channel would Although each channel has its own presentation capabilities however it should be made consistent to the extent
953   1.3.3                            presentation capabilities to the customer.      interact using its own manner of communication with customer?                                                          possible

                                                                                       Request to add the clause : Request to add the clause : each party (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall defend,
                                                                                       indemnify, and save harmless the other party (the “Indemnified Party”) and its officers and directors, employees,
                                                                                       agents, and representatives from and against any losses, damages, costs, attorneys’ fees, penalties, fees, liabilities,
                                                                                       or expenses (collectively, “Losses”) associated with any third party claim against the Indemnified Party connected
                                                                                       with (i) death, or (ii) injury to persons or property, in each case resulting from the acts or omissions of the
954                                    Not mentioned.                                  Indemnifying Party, its employees, agents or contractors.                                                                 No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Request to add the clause : Request to add the clause : Each party owns, and will continue to own all rights, title
                                                                                       and interests in and to any inventions however embodied, know how, works in any media, software, information,
                                                                                       trade secrets, materials, property or proprietary interest that it owned prior to this Agreement, or that it created or
                                                                                       acquired independently of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement (collectively, “Preexisting Works”). All rights in
955                                    Not mentioned.                                  Preexisting Works not expressly transferred or licensed herein are reserved to the owner.                               No change in the requirement

                                                                                       Request to add the clause : Neither party shall, in any event, regardless of the form of claim, be liable for (1) any
                                                                                       indirect, special, punitive, exemplary, speculative or consequential damages, including, but not limited to, any loss of
                                                                                       use, loss of data, business interruption, and loss of income or profits, irrespective of whether it had an advance
                                                                                       notice of the possibility of any such damages; or (2) damages relating to any claim that arose more than one year
956                                    Not mentioned.                                  before institution of adversarial proceedings thereon.                                                                   No change in the requirement

                                                                                        To be a technology leader (Pg 13/14), DoP wants to offer new products and services. Since the IT solution has to
957                                    Offer New Products and Services                 support these new products/services, can you please throw some light onto the vision related with the same.               Query is repeated

                                                                                        To be a technology leader (Pg 13/14), DoP wants to offer new products and services. Since the IT solution has to
958   1.3.1                            Offer New Products and Services                 support these new products/services, can you please throw some light onto the vision related with the same.       Query is repeated
                                                                                       As part of getting more insight into the DoP operations, Will DoP be looking at a tool that allows real-time
                                                                                       monitoring of entire Banking and Finance operations real-time to identify bottlenecks and manage customer service
959   1.2                              To increase visibility into mail operations     at branches?                                                                                                      Bidder to propose optimum solution based on the functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP
                                          Interaction layer: provides customer
                                          interaction with the DoP in a consistent
                                          manner through multiple access channels:
                                          Web, Call Centre, Retail (Post Office, Point-    Page 15, Interaction Layer has two contradictory views: On the one hand it says that the interaction with DoP has
                                          of-sale), Mobile and Enterprise Desktop.        to be in consistent manner, while on the other hand it mentions that each channel will require its own presentation
                                          Each channel will require its own               capabilities. Please clarify whether the interactions is required in a single look & feel manner or each channel would Although each channel has its own presentation capabilities however it should be made consistent to the extent
960    1.3.3                              presentation capabilities to the customer.      interact using its own manner of communication with customer?                                                          possible

                                          The switch should support web enabled           Page 40 mentions switch’s ability for supporting web-enabled kiosks. Is the support required limited to
961    2.2.1.2                            kiosks                                          authentication, or is the requirement to have the transactional interface mediated through the switch as well?          Can be both.
                                          The system should provide key
                                          management (3DES and other technologies          Page 40 mentions support in switch for key management. Can you please clarify whether the key management
962    2.2.1.2                            available)                                      requirement is for remote key management?                                                                               The bidder can propose the most optimum solution as per the requirement
                                          Online monitoring of ATM/CDs, devices,
                                          processes applications , transactions and        Page 40 mentions online monitoring of devices, processes and transactions. Is real-time monitoring required for all
                                          should be able to give an alert through         of these or real-time monitoring is only required for devices? Transactions can be monitored for fraud, is that what
963    2.2.1.2                            SMS and emails                                  this requirement refers to? Please clarify.                                                                             The requirement is self explanatory and covers all.
                                          It should generate the reports in desired        While installing channels at this scale, typically reconciliation becomes a major cost factor. Should a reconciliation
964    2.2.1.2                            format for reconciliation                       solution be included in the solution design as done by FSI?                                                             The bidder can recommend the same

                                          Must be able to connect with the Rural ICT
                                          Service Delivery Platform via proven
                                          industry standards such as OMA standards         Can it be assumed that all locations (Rural as well as Urban) will have mobile connectivity for development of Rural
965    3.1                                for mobile device communication                 applications?                                                                                                           Refer Section 3.1 (Point - 8) of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                           Are you planning to distribute third party products related to Banking as well? Does the solution need to support
966    1.3.1                              Offer New Products and Services                 third party sales of banking products?                                                                                  Yes the solution should have this capability
                                                                                           ATM reconciliation is in scope as per page 50. Does the reconciliation have to be taken to next level where ATM        Yes, the reconciliation have to be taken to next level where ATM transaction can be tied to other banking
967    2.2.6.4                            Reconciliation of transactions                  transaction can be tied to other banking relationships? E.g. Nostro reconciliation etc.                                 relationships
                                                                                          How many Kiosks the application needs to support? Whether the application needs to support POS terminals? It is
                                          The switch should support web enabled           mentioned in the RFP that the application needs to supports ATM/CDs in 1000 locations. Can we get the break up
968    2.2.1.2                            kiosks                                          for the ATMS and CDs (as CD has lesser functionalities than an ATM)                                                     Currently only CDs are planned. Refer Annexure 9 for specifications.

                                          The solution should provide complete card       How many debit cards, prepaid cards will be issued? What is the transaction volume per day for debit cards,
                                          management system to handle debit cards,        prepaid cards and third party credit cards. Also let us know the growth rate for card issuance and transaction          These cards will be issued by DoP in the future. The Bidder should make assumptions for transaction volumes to
969    2.2.1.2                            prepaid cards, third party credit cards etc     volume.                                                                                                                 propose the most optimum solution

970    2.2.1.2                            It must support different message formats.      Please give us the list of message format, the application needs to support.                                            Please refer to clarification number 753
                                          Coupon, Stamp, ticket dispensing must be
971    7.2.2                              supported.                                      Please elaborate the requirement of coupon, Stamp and ticket dispensing requirement.                                    This is a future requirement which cannot be elaborated as of now.
                                          Distribution of transaction load among
972    7.2.2                              different HOSTs.                                Please elaborate the transaction load sharing requirement                                                               The requirement is self explanatory and a common ATM switch requirement
                                          Ensure connectivity and online interface
                                          with both owned as well as third-party
                                          electronic payment solutions (e.g. Payment
973    7.2.2                              Gateways).                                      Please give the number of interfaces required                                                                           Please refer to Annexure 1 of Volume 1 of the RFP for interface requirements
                                          The switch should support web enabled           What functionalities would need to be provided by the kiosk? Are kiosks included in the number of 1000 specified
974    2.2.1.2                            kiosks                                          for ATM/CD?                                                                                                             Kiosks are not planned in the current project

                                                                                          Please clarify if you are using ATM and CD terminology interchangeably? Usually CD only dispenses cash, while ATM
975    2.2.3.1                            ATM/CD (Channel to be supported)                has other functionalities as well, such as accepting service requests, fund transfer, mini statement etc.         All the functionalities mentioned in Annexure 9 in volume 1 of the RFP should be met
976    2.2.3.1                            ATM/CD (Channel to be supported)                Please clarify if physical security in the form of human guards is expected for ATM installations                 Providing the same is not in scope of the RFP
977    2.2.1.2                                                                                                                                                                                              Incomplete question
                                          Biometric data capturing on ATM/CD
                                          (System should have the capability to           Please clarify that the ATM/CD need not have the biometric data capture capability now, as long as it can be
978    2.2.6.1                            upgrade in future)                              upgraded in the future                                                                                                  The understanding is correct.
                                          Additional Transactions which the ATM/CD        Please clarify if these functions will be required in the ATM/CD or a web enabled kiosk? As the transactions
979    2.2.6.1                            should be capable of:                           mentioned are time intensive, it can lead to long queues and frustrated customers                                       Kiosks are not planned in the current project
                                          Coupon, Stamp, ticket dispensing must be        Assumption is that pre-printed coupons, stamps and tickets need not be dispensed. Coupons, stamps and tickets
980    7.2.2                              supported.                                      will be dispensed on paper through the thermal printer attached to the ATM                                              The bidder can propose the most optimum solution as per the requirement

                                                                                          No technical requirements have been given for Mobile Banking. Any preference on whether it should be based on
                                                                                          SMS, USSD, STK, J2ME, iPhone or Android technologies? Anything other than SMS, USSD and STK would typically             The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and
981    2.2.3.1                            Mobile Banking                                  need the mobile to have a GPRS connection, which may not be available with the rural customers                          the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.

982    501, IB15                          Earmark (amount and expiry date)                Is this an inquiry or the ability in Internet Banking to earmark funds specifying an amount and expiry date?            This is an inquiry
                                                                                           Since customer service is also a by-product of right staffing at operational level, will work force management need
983    General                                                                            to be a part of the solution proposed?                                                                                  Not part of the scope of the RFP

                                                                                           One of the vendors that we work with has an innovative solution related with Financial Inclusion. However, given
                                                                                          relative newness of Financial Inclusion technology – the vendor hasn’t been a profitable company for more than
984    General                                                                            five years. Also, the company isn’t registered for five years. Can an exception on partner in this front be considered? No change in the requirement

                                          Using the current PLI application, the
                                          System Integrator shall utilize the same
                                          wherever applicable for Supply,                  Pt 2 of sec 2.1 (FSI_RFP_Volume_I) mentions “Using the current PLI application, the System Integrator shall utilize
                                          Customization / Enhancement, Installation,      the same wherever applicable for Supply, Customization / Enhancement, Installation, and Commissioning of
                                          and Commissioning of insurance                  insurance application(s) as per requirements”. Pls clarify whether the Core PLI application needs to / can be
985    2.1                                application(s) as per requirements              replaced. What is intended by the phrase...” Using the current PLI application,….”                                      The scope mentioned under section 2.2.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP is self explanatory in nature
                                                                                          Would the RPLI client application be separate from other Mobile solutions, or would these need to be UNIFIED in a
986    General                                                                            common client application                                                                                               Refer Section 2.2.2 (Point 7) of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                           For the RPLI client application, do we expect it to work in a Networked Environment (over GPRS/CDMA, etc) or
987    General                                                                            would it need to work in an OFFLINE mode                                                                                Refer to Section 3.1 (point 8) of Volume I of the RFP
988    General                                                                             Is there a need for any Actuarial System                                                                               Refer to Annexure - 3 of Volume I of the RFP

                                                                                          Since they are into Third Party Insurance Product distribution, Is there any system needed for supporting third
                                                                                          party distribution for Insurance Products (ICICI Prudential, Oriental Insurance, etc)…like Quote Management
989    General                                                                            System, Sales Tracking, Renewals tracking, Commission tracking application, etc                                         This is outside the scope of the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  1. Please refer to section 3.4 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2. Identity and Access Management including single sign on is in scope of CSI. However, it is expected that FSI will
990    General                                                                            Is Single sign-on expected for Multiple Core Applications like PLI, CBS, etc                                            provide integration support.
991    FSI RFP Volume I, Section 7        Point No 16                                     What is Biometric auth during System Integration?                                                                       Requirement is self explanatory
992    FSI RFP Volume I, Section 7        Point No 115                                    Does On Line mean thru Intrnet Banking or Real Time transfer ?                                                          It means real time transfer.
993    FSI RFP Volume I, Section 7        Point No 312                                    What is meant by Extension with or without Deposit?                                                                     RD accounts tenure can be extended by additional 5 years with or without deposit
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  1. Please refer to section 3.4 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2. Identity and Access Management including single sign on is in scope of CSI. However, it is expected that FSI will
994    FSI RFP Volume I, Section 7        Point No 316                                    Pl explain Permisibille Limit Date of Maturity?                                                                         provide integration support.
       FSI RFP Volume II, 4.2.1.2,Table   Copy of duly certified statement from
995    2, S.No. 4                         statutory auditor of the bidder                 We request DoP, to allow us, to submit our Audited Balance Sheets                                                       No Change (By statement it is meant as duly audited balance sheet)

                                          The bidder should have at least 800 people
                                          in the BFSI domain on its permanent rolls
                                          during the last one year as part of software
                                          services group including software
                                          development, architects, project managers,
                                          professional integration experts and
                                          analysts.
                                          Employees from sales and marketing, HR,
                                          Finance and administration and other
                                          corporate functions must not be counted.
                                          The resources should be full time
                                          employees of the bidder. Part time/
       FSI RFP Volume II, 4.2.1.2,Table   contractual employees will not be
996    2, S No 10                         considered as bidder’s resources                We request DoP, to allow us, to give the certificate signed by Authorized Signatory/Company Secretary                   No change in the requirement


                                        a) The bidder must have on its roll at least
                                        100 technically qualified professionals in
                                        the area of integration, data center
                                        technologies, infrastructure technology,
                                        database solution & security
                                        b) At least five resources should be ITIL
                                        certified and five resources should be
       FSI RFP Volume II, 4.2.1.2,Table BS7799/ISO 27001 lead Auditor or Lead
997    2, S No 11                       Implementer certified                             We request DoP, to allow us, to give the certificate signed by Authorized Signatory/Company Secretary                   No change in the requirement
                                        The system should be capable of
                                        electronically storing the scanned copies of
       FSI RFP Volume I - ECMS          signatures on
       requirements pertaining to Mail the Proof of Delivery for a period of 18           Can we assume that after 18 months scanned copies of signatures on Proof of Delivery needs to be removed from
998    Operations Pt 146                months                                            the repository?                                                                                                         Yes, the same can be assumed
                                        Last five years Annual Performance
                                        Appraisal Report (APAR) for current Group
                                        A and B
                                        employees shall be scanned and
                                        maintained in the application. Such soft
       FSI RFP Volume I - HR - Annual copies should be
       Performance Appraisal Report auto tagged and stored with the Employee              Do the reports need to be tagged by the system after scanning and storing in ECM or tagging needs to be applied         The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and
999    Pt 165                           Id                                                during the scanning process?                                                                                            the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
       FSI RFP Volume I - ECMS
       requirements for banking Pt      System shall support barcode and
1000   190                              checkbox recognition                              Will there be a customized bar code for the application or the existing bar codes like 3of9 will be used?               The solution should support standard bar codes defined by DoP
                                        The WFMS will enable rule-based
                                        workflow and allow an administrator to
                                        create rules which will dictate the flow of      1. How many type of business process need to automate for PLI application?
                                        information throughout PLI and create            2. What is the different business rules applied to each process?
                                        tasks for different verticals within PLI         3. What will be the user interface for initiating these processes?
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 43 Point progressively as and when they are               4. What are the various initiation channels for each business process?
1001   1 (Section:2.2.2.1.5)            completed.                                                                                                                                                            The details will be shared with the successful bidder at design phase

                                                                                         1. How will you define the workload and what is the threshold of the workload? Please detail it out.
                                        Event notification to notify employees and       2. What will be the mode of notification (Email/Report with Highlighted records/SMS alert) do you want?
                                        management when certain milestones               3. What are the various types of notification like escalations/reminders/arrival alerts? Please mention for each
                                        occur, ex. When workload increases, policy       process and who will be the recipient in each notification of business case?
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 43 Point is due for maturity, policy renewal notice,      4. Please detail out the events on which notification has to be sent.
1002   4 (Section:2.2.2.1.5)            policy lapse notice etc                                                                                                                                               The details will be shared with the successful bidder at design phase
                                        Tracking and logging of activities to
                                        monitor start and completion times,
                                        person(s) assigned to the task and key           1. Please mention key status fields for each process?
                                        status fields. This information should later     2. What is the volume of business case created per day?
                                        be used to analyse the process or to             3. What is the period to generate such reports and concurrent users for that?
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 43 Point provide evidence that certain tasks were in      4. What is the purging or maintenance plan for such logs? Please mention for each business case?
1003   5 (Section:2.2.2.1.5)            fact completed.                                                                                                                                                       The details will be shared with the successful bidder at design phase

                                        Administration and security to facilitate
                                        identifying and changing employees
                                        privileges as well as to administer routine
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 43 Point tasks associated with any application (e.g.,
1004   6 (Section:2.2.2.1.5)            file back-ups, archiving of logs)                Please mention more on file back-up and archiving of logs.                                                           Requirement is self explanatory
                                                                                         1. What will be the user interface in such case? Is it any report?
                                                                                         2. What is the logic to calculate anticipated workload and do you want to be calculated on rendering a page or after
                                                                                         on clicking on an event after rendering the page?
                                        Work lists to allow each employee to             3. Please clarify on phrase: “The system should analyse where jobs are in the workflow and how long each step
                                        quickly identify their current tasks along       should take, and then estimate when various tasks will reach an individual’s desk”.
                                        with such things as due date, goals,             • What will be the filter criteria to do such analysis?
                                        priority, along with anticipated workloads.      • Do you need this for current jobs assigned to user or upcoming jobs from his subordinates?
                                        The system should analyse where jobs are         • Who will be the user interface and end user to analyse such system report?
                                        in the workflow and how long each step           • Do you have some predefined time for each step? If yes, please mention how do you want to notify for such time
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 43 Point should take, and then estimate when              expiration?
1005   7 (Section:2.2.2.1.5)            various tasks will reach an individual’s desk                                                                                                                         1.The details of workflow shall be defined at detailed design phase

                                        The application must provide DoP with the
                                        opportunity to measure and analyse the
                                        execution of the process so that
                                        continuous improvements can be made.
                                        Such improvements may be short-term
                                        (e.g. reallocation of tasks to better balance
                                        the workload at any point in time) or long-      Please clarify below points for short term improvements: "Who will be authorized to do reallocation of a task for
                                        term (e.g. Re defining portions of the           each business case?", "How do you want access to these tasks for reallocating authority personnel?"
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 43 Point workflow process to avoid bottlenecks in         Long term improvements can be done for new processes only not for old one executed processes.
1006   8 (Section:2.2.2.1.5)            the future).                                                                                                                                                          Bidder to propose optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP

                                         The product must be able to support event-      Please mention:
                                         based processing and ability to remotely        1. What are the different events to initiate a workflow launch?
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 70, Point initiate workflow processes to update or        2. What are these external systems and what is the mode of retrieval of updated data from workflow process?
1007   62(Solution Requirements)         retrieve data from external systems                                                                                                                                  1.The details of workflow shall be defined at detailed design phase

                                           System to define authorization workflows
                                           for any type of transaction based upon
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 110,        user defined parameters e.g. amounts,
1008   Point 20(FRS)                       types of transactions, customer, PO.          Please detail it out this point.                                                                                     Requirement is self explanatory

       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 110,        System to define and allow multiples of
1009   Point 30(FRS)                       deposit for various schemes (parametrical)    Please clarify business more on this point.                                                                          Please refer to Section 1.7.1.1 of Volume 1 of the RFP.
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 110,        System to allow for court attachment of
1010   Point 32(FRS)                       accounts and confiscation by RBI etc          How many Users for General ledger Accounting for Banking PO/ SPO and GDS                                             The available data is provided in annexure 13 of Volume 1 of the current RFP.
                                           47) System to generate a Group ID for
                                           various groups of customers, including
                                           individuals and special accounts.
                                           48) System to allow De-Duplication check
                                           facility based on defined fields like Name,
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 110,        Address, PAN Number and
1011   Point 47,48(FRS)                    Telephone/mobile Number.                      Is customer registration a workflow process?If yes what is the user interface for the same?                          The process would depend on the solution proposed by the bidder
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 39,
1012   (Scope of work - CBS)               CBS                                           Do we require workflow management system CBS or WFMS is required only for PLI application? Please clarify.           Work Flow Management System is required for PLI only
                                           Through integration with rules engine. The
                                           system must verify the need of manual
       FSI RFP Volume I - Page 200,        intervention based on product wise UW                                                                                                                              Underwriting guidelines cannot be shared at this stage. The same shall be shared with the successful bidder at
1013   Point 82                            Guidelines                                    Please detail this rule with product wise UW guidelines.                                                             project implementation stage
       FSI RFP Volume I - Training         Training Requirement for Insurance            Is there any separate application enviornment provided for end user trainings in terms of 'Rules Engine', 'WFMS'
1014   Requirement                         solution module                               trainings etc or will you use same production enviornment for such trainings?                                        Production environment cannot be used for training purpose

       FSI RFP Volume I - User             ECMS training for mail, finance & accounts
       Champion Training (Section:         and HRMS will be given to user champions      1. What are the training requirements - Online, Classroom, Self paced learning documents?
1015   2.2.9.1.1.1)                        identified for the respective departments.    2. How many users need to be trained and the locations where training sessions need to be held                       Requirements have been mentioned in Section 2.2.9.2. of Volume I of the RFP
                                                                                         1. what is the volume of data do you envisage that we would need to migrate fro each application?
                                                                                         2. Is this all electronic data or these are existing paper forms which need to be scanned                            1. Refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume I of the RFP for the available data
       FSI RFP Volume I - Section 2.2.7, Data migration of Postal Banking and            3. Existing data/documents/content fall in scope? What is the current setup like for content management for          2. Refer Annexure - 8 of Volume I of the RFP for current PLI application details.
1016   Page 51                           Insurance from existing applications            Banking, Insurance and others like HRMS, Mail operations, etc                                                        3. Refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume I
                                                                                         1. How many retention policies if any (for Records management) are expected?
                                                                                         2. Are Purging policies too to be established and implemented?
                                                                                         3. There is a mention of document retention for life time. Details of compliance for records management are to be    Record management of physical records is not in scope of this RFP.
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.4.5     The documents in ECMS for HR shall be              given for various lines of business.                                                                                 The data in ECMS is required to be maintained for the tenure of the employee within the organisation and also as
1017   Human Resources, Page 47, Pt 5 required to be retained for the entire life        4. What is the lifecycle for all types of contents stored for all modules of this solution                           per Govt of India Rules
                                                                                         1. How many retention policies if any (for Records management) are expected?
                                                                                         2. Are Purging policies too to be established and implemented?
                                                                                         3. There is a mention of document retention for life time. Details of compliance for records management are to be    Record management of physical records is not in scope of this RFP.
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.4.2          The data for banking shall be required to     given for various lines of business.                                                                                 The data in ECMS for banking is required to be maintained as per standard RBI/AML norms
1018   Banking, Page 46, Pt 3              be retained as per the banking norms          4. What is the lifecycle for all types of contents stored for all modules of this solution                           Refer to 'Table C: Data Retention Policy' for overall data retention in relation to banking application

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Record management of physical records is not in scope of this RFP.

                                                                                         1. How many retention policies if any (for Records management) are expected?                                         The data in ECMS shall be required to be retained for the entire life of the policy in case of PLI/ RPLI
                                                                                         2. Are Purging policies too to be established and implemented?
                                                                                         3. There is a mention of document retention for life time. Details of compliance for records management are to be    The data in ECMS should be retained until the respective data in the PAS/ Core Insurance System is available.
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.4.1       The data in ECMS shall be required to be         given for various lines of business.
1019   Insurance, Page 45               retained for the entire life.                    4. What is the lifecycle for all types of contents stored for all modules of this solution                           Refer 'Table C: Data Retention Policy' for overall data retention in relation to insurance application
                                        FSI will provide ECMS solution for all
                                        applications including CSI and RSI
       FSI RFP Volume I - b) Enterprise applications. CSI and RSI will be dependent
       Content Management System        on FSI for integrating their applications        How many apps/external tools/third party tools would require to integrate the content system? Also add the ERP
1020   (ECMS), Page 29                  with ECMS                                        system details                                                                                                       Refer Section 2.2.4 (point 2) of volume 1 in the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                              The processes which would utilize WFMS are as follows:
                                                                                                                                                                                                              1. Policy creation and issuance
                                                                                                                                                                                                              2. Underwriting
                                           Ability to define and control the various                                                                                                                          3. Policy servicing
                                           activities associated with its business       1. Details of business processes are to be given in full. Rules details are to be given.                             4. Claims
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.2.1.5        process like policy creation and issuance,    2. How many business processes do we estimate to have? What is the complexity of the same? Will these business       5. Loans
       Workflow Management                 policy related approvals, claims servicing,   processes change frequently?                                                                                         6. Lead management
1021   (WFMS), Page 43                     loan sanctions, sales and marketing, etc                                                                                                                           7. Agency Management system

                                           The storage requirements for insurance
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.4.1          would be ~ 15 Tera bytes with an average
1022   Insurance, Page 45                  growth of 5% on an annual basis               What is the volume(on average on a normal business day) of content expected to enter the content system              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                           The storage requirements for banking
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.4.2          would be ~620 GB with an average annual
1023   Banking, Page 45 - 46               growth rate of 5%                             What is the volume(on average on a normal business day) of content expected to enter the content system              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                           The storage requirements for mail shall be
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.4.3 Mail     ~ 2 Tera bytes with an average annual
1024   Operations, Page 46                 growth rate of 20%.                           What is the volume(on average on a normal business day) of content expected to enter the content system              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.4.4          The approximate data storage
       Finance & Accounts, Page 46 -       requirements would be ~ 1 Tera Bytes with
1025   47                                  an annual growth rate of 10%.                 What is the volume(on average on a normal business day) of content expected to enter the content system              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.2.4.5
1026   Human Resources, Page 47            The storage requirements shall be ~190 GB     What is the volume(on average on a normal business day) of content expected to enter the content system              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
       FSI RFP Volume I - Section:2.2.7,   Data migration of Postal Banking and                                                                                                                               1. Insurance data is available in electronic form and content is in hard copies
1027   Page 51                             Insurance from existing applications          How is content currently managed?                                                                                    2. Refer to Section 2.2.7 of Volume I of the RFP for volumetric details for banking
       FSI RFP Volume I - ECMS -
       Technical Solution                  The ECMS solution must be able to publish
1028   Requirements, Page 71 Pt 71         documents to a Web server                     Kindly provide further details                                                                                       The CMS system should be capable of web publishing functionality
                                           The solution will have to undergo a
                                           comprehensive testing that shall include                                                                                                                           1. Performance benchmark SLAs for user response have been given. ECMS response time combined with the
                                           Unit Testing, System Testing, Integration     1. What are the performance benchmarks for the ECMS system?                                                          response time of other applications should match the required SLAs.
       FSI RFP Volume I - 2.3.1.3          Testing, Performance Testing, and Load &      2. Average no. of users of the content system(on a normal business day)?                                             2.The available details for banking and insurance users for ECMS is given in section 2.2.4 of volume 1 of the RFP. In
1029   Solution Testing Page 64            Stress testing etc.                                                                                                                                                addition to this, ~15,000 ECMS users are expected for applications under CSI scope such as F&A, HRMS etc.
                                       The Content Server should support
                                       searching across multiple
                                       servers/document databases. It solution
                                       should allow searches to be performed            1. What is the indexing requirement like(depends on the search functionality).
                                       against third-party content                      2. Is search required only on active documents(not archived docs) or archived documents or both?                         1. Full text along with some key metadata elements should be indexed.
       FSI RFP Volume I - ECMS -       stores/repositories and must support             3. What is the nature of search(simple search using few attributes, complex search with multiple attributes with         2. Both preferable
       Technical Solution              search for files, folders on Index               complex sorting/grouping requirements?                                                                                   3. Complex search with sorting, grouping requirements
1030   Requirements, Page 71 Pt 70     attribute/Metadata and Full Text                 4.What is the average no. of users who would search for documents/content system?                                        4. User matrix already given

       FSI RFP Volume I - ECMS -       The ECMS solution must provide ACL
       Technical Solution              objects and a security model that can be         Enterprises's LDAP will be leveraged for the security model around the ECM & BPM system. User/group based                Please refer Section 3.4 S.No 1.2 of Volume II of RFP. Enterprise Wide Identity Management and Enterprise-wide
1031   Requirements, Page 71 Pt 74     configured for enforcement of user rights        security model will be established. Will there be any deviation from what is said here?                                  Single Sign-on is part of CSI RFP however the solution proposed by FSI must cater to the requirement mentioned
       FSI RFP Volume I - ECMS -       The solution should have the option to be
       Technical Solution              configured to generate audit-trails in and
1032   Requirements, Page 71 Pt 73     detailed auditing reports                        Provide details of any type of report to be generated from ECMS                                                          Refer Annexure - 4 of Volume I of the RFP
       Volume 1 (WFMS for Insurance
1033   Module)                         WFMS for Insurance module                        How many Users for workflow processes?                                                                                   Please refer to clarification given against query number 655
       Volume 1 (Solution
1034   Requirement)                    Rules Engine                                     Please clarify: What type of rules engine do you need?                                                                   Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume I of the RFP
                                       Must have editable indexed catalog/
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement     inventory of product wise clauses (i.e.
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn    Terms and conditions) which should be
       ology_Evaluation Document ,     capable of being printed on issuance of a        Is this to be stored in ECM system? This sounds like a database entry and not document management. Please help           This would be stored in ECM system. Other than database tables which may be required, information around
1035   ECMS FRS Tab, Sr No 1           policy                                           us understand this.                                                                                                      products also includes documents, metadata as well as taxonomy. This is not just a database entry.

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement Must have auditing capability for every
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn stage of the business process (including
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  the time taken for completion of every              Time will be captured only if there is human intervention at a particular step in the workflow. If there is an
1036   ECMS FRS Tab, Sr No 2        activity of the business process)                   automated/system step, do we still need time to be captured?                                                             Time is required to be captured

                                    Must provide the functionality to exhibit
                                    the proposal and supporting documents to
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement the proposal entry and policy creation
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn personnel to enter the relevant data in the
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  Core Insurance System to create a policy in         Is this to be stored in ECM system? This sounds like a database entry and not document management. Please help           This would be stored in ECM system. Other than database tables which may be required, information around
1037   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 4         the Core Insurance System                           us understand this.                                                                                                      products also includes documents, metadata as well as taxonomy. This is not just a database entry.

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn Must enable tagging of policy (soft copy)           we can store the policy in the ECM system and provide a link to the same to some other external system that might
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  to the unique Customer ID and exhibit the           require. Tagging and exibiting on external system will not be part of ECMS functionality. Is our understanding right? Self explanatory. Bidder to propose optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned
1038   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 5         same on Web Portal                                  Please clarify.                                                                                                       in the RFP

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  Must support functionalities for                    Is this to be done once the documents are created in the ECMS or at the time of scanning/indexing? Please provide
1039   ECMS FRS Tab, Sr No 8        deskewing, cropping and smoothing                   clarification.                                                                                                           This will be required to be done at the time of scanning and indexing

                                    Must support ability to upload proposals
                                    and other supporting documents (like Date
                                    of birth proof, Address proof, Identify
                                    proof, financial statements (if any),
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement medical records (if any), copy of premium
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn collection instruement like cheque, DD, ECS
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  form) through the web portal (role based
1040   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 11        access only)                                        This is another channel through which documents could enter the ECMS. Correct?                                           The understanding as regards the channel is correct

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn                                                     we need more clarity around this. What is the business need/purpose of publishing documents in the ECMS system
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  The system must support publishing of               to an external system(web portal here). With more information around this, we might be in a position to propose
1041   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 13        static content to the web portal                    alternative ways to achieve the same.                                                                           The CMS system should be capable of web publishing functionality

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement     Ability to restrict different levels of access
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn    to the documents to the users, depending         (role based access to documents/content in the ECMS right?) Is there any other security model that is required? Ex.
       ology_Evaluation Document ,     on their profiles and the functionalities        How will users coming in from external application, third party agents etc access ECMS system and what should be
1042   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 16           assigned to the users                            the level of access that should be granted to them.                                                                      Bidder to propose optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn Must generate an exception report for the
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  Administrator for the deletion which occur          This should be achieved as part of reporting module. We might have to do some customization for this
1043   ECMS FRS Tab, Sr No 27       in the system                                       functionality.                                                                                                           Bidder to propose optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn Must be able to mask certain areas in the
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  document in different versions and for              Does this mean that parts of document should be made invisible for users while allowing for others? Or is it just the
1044   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 30        different users                                     metadata on the documents that we are talking about? Need clarity here.                                               Part of documents to be redacted. Refer Annexure - 5 of Volume I of the RFP

                                    Various types of documents will be
                                    generated by the system based on the
                                    information provided by the Core
                                    Insurance Application, using the templates
                                    based on PLI requirements. Access to
                                    these templates will be restricted to a
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement defined user group (Circle office/Divisional
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn Office/PLI Directorate) . These users
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  should only be authorized to maintain the
1045   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 34        templates.                                          What are these templates meant for? Need clarity here.                                                                   The requirement is self explanatory

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  Ability to create templates with Effective
1046   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 35        Date and Expiration Date                            What are these templates meant for? Need clarity here.                                                                   The requirement is self explanatory



                                    The templates will be used for the
                                    transaction specified from the effective
                                    date (00.00AM on the specified date).
                                    Document created with a timestamp
                                    greater than the effective date will have to
                                    be generated using the template (even if
                                    the document generation date is less than
                                    this date). The latest template should be
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement the default template, but the user should
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn have the option to use an older template if
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  required. System must have the ability to
1047   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 36        let the user for the list of templates.             What are these templates meant for? Need clarity here.                                                                   The requirement is self explanatory

                                       Document expiration date will be
                                       considered for generating documents.
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement     Documents will not be generated with a
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn    version that has expired, unless specified
       ology_Evaluation Document ,     by the user. The user should have the            Does document expiration be based on some metadata value? We need to understand the document expiration as
1048   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 37           option to generate an expired document.          such.                                                                                                      Please read this as "template expiration date" and not "document expiration date"
                                       Ability to generate appropriate
                                       correspondence based on the record from
                                       which the correspondence is being
                                       generated. Ex: The template of the letter
                                       to be used while sending advance claim
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement     discharge vouchers for 'Full & Final
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn    Settlement' will not be the same as the          Please clarify if generating correspondence is a functionality of the ECMS. ECMS can store any correspondence that
       ology_Evaluation Document ,     letter sent while settling a claim on 'Ex-       is generated by an external system. If this has to be achieved by the ECMS, it has to be Out of the box functionality.
1049   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 38           gratia'.                                         Need more inputs/clarity on this functionality.                                                                          Bidder to propose optimum solution based on functional and technical requirements mentioned in the RFP
                                       Must support conversion of records (with
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement     their metadata and audit trail information)
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn    to other media and/or systems in line with
       ology_Evaluation Document ,     the standards relevant for the formats in
1050   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 77           use                                              Can some examples be given here for this requirement?                                                                    The bidder to propose the solution with all the standard conversion features in ECMS

                                       Must have a web based administration
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement     component for managing all administrative
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn    tasks like assigning access controls, records
       ology_Evaluation Document ,     management, document management,
1051   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 97           scanning and storage                             Please confirm if all of this are to be web based. Also please list out all administrative tasks.                        The bidder to propose the solution with all the standard ECMS administrative features

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement Must have an administrative client as an
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn alternative to the Web. This administrative
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  client must be able to connect to the
1052   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 98        system over a network                               What are the typical administrative tasks we are referring here?                                                         Refer Annexure - 4 of Volume of the RFP

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement     Must provide administrators a capability to
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn    schedule resource-intensive administrative
       ology_Evaluation Document ,     tasks. The services/modules must be able
1053   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 99           to be remotely started or stopped                are we again talking about webbased or a thick/thin client there?                                                        Refer Annexure - 4 of Volume of the RFP
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn
       ology_Evaluation Document ,
1054   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 103       Must support delegated administration             Not sure what this means. Need more clarity around this functionality.                                                    The requirement is self explanatory



                                    Ability to create links to the documents
                                    within the core insurance application. Ex:
                                    Policy Details capturing page to display all
                                    the links to the reports and documents
                                    related to the policy. Client page to display
                                    links to all the reports to which the client is
                                    associated to (Investigation reports,
                                    medical reports, other insurance policy
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement particulars, claim numbers to which the
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn insured is associated to) may be through
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  creating links to the Policies, Claims and        Are we talking about compound documents here in which related documents are grouped? Need clarity around
1055   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 115       then associating to the documents.                this.                                                                                                                     The requirement is self explanatory

                                    User with appropriate authority must be
                                    able to view all the attachments applicable
                                    for one specific record. Ex: When the user
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement searches for a specific record (claim /
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn policy), the associated attachments must          Are we talking about compound documents here in which related documents are grouped? If a user is searching for
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  be available for viewing, based on the            a particular document in a logically grouped documents, do we have to bring up all the documents in the group
1056   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 116       authority levels.                                 based on the security? Need clarity around this.                                                                The requirement is self explanatory

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement      When there is some activity on the ECMS
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn     for a specific record, the owner of the
       ology_Evaluation Document ,      record must be notified through an email
1057   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 120           with a link to the record.                    This will only flood the emailing system. Need more clarity on this.                                                      This requirement is only for exceptional and very confidential documents

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn Document Management System must have
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  the ability to receive the documents
1058   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 127       described below:                                  What are the various channels through which these documents are ingested?                                                 Refer Annexure - 4 of Volume I of the RFP for all the channels through which the documents shall be ingested

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn Document Management System must have
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  the ability to receive the documents
1059   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 128       described below:                                  What are the various channels through which these documents are ingested?                                                 Refer Annexure - 4 of Volume I of the RFP for all the channels through which the documents shall be ingested

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn System must have the ability to set alerts
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  for the incoming documents in case of             This will only flood the emailing system. Is this applicable for a specific class of documents or across all classes of
1060   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 131       System must have statements
                                    delays in receiving the ability to store &        documents? Need more clarity on this.                                                                                     This requirement has been mentioned under the reinsurance section. Kindly view it in that context only
                                    retrieve the following documents from the
                                    ECMS, by integrating with the core
                                    insurance application for Quote / New
                                    Business / Policy Administration:
                                    Quotation
                                    Policy schedule with associated clauses
                                    and warranties
                                    Endorsements with associated clauses and
                                    warranties
                                    Discharge Voucher in case the
                                    endorsement is a refund endorsement
                                    Policy cancellation letter and related
                                    communication in case the policy is
                                    cancelled due to cheque dishonor
                                    Advance notice for cancelling the policy in
                                    case PLI DIVISION wishes to cancel the
                                    policy
                                    Renewal notices through various forms
                                    (hard copies, email communication, SMS
                                    etc.)
                                    Communication to channel partners and
                                    call centers to be communicated on the
                                    renewals due
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement Communication to the banks where the
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn standing instructions have been given for
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  auto debit for renewal premium (hard
1061   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 133       copies or email)                                  What are the various channels through which these documents are ingested?                                                 Refer Annexure - 4 of Volume I of the RFP for all the channels through which the documents shall be ingested

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn Ability for the channel partners to collect /
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  submit the records through online on
1062   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 142       behalf of the customers                           Should a separate portal be provided for partners to upload the documents? Need more information on this.                 Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume I of the RFP for Web Portal requirements

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn System shall route scanned documents
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  with workflow process for authorisation           Does this mean that the workflow routing decisions will be based on the attached documents? Need more
1063   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 183       process                                           information on this.                                                                                                      The statement is self explanatory. For more clarity refer Annexure - 4 of Volume I of the RFP

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  System shall support and manage the
1064   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 184       migration of legacy documents                     Need more/complete details of the legacy content management system from which doc's needs to be migrated.                 There is no legacy content management system

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  System shall support centralized and
1065   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 185       decentralized capture.                                                                                                                                                      No query

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn System shall support forms processing,
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  including the ability to extract data from
1066   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 186       boxes and lines to populate databases.            Need information here. What boxes are we talking here? Are we talking about some forms?                                   Ability to extract data from the form and populate tables/object model of ECMS.

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn System shall provide the ability to
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  associate key words and summary                                                                                                                                             1. The requirement is self explanatory
1067   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 195       information with documents                        Are we talking about indexing here? Need information here. Some examples would help.                                      2. Refer Annexure - 4 and 5 of Volume 1 of the RFP for indexing requirements

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn System shall provide a mechanism for
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  indexing and tracking offline hard copy           Are we talking about File Room kind of functionality here? Need More information on archiving/maintaining of hard
1068   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 201       documents, including offline Archives.            copy of documents.                                                                                                1. Physical Record Management System is out of the scope of the RFP

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn System shall provide a mechanism for
       ology_Evaluation Document ,  tracking hard copy versions of                    Are we talking about File Room kind of functionality here? Need More information on archiving/maintaining of hard
1069   ECMS FRS Tab,Sr No 202       Electronically filed documents.                   copy of documents.                                                                                                1. Physical Record Management System is out of the scope of the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Walkthrough of existing banking and insurance application will be provided to the prospective bidders on 24
1070   N/A                              General                                       Will a demo of existing application/screenshots be given?                                                         January 2011. The venue and time details will be communicated to the bidders.
1071   N/A                              General                                       ECM and BPM solution to be delivered in phases? If yes, how is this to be structured?                             Refer Annexure - 2.3.2 of Volume I of the RFP for the detailed timelines

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Refer Annexure - 4 of Volume I of the RFP for the reports required from ECMS.
1072   N/A                              General                                       Is there a need to generate any kind of reports from the ECM or BPM system? If yes, details to be given.                  Refer Annexure - 3 of Volume I of the RFP for the reports required from Work Flow Management System (WFMS)
                                                                                      What is the no. of document classes expected(typically this would reflect the no. of different business groups which
1073   N/A                              General                                       would ingest content into the content system)                                                                       FSI is required to analyze these details during detailed design phase
1074   N/A                              General                                       What is the expected no. of metadata properties on the classes.                                                     FSI is required to analyze these details during detailed design phase
                                                                                      What is the transaction like on the documents in the content system before they are archived (are the documents     1. Refer Section 2.2.4 of Volume 1 of the RFP and Annexure - 4 for the activities to be performed ion the
                                                                                      updated frequently?, what different apps/tools access the documents and how often/what rate?) Are bulk updates      documents
1075   N/A                              General                                       expected often?                                                                                                     2. Refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume I of the RFP for data migration/ scanning requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1076   N/A                                                                            What is the number of users that are required to be protected with the Intrusion prevention system                  solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                                                                      The NIPS will be sized with respect to the throughput of the firewalls/network devices connected immediately to the Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1077   N/A                                                                            IPS. What is the Throughput of the immediate network device.                                                        solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                                                                      The two layered firewall mention in the RFP, does that mean one layer on the network perimeter and the other one Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. Firewall at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1078   N/A                                                                            firewalling the different departments?                                                                              solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. Firewall at DC and DR is out of scope and will be provisioned by NI, however FSI
1079   N/A                                                                            Do you have firewalls in High Availability; if yes are they in Active/Active mode or Active/Passive mode?                 needs to provide most optimum solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                                                                      What kind of port connectivity would be there- Is it Fiber Optics or Copper; what are the exact specifications for the    Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1080   N/A                                                                            same?                                                                                                                     solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                                                                      How many segments will be monitored by the IPS; Example- The IPS burns 2 ports if there is only one segment to be
                                                                                      monitored i.e typically, the inside interface of the firewall is connected to the IPS and one cable connects from the     Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1081   N/A                                                                            IPS to the internal switch. This is called monitoring one segment.                                                        solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                                                                      Are there going to be any VLANs which need to be monitored i.e inter-VLAN traffic.The network architecture is             Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1082   N/A                                                                            required to understand it.                                                                                                solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1083   N/A                              The following questions pertain towards       Is there any VPN (SSTP/IPSEC/PPTP), encrypted traffic which needs to be monitored as well?                                solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                        the Sizing, placement and selection of the
                                        Network Intrusion prevention systems:
                                          The following questions pertain towards
                                          the Sizing, placement and selection of the                                                                                                                               Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1084   N/A                                Network Intrusion prevention systems:             Is there going to be any additional traffic- non IP/Customized protocols/non RFP compliant?                            solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Refer section 3.4 Sr. No. 1.2. NIPS at DC and DR is out of scope however FSI needs to provide most optimum
1085   N/A                                The following questions pertain towards           Only Network IPS is mentioned in the RFP, Do you have any servers which need to be protected for intrusions?           solution based on the functional and technical requirements provided in the RFP
1086   N/A                                the Security concerns towards the Servers:        The Host IPS will exclusively protect those servers.                                                                   Based on the functional and technical requirement, bidder must provide an optimum solution
                                                                                            Are there any Virtual machines that are needed to be protected from Intrusions? If yes, what is the virtual machine
1087   N/A                                The following questions pertain towards           software being used(Vmware/Citrix/Hyperv)                                                                              it is dependent on solution proposed by the bidder
                                          the Security concerns towards the Virtual         To protect intrusion from other Virtual machines, a module is installed on hypervisor.The inter VM communication
1088   N/A                                environments:                                     is also inspected in this setup.Do you want any such solution from IBM?                                                Based on the functional and technical requirement, bidder must provide an optimum solution

       Vol-1, 3.2.1.3 Minimum             Point 2, "Each server must be populated           Not all Edge applications might be Certified to run in Virtualized Environments & these type of application may not
       specifications for other servers   with minimum 2 dual/multi-core CPUs with          require 2Qty of MultiCore CPUs, hence request for amendment of this clause to read as "Minimum 1Qty of Latest
       (web, management etc.)             highest speed and FSB available in the            Multicore CPU to be quoted for applications not being Virtualized & Minimum 2Qty of MultiCore CPUs to be quoted
1089   Pg74                               server family."                                   where Applications will be Virtualized."                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

       Vol-1, 3.2.1.3 Minimum
       specifications for other servers
       (web, management etc.)             Point 5, "The blade server shall have             Power Supply Redundancy for Blade Servers is provided at the Chassis / Enclosure level. Only one vendor qualfies
1090   Pg74                               redundant power supply"                           for Power Supply Redundancy at the Blade Server Level. Request for deletion of this clause.                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                          Point 6, "Virtualization Software License,
                                          allowing for hosting multiple Virtual
                                          Machines (VMs) on the Server. The
       Vol-1, 3.2.1.3 Minimum             virtualization Software should be directly
       specifications for other servers   hosted on the Hardware, and allow for             Not all Edge applications might be Certified to run in Virtualized Environments, hence request for amendment of
       (web, management etc.)             migration of VMs from one physical server         this clause to read as "Virtualization Software License to be provided for only those servers which will host
1091   Pg74                               to another physical server."                      Applications which are Certified & Supported in a Virtualized Environment."                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

       Vol-1, 3.2.1.3 Minimum
       specifications for other servers   Point 8, "The blade server shall be
       (web, management etc.)             configured with dual redundant 4 Gbps FC          Not all Edge servers would require connectivity to SAN, hence request for amendment of this clause to read as
1092   Pg74                               adapters"                                         "Requisite number of 4Gbps FC adapters to be provided as required by Applications proposed by bidder"                  Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                          Point 3, "Blade Chassis to accommodate            Specification is Vendor Specific. Each OEMs Chassis Architecture is different from a nos of Blade Servers Supported.
                                          minimum of 14 Full Height Hot Plug-gable          Also, the specification mentioning Power Connector Redundancy is specific to Single Vendor. Request Amendment
       Vol-1, Section 3.2.1.3, Table 7:   Blade Servers with Dual I/O Connectors as         to read as "Blade Chassis to accomodate the appropriate number of blades Full Height / Half Height based on the
       Blade Chasis Specification         well as Power Connectors for                      specification mentioned for Blade Servers. Redundant Power Supplies to be provided for the Blade Chassis /
1093   Pg75                               Redundancy."                                      Enclosures"                                                                                                            Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                          Point 8, "10 Hot-Swap Modules (2 x
                                          Dedicated Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module
                                          Slots, 2 x Dedicated Bridged Module Slots,
                                          2 x Dedicated Ether Switch/Fiber Channel
                                          Switch Slots & 4 x High-Speed Slots for 10G       Nos. of Switch/Bridge Module Slots mentioned in this clause is Vendor Specific. Every OEM's Blade Enclosure has
       Vol-1, Section 3.2.1.3, Table 7:   Ethernet or Infiniband). All modules              appropriate number of modules available to meet requirements the mentioned in the I/O section for Blade Servers.
       Blade Chasis Specification         installed in pairs should be able to support      Request amendment of this clause to read as "Requisite quantity of Switch / Bridge MOdules to be provided to
1094   Pg75                               load balancing and fail-over support."            meet the I/O requirements of a Blade Server mentioned in the specification for Blade Server Section"             Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                          Point 3, "….Furthermore the storage
                                          system should be tried and tested model in        All Enterprise Class Storage Arrays are throughly tested before releasing for Customers. Technology evolution is
       Vol-1, 3.2.2.1 Minimum             production environment for minimum of             essential & provides more value & performance to a customer. Hence the clause requirement of Minimum 6
       specifications for Storage Array   six months at the time of submission of           months in Production at the time of submission is RESTRICTIVE. Hence recommend deletion of this section of the
1095   Pg76                               RFP."                                             clause.                                                                                                                The requirement remains unchanged

                                          Point 9, "The array should support
                                          automated storage tiering and movement
                                          of data within different tiers of storage         Most of the Storage OEMs & prominent disk manufacturers are replacing Fibre Channel disks & moving towards
                                          namely SSD, FC and SATA disks without             2.5" SAS-2 disks for Storage Arrays to reduce power consumption & DC footprint.
       Vol-1, 3.2.2.1 Minimum             requiring user intervention, depending on
       specifications for Storage Array   the frequency or pattern of the accessed          Request amendment to this clause to read as "....different tiers of storage namely SSD, FC/SAS and SATA disks
1096   Pg77                               data."                                            without requiring user intervention.                                                                                   Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                          Point 17, "….The usable storage capacity          Most of the Storage OEMs & prominent disk manufacturers are replacing Fibre Channel disks & moving towards
                                          should be minimum 50 TB and scalable              2.5" SAS-2 disks for Storage Arrays to reduce power consumption & DC footprint.
                                          upto 2x of the proposed capacity.
       Vol-1, 3.2.2.1 Minimum             Minimum 10% of usable capacity shall be           Request amendment to this clause to read as "....The usable storage capacity should be minimum 50 TB and
       specifications for Storage Array   on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC disks and         scalable upto 2x of the proposed capacity. Minimum 10% of usable capacity shall be on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC
1097   Pg77                               40% on SATA disks…."                              / SAS disks and 40% on SATA disks…."                                                                               Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                                                                            Is the bidder expected to reuse the existing Insurance application wherever the functionlity pre exists?           1. Refer Section 2.2.2 of Volume I of the RFP for detailed scope of work
                                          Whether the functionlality exists in the          Could you provide the details of the existing application like                                                     2. Refer Annexure - Annexure 8 of Volume I of the RFP for technical related details of the current insurance
1098   Pg193                              present system or not?                            1 - What web/ app/ DB server does it use?                                                                          application
                                                                                            Could you specify the number of insurance products to be configured for
                                                                                            Traditional Insurance
                                          Must be configureable for all product types       Term product
                                          like (traditional products, term products,        ULIP
                                          ULIPs, pension, group policies) without           Pension                                                                                                            1. Refer Section 1.7.1.2 of Volume 1 of the RFP
1099   Pg193                              major IT intervention                             Group policies                                                                                                     2. The other product types shall be launched in future
                                          Must be configureable for all product types
                                          like (traditional products, term products,
                                          ULIPs, pension, group policies) without
1100   Pg193                              major IT intervention                             Could you specify the growth rate interms of the number of insurance products year on year                             Refer Annexure 13 (section 7.13.2) of volume 1 of the RFP for available details
                                          Must be configureable for all product types
                                          like (traditional products, term products,
                                          ULIPs, pension, group policies) without
1101   Pg193                              major IT intervention                             Could you specify the number of existing insurance policies as per the product types?                                  Refer Annexure 13 (section 7.13.2) of volume 1 of the RFP for available details
                                          Must be configureable for all product types
                                          like (traditional products, term products,
                                          ULIPs, pension, group policies) without                                                                                                                                  Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
1102   Pg193                              major IT intervention                             Is the data to be migrated in oracle Database? Which is the version of the database?                                   RFP

                                          Must have facility for classification of
                                          business according to the IRDA guidelines         Do you forsee any change in the core insurance processes like (quotataion/ New Business/ Policy Admin/ Claims)
1103   Pg194                              for business from rural and urban                 for products marketed in rural v/s urban areas?                                                                        The same would be based on regulatory guidelines

                                          Must generate a unique customer id for
                                          every policy owner, life insured, nominee/
                                          beneficiary/ assignee and for every person        Do you want the Core Insurance system to generate the customer id or will it get generated in the CRM application?
                                          who submitted a proposal and was                  Also the customer id will get generated for each new customer/ insured irresepctive of who the beneficiary or      1. The customer id should be generated in the core insurance system
1104   Pg194                              entered in the Core Insurance System              nominee is, is our understanding right?                                                                            2. The statement is self explanatory

                                          Must show all the documents submitted by          These documents will be maintained and stored by a separate Document Mgmt system, is our understanding
1105   Pg195                              the policy owner/ life insured,                   correct?                                                                                                               The understanding is correct
                                                                                            Which application will core Insurance insterface with to get details on NAV?
                                          Must have functionality for daily updation        Will it be a real time integration using middleware/ ESB?                                                              As of now PLI's product range does not include ULIPs. Decision as regards NAV updation in the system and the
1106   Pg195                              of NAV in case of ULIP policies                    How often will the NAV details get updated in a day?                                                                  source for the same shall be taken as and when ULIPs are launched
                                          Must have functionality to cancel a policy
                                          under the option of 'freelook cancellation'
                                          and calculate the refund amount after
                                          deduction of applicable charges including
                                          medical charges (if any) and stamp duty
1107   Pg195                              (as applicable)                                   Will the feed for payments be sent to an ERP system?                                                                   The understanding is correct
                                          Must have functionality to terminate a
                                          policy on happening of certain exceptional                                                                                                                               "Certain exceptional events" can be broadly categorized under Industry standard exceptional events for
1108   Pg195                              events                                            Could you specify "certain exceptional events"?                                                                        termination and exceptional events defined as per PLI operational policies

                                          Must integrate with Reinsurance system to         Does inetrface with reinsurance system required or can we set rules within the Core Insurance system wherein we
1109   Pg196                              alert on unacceptable exposure limits             define the max exposure limit?                                                                                         Requirement is self explanatory
                                          Must have provision to capture policy
                                          stamp value as defined in the Stamps Act          Tbe stamp value will be manually maintained and no realtime interface is required to get this value, is our
1110                                      for different classes of business                 understanding correct?                                                                                                 The Stamp Value should be automatically calculated by the System based on value of Sum Assured of the policy
                                          Must have capability to aggregate
                                          exposure per individual client from
1111                                      multiple policies                                 Is dedupe logic expected, because generally my warehouse does all the deduping of records?                             Requirement is self explanatory
1112                                      General                                           How many users will access the Core Insurance application?                                                             Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
1113                                                                                        What will be the concurrency of the users accessing Core Insurance application?                                        Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'
                                          In fresh proposals for existing client, earlier
                                          policies with UW decision should be
1114   Pg200                              highlighted to Underwriters                       How excatly you need this to be handled by the applications?                                                           Functionality mentioned is standard industry practice

                                          Must provide facility to issue renewal
                                          notice through multiple modes (e.g. Postal        Which is the email solution that the insurance applications needs to interface with?                                   Email & SMS gateway solution is part of CSI RFP but FSI must provide complete support for integration of their
1115   Pg200                              notices, Email notification, SMS alerts)          Which is the SMS gateway for sending SMS alerts?                                                                       solution with common infrastructure solution

                                          Must provide self service facility including      As long as the insurance application is SOA based, it can expose the services across existing channels and no specific
                                          renewals (subject to other conditions being       development is required in Insurance application with respect to any channel integration, is our understanding
1116   Pg201                              fulfilled) through ATM/ Web/ Mobile/ IVRS         correct?                                                                                                               Requirement is self explanatory
                                          Must support multiple payment modes (
                                          Credit cards, Debit Cards, Cheque, Cash,
                                          Debit Accounts, Online Transfers, Demand
1117   Pg201                              Draft)                                            Does any payment gateway exists with which insurance solution needs to interface with?                                 FSI is expected to integrate its solution with any payment gateway identified by DoP

                                          In case of lapsation of a policy it must                                                                                                                                 The requirement is to pass pre defined 'accounting entries' in the Policy Administration System/ Core Insurance
1118   Pg201                              automatically pass the pre defined enties         Doe sit mean that alerts need to be sent to the customer and the sales rep attached to that customer?                  system
                                                                                            Does this mean that if the claims encountered for a particular year are below expectations then I can reduce the
1119   Pg202                              Must support reserve provisioning                 provision kept for claims to be received during the current year?                                                      Reserve provisioning is based on actuarial analysis. This is a standard industry practice.
                                           Access to the Core Insurance System                                                                                                                                       Bidder needs to provide the appropriate user repository based on functional & technical requirements
                                           should be based on secure id and                                                                                                                                          Single Sign On is part of CSI RFP however FSI must provide complete support for integration of their solution with
1120   Pg203                               password                                        Are younplanning to have an LDAP and Single Sign On?                                                                      enterprise wide security solution
                                           Core Insurance System should generate
1121   Pg204                               loan Interest Advices                           Could you explain what is meant by Advices?                                                                               Requirement is self explanatory & the term used are industry standard
                                                                                           Does the reporting need to be generated by the Insurance solution or can the data be sent to the reporting engine         Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
1122                                       General                                         and all reporting gets done by the reporting application?                                                                 RFP
                                           Core Insurance System must have the
                                           functionality to support Reinsurance            Does it mean that Dept of Post would cede the risk to reinsureres. But by itself wont act as reinsurer for other          In future PLI may get its policy reinsured and it may also act as a reinsurer. However this is dependent on the
1123   Pg214                               Outward for domectic business                   insurance companies?                                                                                                      business scenario.
                                           Must support plotting of sum insured
                                           exposures for direct business and RI
                                           accepted business (domestic/foreign) in a
                                           GIS (Global Information System)
                                           environment on various specified
1124                                       parameters                                      Can you explain this in detail?                                                                                           Requirement is self explanatory

                                           Must have facility to capture unstructured                                                                                                                                This functionality clearly states that the requirement is to capture unstructured data and segregate it class
                                           reinsurance related market intelligence         How will the market data be received?                                                                                     wise/market wise
                                           data and segregate it class wise/market         Does this need to be handled by the insurance system or should this be handled by the analytical reporting                Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on functional and technical requirement mentioned in the
1125                                       wise, etc.                                      application?                                                                                                              RFP
1126                                       general                                         What are the timelines for implementing Core Insurance application?                                                       Please refer Section 2.3.2 of volume 1 of the RFP

                                           Core Insurance System must enable
                                           profitability analysis of current products to
1127   Pg220                               identify profitable policy types                Can you explain this in detail?                                                                                           Requirement is self explanatory

                                           Ability to extract data for rate making from
                                           multiple sources (Data warehouse,
                                           Operational Data Store, and External Data
                                           sources such as Excel/Access, DBF, Text,        We need to only provide the data for rate making which would be some external system, is our understanding
1128   Pg221                               CSV and Flat Files)                             correct?                                                                                                                  The requirement clearly states the ability to extract data for rate making from multiple sources
                                                                                           The bidder should have experience in implementing the proposed product/ solution for either core banking or
                                                                                           insurance application in India or abroad.

                                                                                           Does it mean that Bidder should have an implementation experience on the proposed product both for Core
                                                                                           banking and Insurance application?

                                           4.2.1.2 Pre Qualification Criteria              OR
                                           Table 2: Pre Qualification Criteria for
       RFP Volume II: Instruction to       bidder                                          Does it mean that bidder should have an implementation experience on the proposed product either for Core
1129   bidders Page No.                    S. No. 13                                       banking or for Insurance and not both?                                                                               No change in the requirement
       Section 2.2.7 page 51, point                                                        Whose responsibility is to extract data from legacy system, capture additional data required by core banking
1130   no.1-3.                                                                             system, develop any tool for data extraction and data capturing.                                                     Please refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
       Section 2.2.7 page 51, point                                                        Whose responsibility is to scan the signatures not currently available in digitized form? Who would validate scanned
1131   no.6                                                                                signatures?                                                                                                          Please refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
       Section 2.2.7 page 51, point
1132   no.4, 7, 8 and 10                                                                   Whose responsibility is to capture the manual data and prepare a data capturing tool for the same?                        Please refer Section 2.2.7 of Volume 1 of the RFP
       Section 2.2.7 page 53, point no                                                     Is post migration hand holding support for branch users part of scope, if yes, the duration of such support and no.
1133   16                                                                                  of resources required                                                                                                     Please refer Section 2.2.9 of Volume 1 of the RFP
                                           Purchasing and selling of foreign currencies
                                           in substantial amounts by cash settlement
       Section 7.1, page 178, point no     despite the customer having an account
1134   667 (EA11)                          with the PO                                     Is sale/purchase of foreign currency part of postal banking operations                                                    Please refer Annexure 1 of Volume 1 of the RFP
1135   Section 2.2.6.3, page 49                                                            Whose responsibility is to issue ATM cards and manage the card issuance service?                                          ATM card issuance service is not in scope for FSI RFP
       Section 2.2.9.2, page 60 – point                                                    Whose responsibility is to prepare site and infrastructure (including LAN cabling / desktops / projectors) and other
1136   17-18                                                                               civil work if required for the training facility?                                                                         Please refer to Section 2.2.9.2 (point 17) of Volume 1 of the RFP.

       Section 2.2.11, page 63, point 4-                                                   Would DoP arrange for transfer of source code along with required KT to manage the Sanchay Post application.
1137   7                                                                                   Does DoP have any agreement to this effect with existing vendor from whom above applicable has been procured?             All the available details are provided in Annexure 7 of Volume 1 of the RFP

1138   Section 2.2.12, page 64                                                             Whose responsibility is for branch preparation for CBS rollout – including LAN cabling and other civil work?              This is not in scope of FSI RFP
1139                                                                                       Does postal banking offer loan against PIL policies, if yes, what are the product features / details.                     Please refer Annexure 3 of Volume 1 of the RFP
1140   Page 161, point 460 (FX3)                                                           Is SWIFT interface is required                                                                                            Please refer Annexure 1 (Point 704) of volume 1 of RFP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Dept handles Postal, Railways, EPFO, Telecom and Central and State got social security pensions e.g. IGNOAPS (Old
1141   Page 141, point no 259 (SA1)                                                        What kind of pension payments are handled by post offices.                                                                age pension)
1142   Sec 2.2.1.2                                                                         What is the estimated number of Issued Cards year wise (5 year projections)?                                              Please refer to Annexure 10 of volume 1 of the RFP for ATM transaction details
                                                                                           What is the Phasing for Roll out of ATMs? How many will need to be rolled out in Pilot, Phase 1 and Phase 2? What         Approximately 100 ATMs to be rolled out in Pilot, ~700 in Phase 1 and balance in Phase 2. Please refer to
1143   Sec2.2.1.6                                                                          are the locations for Pilot and Phase 1?                                                                                  Annexure 12 of Volume 1 of the RFP for locations of Pilot and Phase 1 rollout.
1144   Sec2.2.1.6                                                                          Can you also indicate whether each of the sites is single ATM sites, two ATM sites or more?                               Single ATM sites
1145   Sec2.2.1.6                                                                          Is there a possibility of utilizing DoP vaulting facilities?                                                              Please refer to section 2.2.6.3 of volume 1 of the RFP
1146   Sec2.2.1.6                                                                          Clarification required on Quality of Cash and Scope of Work for Cash Sorting?                                             The requirements are clearly defined in section 2.2.6.3 of volume 1 of the RFP
1147   Sec2.2.1.6                                                                          Is real-time ATM Site monitoring required at central location or each of the circles?                                     The bidder has to propose the most optimum solution based on the requirements
1148   Sec2.2.1.6                                                                          Clarification required on what are the expectations under "Any other services"?                                           Please refer to clarification sr.no.490
                                                                                           Is it possible to have different uptimes and SLRs for Remote Locations/Rural areas with no/low level of presence of
1149   Sec 5.3                                                                             Support Agencies?                                                                                                         ATM/CDs have to be installed in HOs and large SOs. No rural/remote locations are planned as of now.
1150   Sec 5.3                                                                             Is it possible to have different uptimes and SLRs for time of day?                                                        No change in the requirement
1151   Sec 5.3                                                                             Would there be working areas of ATM in remote location/rural area?                                                        ATM/CDs have to be installed in HOs and large SOs. No rural/remote locations are planned as of now.
1152   Sec 5.3                                                                             Is it possible to have SLRs in staggered fashion over a 3 year period?                                                    No change in the requirement
1153   Sec 7.2 Annexure 2                                                                  Detailed Clarification required on "Multilingual Support Directly from the Switch"?                                       The requirement is self explanatory
1154   Sec 7.2 Annexure 2                                                                  Clarification required on the expectations from "De-duplication and generation of PIN with HSMs"                          The requirement is self explanatory

1155   Sec 7.9 Annexure 9                                                                  Specifications required for the Maximum size of the room                                                                  Minimum specifications are provided and the size would depend on the PO location of ATM installation
1156   Sec 7.9 Annexure 9                                                                  Specifications and Size required for the DoP Signage’s for Branding                                                       The same would be provided to the selected vendor at a later stage
1157   Sec 7.9 Annexure 9                                                                  Detailed specifications required for Site Aesthetics                                                                      The same would be provided to the selected vendor at a later stage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     The Bidder should propose the optimum solution based on the information provided of the current system and
1158   Sec 7.9 Annexure 9                                                                  Specifications required for CCTV Monitoring requirements                                                                  the requirements as mentioned in the RFP.
1159   Sec 7.9 Annexure 9                                                                  Specifications required for Digital Video Surveillance system                                                             The vendor can proposed the most optimum solution
       Section 7.9, Annexure 9; Page                                                       Since the introduction of LCD, polarized sheets are no longer used. Instead privacy filters are used.
1160   275 of 317, Sr.No. 1.1              15" LCD Display                                 We request to amend the clause to 15" LCD with Touchscreen or functional keys                                             The bidder can propose the same
                                                                                           Since Touchscreen is already part of the configuration request to amend this as optional Function display keys in
                                                                                           lieu of Touchscreen, as having both Touchscreen and Functional Display keys will confuse the end customer and
1161   Sr. No.1.2                          8 or more operational                           transactions will take longer.                                                                                            The requirement is for 8 operational OR function display keys
                                                                                           We don’t recommend using Anti-virus s/w at the ATM because signature updates cannot happen at the ATM. We
                                                                                           recommend to use hardened OS and firewall and holistic network security so that it is free from viruses. Request
1162   Sr. No.10.3                         Antivirus software updatable up to              you to amend this clause as "Hardened OS with firewall"                                                                   The bidder can propose the same
                                                                                           We request to amend this as "Windows firewall or equivallant" which is fully supported by Microsoft and works
1163   Sr. No. 10.12                       Firewall and IDS Software                       well with Windows system                                                                                                  The bidder can propose the same
                                           Able to interface with Mail, insurance
                                           applications for providing multiple services    We would request the Department to share the technical specification of such application(s) or else this can be
1164   Sr. No. 10.14                       to DoP customers                                integrated at mutually agreeable Ts&Cs when such application is available for testing                                     T&Cs cannot be revisited after the selection of vendor
                                                                                           Since this is a software uitliity given in the ATM , the department test the same and advice the vendor on the exact
1165   Sr.no.11                            Intelligent Power Management System:            parameters for optimum functioning                                                                                        The requirement is self explanatory
                                           Ensuring the compliance of ATM/CDs to
                                           statutory RBI/VISA/MASTERCARD norms
                                           and requirements as issued from time to         We would request the Department to change this to statutory norms and requiremenets which are issued at
1166   Section 2.2.6.1, Page 48 of 317     time, at no extra cost                          present, as it is difficult to predict future norms and therefore costs cannot be estimated                               No change in the requirement

                                          Reconciliation of cash, providing
                                          accounting related data and reports,
                                          providing and managing round the clock
                                          integrated help line catering to all services    We would request the Department to clarify whether the Helpdesk is required to DoP's end customers or is it
1167                                      including ATM/CDs offered by DOP
       Section 2.2.6.3, Page 49 of 317, point 4                                            required only for DoP to log calls with the service provider                                                              This section refers to Helpdesk for DoP to log calls.

                                          Providing a real time, online remote
                                          monitoring tool at DoP’s site or site
                                          specified by DoP for observing the health        We would request the bank to clarify whether the service provider can provide service from their location, or will
1168                                      of 5
       Section 2.2.6.3, Page 49 of 317, pointATM/CDs under Managed service                 the service provider have to setup a separate dedicated setup for running Managed services for DOP.                       Please refer to clarification S.No. 97
                                                                                           Please define these services so that the service provider is able to determine the capability, feasibility and cost for
1169                                      Any
       Section 2.2.6.3, Page 50 of 317, point 7other services as needed.                   providing these services                                                                                                  Please refer to clarification S.No. 490

                                          The FSI should establish an ATM managed
                                          service centre and connect all ATM/CDs to
                                          provide a real time, online remote
                                          monitoring tool at DoP’s site or site
                                          specified by DoP for observing the health
                                          of ATM/CDs under Managed service as per          Reconcilliation of Transactions is done at the ATM switch and should be a part of the deliverable for the ATM switch
1170                                      services stipulated below:...
       Section 2.2.6.4, Page 50 of 317, point 1                                            provider. ATM Managed service provider has no role to play here                                                      ATM Managed service provider has to provide the listed services
                                          Loss of DoP Cash during in cash-in-transit,
                                          in Cash Service Provider’s vault, and in         The ATM Managed Service Provider can insure cash at Vault and Transportation. Once the cash is filled in ATM it is
1171                                      CD/ATM
       Section 2.2.6.5, Page 51 of 317, point 1                                            the responsibility of the ATM owner and therefore should be insured by the ATM owner                                      ATM/CD are on a lease basis and FSI is responsible for comprehensive insurance as per section 2.2.6.5
                                                                                           We would request the department to change this to 98% uptime on monthly basis as it is the Industry standard.
                                                                                           Also Purge Bin, Lock and currency cassette should be treated as consumables and not covered under Maintenance
1172                                      Monthly ATM/CD uptime should be 99%....
       Section 5.3.1, Page 102 of 317, point 1                                             responsibility of FSI                                                                                                     No change in the requirement
                                                                                           Response time of 15 minutes is not feasible and we therefore request the Bank to consider the following
                                                                                           classification for response times: i) A & B Calls within municipal city limits and upto 30 kms of Service location. – 4
                                                                                           hours
                                                                                           ii) A&B Calls beyond 30 km of the municipal city limits but upto 100 km of NCR’s Service locations – 4 hrs + travel
                                          The response time will be 15 minutes for         time
                                          all offices and the resolution time will be 2    iii) A&B Calls beyond 100 km of the municipal city limits of NCR’s service locations – Next business day
                                          hours for urban POs and 4 hours for rural        iv) C Calls upon next visit for Preventive Maintenance.
1173                                      POs.
       Section 5.3.2.1, Page 103 of 317, point 1                                                                                                                                                                     No change in the requirement
                                         Internal partition in commercial ply –
                                         Providing and fixing Full height partitions
                                         with 2" x 1.5" TW framework (verticals at 2
                                         ' 0 c/c) with 12mm thk. commercial ply           For WOODEN PANELLING WE RECOMMEND THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATION : "Providing and fixing wooden
                                         fixed on both the side, finished in laminate     partition comprising of 9 mm plywood on both sides, approximate 2” x 2” hardwood section , 2’ c/c both ways,
                                         exposed to customer area (exterior) and          laminate 1.0 mm on one side and enamel paint on other side, provision to be made to accommodate aircon
                                         Paint finish exposed to UPS room(interior)       louvers, provision for exhaust fan, grooves, to be made as per customised design. Ply to be of IS 303, BWR grade
                                         with necessary openings cut to size of           OR IS 710 Grade" .      Nowdays Alluminium Composite Panelling is in vogue. In case DoP wants ACP, following are
                                         ATM. Cost to include end-trims and               the specification " Providing & fixing in position Aluminium Composite Panel (ACP) with framing of Aluminium
                                         mouldings in 6mm ply finished in water-cut       Tube sections of min 1.5" * 1" and 18 gauge 2'-0" C/C both ways. ACP to be in 2' width panels or distributed
                                         melamine polish and any work related to          equally. The panels to be fixed to the frame with 3M or equivalent adhesive. Joints to be finished with Silicon based    Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                         providing for conducting and networking          sealant. . Aluminium foil thickness to be 0.20mm. ACP only on the ATM side with thickness of 3mm minimum. No             availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                         within the partition incl. drilling holes in     panelling to be done on the back wall of the Room. Alubond, Eurobond, Fujibond, Alcobond or equivalent approved          deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1174                                     the Sal
       Section 7.15, Page 313 of 317, Panelling wood /TW sections                         brands to be used. Shades to be as per bank's approval. ACP Door made of Aluminium frame."                               DoP.

                                                                                          For WOODEN PANELLING WE RECOMMEND THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATION : Providing and fixing in position ply
                                                                                          panelling with hardwood framing of approximate 2" x 1.5" section at 2' 0" c/c both ways, 9 mm plywood with 1.0
                                                                                          mm laminate of approved shade and make, in plumb, line and level complete as directed. Ply to be of IS 303, BWR
                                                                                          grade. FOR ACP THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATION IS RECOMMENDED "Providing & fixing in position Aluminium
                                                                                          Composite Panel (ACP) with framing of Aluminium Tube sections of min 1.5" * 1" and 20 gauge 2'-0" C/C both
                                         External Panelling - Providing and fixing        ways. ACP to be in 2' width panels or distributed equally.panels to be fixed to the frame with 3M or equivalent
                                         Panelling on Entrance wall with 12mm             adhesive and with Mirror screws . Joints to be finished with Silicon based sealant. ACP thickness of 3mm minimum.
                                         Marine Ply fixed to a framework of TW and        Aluminium foil thickness to be min 0.20 mm on both sides. Alubond, Eurobond, Fujibond, Alcobond or equivalent         Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                         finished in Laminate. Cost to include all        ISO certified or approved brands to be used. Bright silver Shade to be as per bank's approval. Additional Sections to availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                         necessary framework, support and fixing          be provided to fix the Indoor AC units. Both the AC units to be installed near the machine area at the highest        deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1175                                     details,
       Section 7.15, Page 313 of 317, Panelling admixtures, colouring agents, etc         position."\                                                                                                           DoP.

                                         UPS Cabinet For Lobby ATMs Only – 3'.6'' X
                                         3'.6'' X 7' ht wooden cabinet having two
                                         shelves, one at 3' ht and the other at 5' ht.
                                         Shutters to have 4'' TW Frame on all four
                                         sides and a 4'' TW patti in the centre                                                                                                                                    Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                         approved laminate to be pasted on the TW                                                                                                                                  availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                         Frame and white powder coated                                                                                                                                             deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1176                                     aluminum louvers to be fitted in the frame.
       Section 7.15, Page 313 of 317, Panelling                                           We recommed Hard wood in place of Teak Wood as Hard Wood is stronger and less costly.                                    DoP.

                                         Main door glazing - Fixed Glass Providing
                                         and fixing single-leaf 1-1/2" thick door
                                         shutter of size 3'-6" x 7'-0", for entrances
                                         with Aluminum channel of 3" x 3" on all
                                         four sides made of 14 mm gauge anodized          WE RECOMMEND THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATION : "Providing and fixing Aluminium door comprising of
                                         (Champagne Bronze color) and with 12mm           approximate 83.5mm vertical members, approximate 85-90 mm top & bottom, approximate 83.5 mm middle                       Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
       Section 7.15, Page 314 of 317,    thk Modifloat glass panels as per detail.        member, Black powder coated or Champagne Bronze color . Thickness of section not less than 1.5 mm. Godrej /              availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
       MAIN ENTRANCE AND                 Cost to incl. D-Shaped SS Handle, Floor          Dorma / /Hafele/ Ingersol Rand/Insta Floor spring . 4 mm clear polycarbonate sheet. Suitable Rubber beading.             deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1177   WINDOW                            Spring, Godrej lock, complete                    Wool pile/ Weather strip on one vertical member. Providing and fixing door handle to fit on Aluminium section."          DoP.

                                         Fixed glazing - Fixed Glass Providing and
                                         fixing for entrances with Aluminum
                                         channel of 3" x 3" on all four sides made of                                                                                                                  Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
       Section 7.15, Page 314 of 317,    14 mm guage anodized (Champagne                  Providing and fixing Aluminium panel openable comprising of approximate 83.5mm vertical members, appropriate availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
       MAIN ENTRANCE AND                 Bronze color) and with 12mm thk                  top & bottom members, Black or Champagne Bronze color powder coated. Thickness of section not less than 1.5 deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1178   WINDOW                            Modifloat glass panels as per detail             mm. 6 mm clear glass to be used.                                                                             DoP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                                       availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                         63 A four pole MCB with Enclosure in the                                                                                                                      deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1179                                     Meter Room
       Section 7.15, Page 314 of 317, ELECTRICALS                                         The Main switch specification should be : 63 A 415 V TPN with HRC fuse.                                      DoP.

                                                                                          The specification provided does not have the full details. The full specification are as follows "Modular distribution
                                                                                          board comprising of Incomer 63 A Isolator (4 pole).
                                                                                          One Double Pole 32 A MCB at incomer & 3 outgoing 16A SP MCB controlled for ATM, Emergency Light. 4 Nos UPS
                                                                                          6/16A Modular Switch Socket Output . 2 Nos, 20A Metal Clad Socket should be provided for UPS Incoming &
                                                                                          Outgoing. One more Double Pole 32 A MCB at incomer for 02 Nos 20A Metal Clad for ACs. One No 16A SP MCB
                                         Main Distribution board – 4 way TPN Single       should feed the supply to one no. 16A timer switch at night glow day off mode. 2 Nos. 16A SP MCB should be
                                         Door DB comprising of 63 A 4 pole ELMCB          available for general light & 01 No 16A SP MCB should feed the supply 2Nos 6/16A Modular Switch Socket at Raw
                                         and incommer 1 nos., 1 nos.32 A DP MCB           Power.All wiring of ISI FRLS cables.Lighting points including circuit wiring with 1.5 Sq mm copper wire and for UPS      Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                         as outgoing for UPS, 2 nos. of 25 A SPMCB        and AC input and output wiring 4 Sq mm copper wire through cable manager. All neutral and earth links should be          availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                         for AC units, 3 nos. 16 A SPMCB for lighting -   of minimum 63A. All Switches, MCBs, ELCBs, cables to be ISI make: Legrand, GE, Anchor Roma, MK, Indokrupp,               deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1180                                     Fascia/ Internal/ External. Schneider/Indo
       Section 7.15, Page 314 of 317, ELECTRICALS                                         Crabtree, Finolex, L&T, Siemens"                                                                                         DoP.
                                         Provision of 2nos Earth pit using 600mm x        Nowdays gel based Earthing is used therefore the recommended specification is "Based on Earthing Electrode with
                                         600 mm x 3 mm thick copper plate, Copper         inbuilt copper strip/GEL/GAF based. Should have resistance< 1 Ohm and should be < 2V between neutral and earth.
                                         strip of 25mm x 3mm thick, salt and              Suitable electrode be used as per the site requirements. Earth enhanced compound powder (Gel) with hardener to           Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                         Charcoal, GI watering pipe with funnel,          be provided minimum 20Kg per site/ Back Fill/Site Filled compound (BFC/BSC)- 100 Kg. Earthing Warranty for 5             availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                         Chamber covers, all done as per IE               years. The electrode should be minimum 60mm dia and 3 Meter length.or 80mm dia and 2 Meter length.                       deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1181                                     specifications
       Section 7.15, Page 314 of 317, ELECTRICALS                                         Dedicated earthing for ATM"                                                                                              DoP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                                                                          15 Amps Modular Switches and sockets of MK / Havells / Crabtree or equivalentmake concealed type of ISI                  deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1182   General                           No specification in the bid                      Standards (Within ATM Room). Includes cabling upto 5 meters.                                                             DoP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1183   General                           No specification in the bid                      Granite tiles 12mm thick of approved shade. Fixing in cement paste, complete with cutting and joints filling.            DoP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                                                                          Making steps of black granite 18mm thick. Fixing in cement mortar 1: 5, complete with cutting and joints filling and     deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1184   General                           No specification in the bid                      moulding.                                                                                                                DoP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                                                                          Providing & fixing flooring with vitrified tiles joint-free of minimum 9mm thickness, size 24" x 24", 4” skirting, all   availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                                                                          fixed in 1:5 cement mortar, complete with cutting and filling joints with white cement. Make of tiles Johnson / Bell /   deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1185   General                           No specification in the bid                      Euro / Asian/Nitco/Naveen /Somani or equivalent. Ivory /Shade or as specified by the Bank.                               DoP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Desired and indicative specifications are given and the same would depend on location and current infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   availability. The bidder can propose equivalent or better solution for the said requirements. At the time of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   deployment, if any change is envisaged, the same needs to be duly communicated by the vendor and approved by
1186   General                           No specification in the bid                      4 core - 8 sq mm copper cable of ISI make                                                                                DoP.

                                         The RFP states that
                                         "Knowledge based authentication should
                                         be able to provide protection to multiple
                                         layers e.g.
                                         1. IVR/Call Centre protection
                                         2. Mobile Banking Protection
       RFP Volume 1 Heading              3. ANI Spoofing Detection(Phone channel)
       specifications clause 5.16 / page 4. Invisible Device authentication "              While we understand that this clause is referring to ensuring proper authentication process to be in place for
1187   91                                                                                 various channels how ever further elaboration and clarity required.                                                      The requirement is self explanatory
       RFP Volume 1,section 2.2
       detailed scope of work,section
       2.2.1
       Supply,customization/enhance The FSI will deploy the ATMsolution in
       ment,installationand              1000 locations. The locations(HO Only) are
       commissioning of the following mentioned in annexure 12 (section 7.12) of
       postal banking                    volume 1 of this RFP the other locations         AN ATM switch Application is a enterprise application centrally processes the transactions based on the ATM
       application,2.2.1.2 ATM           will be decided by DoP during                    requests hence does not require to be implemented at 1000 locations . The 1000 locations are pertaining to ATM
1188   switch/page 39 point 1            implementation                                   installations only. Please confirm our understanding is correct.                                                         The understanding is correct
       RFP Volume 1,section 2.2
       detailed scope of work,section
       2.2.1
       Supply,customization/enhance
       ment,installationand
       commissioning of the following The solution should provide complete
       postal banking                    cardmanagement system to handle debit            The ATM switch solution comply to process the transactions out of said cards how ever card issuance and
       application,2.2.1.2 ATM           cards,prepaid cards, Third party credit          management of card life cycle to be provided by a system out side ATM switch. As per the RFP FSI should provide
1189   switch/page 39 point 9            cards etc                                        the solution for the card management as well. Please confirm our understanding is correct.                               The understanding is correct. The card management requirements as per Annexure 1 has to be provided by FSI


       RFP volume 1, Section 2.2
       detailed scope of work, Section
       2.2.6 Supply, Installation and
       commisioning of ATM/CD and
       providing ATM Managed
       services section 2.2.6.1 Supply
       Installation ,commissioning and   The cost of these machines will be borne
       maintenance of ATM/CDs point      by the FSI who will lease them to DOP for 5      Who would be the owwner of these ATMs after a lease period of 5 years will India Post Buy the same/ extend the
1190   3 page 48                         years                                            lease contract? Please clarify the post lease action plan?                                                               Please refer to section 5.3 clause 5.3 of volume 3 of RFP
       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System
       requirements sr.No10 ATM10        Coupon ,stamp,ticket dispensing must be          Switch is transaction processing engine authenticates the transaction the dispension mechanisms needs to built
1191   page188                           supported                                        with dispenser                                                                                                           This is a future requirement and is desirable in the solution proposed
       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System            withdrwal from savings Bank/current
       requirements sr.No ATM11            Account/credit account/term deposit -
1192   page188                             which may include multiple accounts                                                                                              Please specify how many accounts?                                                                                     The same cannot be specified
       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System
       requirements sr.No ATM13            opening of new accounts for existing                                                                                             Our understanding is opening of accounts needs to be done out of CBS. For existing customers registration for value
1193   page188                             customers                                                                                                                        added services such bill payments etc can be enabled. Please confirm our understanding is correct.                  The requirement pertains to new account initiation by existing customer
       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System
       requirements sr.No ATM17            Distribution of transaction load among
1194   page188                             different hosts                                                                                                                  Our understanding is only one core banking host will be used, please clarify different hosts?                         The same would depend on the solution provided by FSI as per the requirements given in the RFP
       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System
       requirements sr.No ATM18            Ability to monitor and report status of
1195   page189                             Hosts                                                                                                                            Point not clear, please elaborate.                                                                                    Ability to monitor and indicate host status should be part of the solution
       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System            Ability to configure new host parameters                                                                                         Configuration of any new parameters with out assessing the impact on the production environments is not
       requirements sr.No ATM28            on the switch with out stopping the                                                                                              advisable. India post should look at a test platform with in the system once the parameter level                      It is expected that development and test environment is part of the solution. The FSI must ensure that any change
1196   page189                             services                                                                                                                         Changemanagement UAT done the same may be rolled out. Clause to be suitably modified.                                 in the production environment does not result in shut down or services or host.

                                           The switch shall support 19-digit and 16
                                           digit card number(PAN) presently and shall
       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2            support variations introduced by
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch           VISA,Mastercard, The pin number to be
       application,7.2.2 System            supported shall be in the range of 4 to 11
       requirements, PIN verification      digits. The system must support 4 digit pin
1197   sr.No ATM33 page189                 number for existing cards                                                                                                        Currently supported only 4 digit pin number. Please modify the clause of 4 to 11 digits pin number                    This is a indicative range. However, 4 digit PIN has to be supported.

       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System
       requirements, PIN verification      Support pin verification using Host Security
1198   sr.No ATM34 page189                 Module(HSM)                                                                                                                      India Post may include pin generation through HSM as well as it is more secured process.                              The bidder can propose the same in the solution
       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System
       requirements, PIN verification
       sr.No ATM63 page190 - Card          Card issue including EMV smart card and it                                                                                       Card Management solutions are independent of switch. We understand FIS bidder should propose the same.
1199   management                          s full life cycle                                                                                                                Please confirm our understanding.                                                                                     The understanding is correct. The card management requirements as per Annexure 1 has to be provided by FSI

       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System
       requirements, PIN verification
       sr.No ATM83 page191 -               Support online automatic reconciliation at                                                                                       Accounting and Reconciliation is a back office activity requires files from host, switch, ATMs and Interchanges.
1200   Accounting & Reconciliation         the point of cutover                                                                                                             Hence the saame needs to be proposed a reconciliation solution by FSI bidder? Please confirm.                         The bidder has to propose the complete solution for ATM accounting and reconciliation

       RFP volume 1,Section 7.2
       Annexure 2:FRS:ATM Switch
       application,7.2.2 System            The switch shall support EJ down loads of
       requirements, PIN verification      ATMs of all locations MIS data , various
       sr.No ATM90 page191 -               reports required for for reconciliation of                                                                                       Switch doesnot down load any EJ from ATM. The same needs to be pulled from a centrl location by an application .
1201   Accounting & Reconciliation         transactions                                                                                                                     FSI bidder shall propose the same. Please confirm.                                                                  The bidder has to propose the complete solution for ATM accounting and reconciliation
                                                                                                                                                                            Typically reconciliation happens between multiple entities like, transaction details from CBS, switch, interchanges
       RFP Volume II, Page no 445,         Support online automatic reconciliation at                                                                                       etc at the end of the day post cut-over of the Switch business day. Kindly clarify the requirement of online
1202   ATM 77                              the poiint of cutover.                                                                                                           automatic reconciliation at the point of cutover.                                                                   The bidder has to propose the complete solution for ATM accounting and reconciliation
                                           Recociliation of all ATM and POS
                                           transctions- Inter-branch, interbank and
       RFP Volume II, Page no 445,         inter-currencies pertaining to cardholders                                                                                       How Interbank transactions are envisaged by PO ? Does PO envisage having tie-up with multiple banks for
1203   ATM 79                              of respective bank.                                                                                                              transaction acceptance and routing?                                                                                   The same would depend on the solution provided by FSI as per the requirements given in the RFP

                                           The Switch must provide end-of-day
                                           settlement for all transactions based on
                                           the interchange and single/multiple
       RFP Volume II, Page no 446,         network level on daily basis or any cut over                                                                                     In typical reconciliation and settlement process, the transaction report generation happens post-reconciliation at
1204   ATM 82                              period decided by the PO                                                                                                         the end of the switch (cut-over) business day. Please clarify what is meant by 'cut over time decided by PO'.         The cut over time would be communicated to the selected vendor by DoP

                                           Application and data base servers should
                                           be a RISC/EPIC/X-86 with 1.6 GHz or above
                                           with industry standard 64-bit Operating
                                           System. Application OEM or FSI provide
                                           minimum 2 client references which is         Application and data base servers should be a RISC/EPIC.with 1.6 GHz or above
                                           running core banking application in at least with industry standard 64-bit Operating System. Application OEM or FSI provide
                                           1000 branches or minimum 20000               minimum 2 client references which is running core banking application in at least   For such high end applications DOP should consider only RISC / EPIC platforms.X-86 does not offer the reliability ,
1205   3.2.1.2, pt 6                       concurrent users on same platform.           1000 branches or minimum 20000 concurrent users on same platform.                   scalability and availablity that RISC/ EPIC offer.                                                                    The requirement remains unchanged

                                           Benchmark:Proposed server should have a
                                           benchmark certificate for either of the two
                                           benchmarks mentioned below. And should
                                           be able to meet the minimum specified
1206                                       benchmark result.                           New clause                                                                           Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                                       The requirement remains unchanged

                                           (1) TPC-C Each server should be capable of
1207                                       delivering tpmC rating of 2,000,000         New clause                                                                           Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                                       The requirement remains unchanged
                                           ii) SPECjbb2005:Each server should be
                                           capable of delivering SPECjbb2005 rating of
1208   3.2.1.2, pt 26                      820,000 BOPS                                New clause                                                                           Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                                       The requirement remains unchanged

                                           Benchmark:Proposed server should have a
                                           benchmark certificate for either of the two
                                           benchmarks mentioned below. And should
                                           be able to meet the minimum specified
1209   3.2.1.3 pt 12                       benchmark result.                           New clause                                                                           Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                                       The requirement remains unchanged

1210   3.2.1.3. pt 13                      deliver at least 250,000 bops.                 New clause                                                                        Performance clause would ensure every vendor to quote servers of same category.                                       The requirement remains unchanged



                                         The Storage should be a Monolithic
                                         Storage System(s) and shall support no
                                         single point of failure features, such as Non-
                                         disruptive component replacement and
                                         hot-replacement of Interfaces, Disk
                                         controllers, Disk drives, Cache memory         Change Requested-The Storage should be a Modular Storage System(s) and shall
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement cards, Micro-code, Power supplies, Battery support no single point of failure features, such as Non- disruptive component
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn systems, Fan subsystems, FC controller and replacement and hot-replacement of Interfaces, Disk controllers, Disk drives,                Resons for Changes Required The Modular storage provide advantages in terms of scaling up whenever required.
       ology_Evaluation sheet            ports, etc. There shall be no significant      Cache memory cards, Micro-code, Power supplies, Battery systems, Fan                Monolithic architecture imposes a fixed configuration and needs more power, cooling and space requirement as
       HARDWARE(Storage-Minimum performance degradation due to any single subsystems, FC controller and ports, etc. There shall be no significant                           compared to modular architecture. Moreover, monolithic storage architecture is used where the mainframe
1211   specifications for storage array) failure in the enterprise storage.             performance degradation due to any single failure in the enterprise storage.        connectivity is required. For open source connectivity, it is advisable to have modular storage architecture.         The requirement remains unchanged

                                           The Storage Array should be configured
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement         with at least 128 GB of Cache to deliver at
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn        least 2 Million Cache IOPS. Additional
       ology_Evaluation sheet              Cache, if required to meet the specified                                                                                         Reasons for change required-The 2 million IOPS is the internal testing figure and is derived only under idle scenario.
       HARDWARE(Storage-Minimum            IOPS should be configured in excess to the Changes Requested -The Storage Array should be configured with at least 128 GB        Whereas, in real/practical environments, the 2 million IOPS can never be achieved. Thus request to modify the point
1212   specifications for storage array)   128GB.                                      of Cache. The cache should be scalable to 192GB.                                     as suggested.                                                                                                          Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                         Storage system shall be configured with at
                                         least 64 Backend FC Disk Controllers
                                         (towards disks) and at least 32 front end
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement FC ports (towards FC switch) scalable to                                                                                               Reasons for changes required-In a modular architecture, the front end and the backend ports are configured on the
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn 64.Each frontend port in the storage array                                                                                            latest PCI-e technology which has dedicated ASIC for each adapter. Thus request to remove the requirement of
       ology_Evaluation sheet            should have dedicated processor or cores         Change Requested-Storage system shall be configured with at least 64 Backend FC dedicated processor or cores for the frontend ports.
       HARDWARE(Storage-Minimum for delivering high throughput and I/O                    Disk Controllers (towards disks) and at least 32 front end FC ports (towards FC Also, the servers/hosts will be connecting to the SAN switch. Thus 64 front end ports would not be required.
1213   specifications for storage array) performance.                                     switch) scalable to 48.                                                         Request to reduce the scalability of frontend ports to 48                                                         Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

                                           The Storage Array configuration should be
                                           sized to deliver at least 60000 SPC- 1 IOPS
                                           at an average response time of 2ms or
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement         less. FSI should also specify the SPC-1 IOPS
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn        per disk that can be achieved with the
       ology_Evaluation sheet              Storage Array. The Storage Array
       HARDWARE(Storage-Minimum            bandwidth should be at least 3GBps rated                                                                                         Reasons for changes required-Most of the storage vendors does not have SPC benchmark results published. Hence
1214   specifications for storage array)   as per SPC-2 benchmark                       Changes Requested-Request to delete this point.                                     request to remove this requirement.                                                                                   Refer to clarification given against query no 4
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement         The storage array should support native
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn        front end connectivity options such as
       ology_Evaluation sheet              FibreFiber Channel, FICON. The array         Changes Requested-The storage array should support native front end
       HARDWARE(Storage-Minimum            should also support native Gig-E for         connectivity options such as FibreFiber Channel. The array should also support   Reasons for changes required-FICON connectivity is only required for the mainframe systems and all the storage
1215   specifications for storage array)   remote replication.                          native Gig-E for remote replication.                                             vendors does not provide connectivity to the mainframe systems. Hence, request to modify this point.                    Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn
       ology_Evaluation sheet            The storage should have separate
       HARDWARE(Storage-Minimum dedicated data signal path and control
1216   specifications for storage array) signal path.                                   Changes Requested-Request to delete this point                                                                                                                                                           The requirement remains unchanged

                                                                                                                                                                         Request for changes required-RAID is implemented to provide higher performance and better protection. The
                                                                                                                                                                         proposed storage conceptually and technically provides RAID configurations which provide better performance and
                                                                                                                                                                         protection through stripping (called as RAID 0), mirroring (called RAID 1) and parity protection (called RAID 5 or
                                                                                                                                                                         RAID 6). Moreover the proposed storage provides high performance and resilient RAID levels like RAID 6+1 which
                                                                                                                                                                         offers high level of performance with higher protection. RAID 5 provides protection against single disk failure only,
                                                                                                                                                                         and RAID 6 (dual protection RAID, also called as RAID-DP) provides protection against any 2 disk failure
                                                                                                                                                                         simultaneously. The tender specifications has asked for RAID 5 implementation. Since RAID 6/DP is better in
                                                                                                                                                                         performance as well as resiliency, request to allow storage vendors to implement RAID 5 or RAID 6/DP.
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement                                                                                                                                       Industry leading Application vendors like SAP, Microsoft recommend RAID 6/DP for implementation in production
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn        Storage System should support at least                                                                                        environments. The links are provided below:
       ology_Evaluation sheet              RAID 5, RAID1 and RAID 10.Mix and match Changes Requested-Storage System should support at least RAID 4/5, RAID1 and
       HARDWARE(Storage-Minimum            of disks types & RAID levels shall be   RAID 10/RAID 6 or DP.Mix and match of disks types & RAID levels shall be              http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb738146.aspx
1217   specifications for storage array)   supported.                              supported.                                                                            http://maxdb.sap.com/doc/7_7/44/c36449865960efe10000000a155369/content.htm                                              Please refer to 'Table A - Response to common queries'

       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement
       _Format_For_Functional_Techn
       ology_Evaluation sheet            Storage Array shall support both Spanning
       HARDWARE(Storage-Minimum and Striping of volume across minimum of
1218   specifications for storage array) 32 channels in active- active configuration.                                                                                    Request to elaborate on this point as the requirement is not clear                                                      Spanning and Striping are industry standard terms and are self-explanatory



                                    At least two routers shall be provided at
                                    each location. The design shall support
                                    failover using redundant configurations,
                                    ensuring that in case one of the routers is
                                    down, the traffic can flow through the
                                    other router. Actual requirement would be
                                    as per the bandwidth requirement of WAN
                                    link to storage infrastructure. In case
                                    additional routers are required based on
                                    the requirement of bandwidth sizing for
                                    asynchronous storage based remote
       TECH_3_Compliance_Statement replication over IP; the same shall have to
1219   _Format_For_Functional_Techn be proposed additionally.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Bidder is expected to size and propose number of ports based on RTO and RPO requirements of RFP
       ology_Evaluation sheet                                                                                                                                            Some storage vendors does not require separate FCIP routers to perform replication as the ethernet ports for
       HARDWARE(Minimum             The proposed FCIP router could be part of                                                                                            replication are natively available on the storage itself. Request to specify the number of ethernet ports which are
       requirements for FC - IP     proposed SAN Switch as a separate                                                                                                    required to do the replication and allow the storage vendors to offer technology which can do FCIP functionality
1220   routers)                     module within the SAN Switch                                                                                                         from the storage itself.                                                                                                Bidder can propose FCIP router functionality within storage

                                                                                                                                                                         Change Requested-Application and data base servers should be a RISC/EPIC.with 1.6 GHz or above with industry
                                           provide minimum 2 client references which                                                                                     standard 64-bit Operating System. Application OEM or FSI provide minimum 2 client references which is running
       Minimum Specifications for          is running core banking application in at                                                                                     core banking application in at least 1000 branches or minimum 20000 concurrent users on same
       database and application            least 1000 branches or minimum 20000                                                                                          platform.Justification for Change-For such high end applications DOP should consider only RISC / EPIC platforms.X-
1221   servers                             concurrent users on same platform.                                                                                            86 does not offer the reliability , scalability and availablity that RISC/ EPIC offer.                                  The requirement remains unchanged
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 CBS and PAS/ Core Insurance System should have capability to generate general ledger of their own. Also FSI
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 should provide support to integrate these applications with the enterprise wide finance and accounts package
1222                                                                                                                                                                     General Ledger Consolidation - what is the level of consolidation required                                              brought in by CSI
1223                                                                                                                                                                     ATM Switch - Will it be owned by DoP or it can be leased to DoP                                                         The ATM switch application will be owned by DoP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table A - Response to Common Queries
S.No             RFP Volume                               Section No.                                                      Point No.                                                                   Additional information /Revised Specification/Correction                                                                                  Existing Specification                                                                      Revised Specification



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      All applications shall fail over on to High availability Server in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      separate partitions. In case of failure of any Server, it shall be
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 All applications shall fail over on to High availability Server in separate partitions. In case of failure of any    possible to dynamically move CPU/Memory resources from
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Application or Server, it shall be possible to dynamically move CPU/Memory/ IO adapter resources from other          other partitions to the High Availability Partition without re-
 1                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.2                                      9                                                                                Revised specification                                                                                                   partitions to the High Availability Partition without re-booting the system or partition.                            booting the system or partition



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Capacity of High Availability Server shall be calculated in such a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Capacity of High Availability Server shall be calculated in a such a way that in case of failure of any single   way that in case of failure of any single server, it shall be possible
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 application, it shall be possible to dynamically allocate same amount of CPU/Memory/ IO adapter resources (as in to dynamically allocate same amount of CPU/Memory resources
 2                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.2                                      10                                                                               Revised specification                                                                                                   production) to the HA partition.                                                                                 (as in production) to the HA partition


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Should support a shared architecture wherein CPU and Memory
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Should support a shared everything architecture wherein CPU, Memory and I/O can be shared between the                can be shared between the different partitions, be it virtual
 3                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.2                                      14                                                                               Revised specification                                                                                                   different partitions, be it virtual partitions or logical partitions.                                                partitions or logical partitions




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Each server must be populated with minimum 2 dual/multi-core CPUs with highest speed and FSB available in the        Each server must be populated with minimum 2 multi-core CPUs
 4                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      2                                                                                Revised specification                                                                                                   server family.                                                                                                       with highest speed and FSB available in the server family.


 5                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      5                                                                                Revised specification                                                                                                   The blade server shall have redundant power supply                                                                   The requirement shall be treated as 'Deleted"


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      If server is virtualized, Virtualization Software License, allowing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      for hosting multiple Virtual Machines (VMs) on the Server should
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Virtualization Software License, allowing for hosting multiple Virtual Machines (VMs) on the Server. The             be provided. The virtualization software should allow for
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 virtualization Software should be directly hosted on the Hardware, and allow for migration of VMs from one           migration of VMs from one physical server to another physical
 6                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      6                                                                                Revised specification                                                                                                   physical server to another physical server.                                                                          server.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      The blade server shall be supplied with minimum 4 nos. of GbE
 7                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      7                                                                                Revised specification                                                                                                   The blade server shall be supplied with minimum 4 nos. of GbE Ethernet ports.                                        or 2 nos. of 10GbE Ethernet ports



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      If servers are connected to SAN, the blade server shall be
 8                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      8                                                                                Revised specification                                                                                                   The blade server shall be configured with dual redundant 4 Gbps FC adapters.                                         configured with minimum two 4 Gbps FC or SAS ports.


 9                   Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      10                                                                               Revised specification                                                                                                   2 Console Ports Remote /local.                                                                                       This requirement shall be treated as "Deleted"

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 High-Availability Dual Path Midplane for providing two-way communication paths for Ethernet, Fiber Channel,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 KVM Switches, Power Supply and Management Signals and should support Dual 10Gb High- Speed Ethernet
 10                  Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      Table 7 (2)                                                                      Revised specification                                                                                                   Switches and Infiniband Switches                                                                                     Should support passive or active midplane architecture.



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum of 14 Full Height Hot Plug-gable Blade Servers with Dual I/O Connectors         Blade Chassis to accommodate minimum of 8 Full Height Hot
 11                  Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      Table 7 (3)                                                                      Revised specification                                                                                                   as well as Power Connectors for Redundancy.                                                                          Plug-gable Blade Servers



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Redundant Gigabit Layer 2/7 Ethernet Switch Modules having minimum 4 up-link Ports. Should enable                    Redundant Gigabit Ethernet/10GigE Pass-through modules or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 consolidation of full Layer 2-7 LAN switching capabilities as well as Support virtualized network services using     Ethernet Switch modules to support redundant network ports
 12                  Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      Table 7 (4)                                                                      Revised specification                                                                                                   VLANs, Virtual IPs, Virtual Server Router and Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol                                     for each blade server.




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Should have redundant 8 GB fibre channel ports for each blade
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Redundant Hot-Swap 8GB Fibre Channel SAN Switch Modules should provide no single point of failure. There             server and Redundant hot-swap 8GB Fibre Channel SAN Switch
 13                  Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      Table 7 (6)                                                                      Revised specification                                                                                                   should be min. of 6 External uplink Ports                                                                            Modules with no single point of failure.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Hot swappable management module to communicate with the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Dual Redundant management modules (Hot Swappable) to communicate with the system management processor system management processor on the Blade Servers from
 14                  Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      Table 7 (7)                                                                      Revised specification                                                                                                   on the Blade Servers from remote locations                                                            remote locations.



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 10 Hot-Swap Modules (2 x Dedicated Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module Slots, 2 x Dedicated Bridged Module Slots, 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 x Dedicated Ether Switch/Fiber Channel Switch Slots & 4 x High-Speed Slots for 10G Ethernet or Infiniband). All      Chassis should support all modules ethernet (1g/10g), infiniband,
 15                  Vol 1                 3.2.1.3                                      Table 7 (8)                                                                      Revised specification                                                                                                   modules installed in pairs should be able to support load balancing and fail-over support.                           FC ports in load balancing and failover mode.
                                                                                                                                                                                    Should have redundant and hot swappable blower or fan
16   Vol 1   3.2.1.3   Table 7 (9)    Revised specification   Should have more than two Hot Swap & Redundant variable speed rear access blowers Modules                             modules.




                                                                                                                                                                                 Dual Power Supply to cater power for the blade servers
                                                              Dual Power Supply to cater power for the blade servers (redundant). No single point of failure for Power Delivery. (redundant). No single point of failure for Power Delivery. No
                                                              Chassis should have dual power connectors on each blade server for power input and no single fault should take single fault should take down the entire power bus. Should have
17   Vol 1   3.2.1.3   Table 7 (10)   Revised specification   down the entire power bus. Should have dual N+N power topologies for higher uptime.                                N+N power topologies for higher uptime.



                                                                                                                                                                                    Chassis should have redundant fans and the power supplies and
                                                              Chassis should have redundant fans on the power supplies and should be able to provide reconfiguration of fans        should be able to provide reconfiguration of fans and power
18   Vol 1   3.2.1.3   Table 7 (11)   Revised specification   and power supplies without manual intervention                                                                        supplies without manual intervention.



                                                                                                                                                                                    Chassis should have an integrated tool that can provide a view of
                                                                                                                                                                                    the actual power used (as opposed to benchmarked power
                                                              Chassis should have an integrated tool that can provide a view of the actual power used (as opposed to                consumption) and can effectively allocate, match and cap power
                                                              benchmarked power consumption) and can effectively allocate, match and cap power and thermal limits in the            and thermal limits in the data centre at the system and chassis
19   Vol 1   3.2.1.3   Table 7 (12)   Revised specification   data centre at the system, chassis and rack level.                                                                    level.



                                                                                                                                                                                    Pre-Failure or Post-Failure support for Blades, bridge/switch
                                                              Pre-Failure Support for Blades, Blades, bridge/switch modules, I/O modules, management modules, power                 modules, I/O modules, management modules, power modules,
20   Vol 1   3.2.1.3   Table 7 (15)   Revised specification   modules, blower modules, media tray                                                                                   blower/fan modules, media tray. Some support pre/post


                                                                                                                                                                                    Should support diagnostic features for Blade server, processor,
                                                                                                                                                                                    memory, power supplies, blowers/fans, switch module,
21   Vol 1   3.2.1.3   Table 7 (16)   Revised specification   Blade server, processor, memory, power supplies, blowers, switch module, management module                            management module .




                                                                                                                                                                                    LED/LCD panel to provide power-on, location, over temperature,
22   Vol 1   3.2.1.3   Table 7 (18)   Revised specification   LED panel to provide power-on, location, over temperature, information and system error conditions                    information and system error conditions




                                                                                                                                                                                    The chassis should be able to support a mix Blade Servers of
23   Vol 1   3.2.1.3   Table 7 (19)   Revised specification   The chassis should be able to support Blade Servers CISC/EPIC/RISC architecture processors                            X64( Intel/AMD), CISC/EPIC/RISC architecture processors




                                                                                                                                                                                    Storage system shall be configured with at least 32 Backend FC or
                                                                                                                                                                                    SAS Disk ports (towards disks) scalable to 64 and at least 32 front
                                                                                                                                                                                    end FC ports (towards FC switch) scalable to 64.Each frontend
                                                                                                                                                                                    port in the storage array should have dedicated processor or
                                                              Storage system shall be configured with at least 64 Backend FC Disk Controllers (towards disks) and at least 32       cores for delivering high throughput and I/O performance. The
                                                              front end FC ports (towards FC switch) scalable to 64.Each frontend port in the storage array should have             storage array should be end-to-end 4Gbps FC or higher
25   Vol 1   3.2.2.1   6              Revised specification   dedicated processor or cores for delivering high throughput and I/O performance.                                      architecture.




                                                                                                                                                                                    The array should support automated storage tiering and
                                                              The array should support automated storage tiering and movement of data within different tiers of storage             movement of data within different tiers of storage namely SSD,
                                                              namely SSD, FC and SATA disks without requiring user intervention, depending on the frequency or pattern of the       FC/SAS and SATA disks without requiring user intervention,
26   Vol 1   3.2.2.1   9              Revised specification   accessed data.                                                                                                        depending on the frequency or pattern of the accessed data.



                                                                                                                                                                                    The storage array should support native front end connectivity
                                                              The storage array should support native front end connectivity options such as Fibre Channel, FICON. The array        options such as Fibrer Channel, FICON. It should support Gig-E
27   Vol 1   3.2.2.1   12             Revised specification   should also support native Gig-E for remote replication.                                                              for remote replication




                                                                                                                                                                                 The storage array shall be configured with latest disks with data
                                                                                                                                                                                 storage in RAID 1/0 (stripping & mirroring).Minimum 10% of
                                                                                                                                                                                 usable capacity shall be on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC/SAS disks
                                                                                                                                                                                 and 40% on SATA disks. The usable capacity is defined as the Net
                                                              The enterprise storage arrays shall be configured with latest disks with data storage in RAID 1/0 (stripping &     storage capacity available for the application stack, after
                                                              mirroring).The usable storage capacity should be minimum 50 TB and scalable upto 2x of the proposed capacity.      deducting the penalties imposed by storage infrastructure
                                                              Minimum 10% of usable capacity shall be on Solid State Disks, 50% on FC disks and 40% on SATA disks. The usable requirements, disk and array formatting, RAID penalties, host OS
                                                              capacity is defined as the Net storage capacity available for the application stack, after deducting the penalties and file system formatting including overheads for directory
                                                              imposed by storage infrastructure requirements, disk and array formatting, RAID penalties, host OS and file        structure and inodes etc or any other penalties which eat away
                                                              system formatting including overheads for directory structure and inodes etc or any other penalties which eat      usable disk space. The disks should be enterprise class disks built
28   Vol 1   3.2.2.1   17             Revised specification   away usable disk space. The disks should be enterprise class disks built for 24 x 7 operations.                    for 24 x 7 operations




                                                                                                                                                                                  SAN switch should be of director class with minimum 128 ports
                                                                                                                                                                                  populated and active. Should have non-blocking architecture and
                                                              SAN switch should be of director class with 128 ports populated and active. Should have non-blocking architecture scalable to 256 ports in a single domain with 8Gbps full duplex.
                                                              and scalable to 192 ports in a single domain with 8Gbps full duplex with no over subscription with local switching. Two nos. of Fiber channel switch should be provided in high
29   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   1              Revised specification   Two nos. of Fiber channel switch should be provided in high availability mode.                                      availability mode.




                                                                                                                                                                                    Should support 4 GB FC ports and also support 1Gig and 10 Gig
30   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   2              Revised specification   Should support 4 GB FC ports and also support 1Gig Ethernet ports for remote replication in future.                   Ethernet ports for remote replication in future.


                                                                                                                                                                                    Switch should support multiprotocol architecture such as FC,
                                                                                                                                                                                    FICON, FCIP and emerging protocol such as Converged Enhanced
                                                              Switch should support multiprotocol architecture such as FC, FICON, FCR, FCIP and emerging protocol such as           Ethernet (CEE) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). Fcr :
31   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   3              Revised specification   Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE).                                             typo,, no sch tech


                                                                                                                                                                                    SAN Switch should have equal performance from any port to any
                                                                                                                                                                                    port on the director fo consistent performance. Local sw not
32   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   4              Revised specification   Switch must support local switching on port card to provide point to point line rate throughput.                      supp, any 2 any port is latest tech


                                                              Setting of the port speed to 4Gbps or 8Gbps from the lower speed should not impact or disable the other ports in
33   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   6              Revised specification   the same port blade or port group.                                                                                    This requirement shall be treated as "Deleted"




                                                                                                                                                                                    There should not be any single point of failure in the switch. The
                                                              There should no single point of failure in the switch. The SAN switch should provide Enterprise-class availability    SAN switch should provide Enterprise-class availability features
                                                              features such as Dual-redundant control processors, WWN cards, redundant hot-swappable power and cooling              such as Dual-redundant control processors, redundant hot-
34   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   8              Revised specification   subsystems. Power supply and fan assembly should have different FRU.                                                  swappable power and cooling subsystems.


                                                              Cascading of two SAN switches should be possible without utilizing the available 192 ports in a single chassis with   Cascading of two SAN switches should be possible from any port
35   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   13             Revised specification   a maximum cascaded trunk bandwidth of 512 Gbit/sec full duplex.                                                       in any module across the Director.



                                                              Switch shall support POST and online/offline diagnostics, including RAStrace logging, environmental monitoring,       Switch shall support diagnostics features such as port mirroring
36   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   20             Revised specification   non-disruptive daemon restart, FC ping and Path info (FC traceroute), port mirroring (SPAN port).                     (SPANport), Syslog, Online system health, Port-level statistics etc.



                                                                                                                                                                                    Introduction of application blades/storage service cards should
                                                              Introduction of application blades should not impact the port throughput or total available ports in the remaining    not impact the port throughput or total available ports in the
37   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   21             Revised specification   slots of the switch chassis.                                                                                          remaining slots of the switch chassis.




38   Vol 1   3.2.2.2   22             Revised specification   Throughput of the each switch should be 720 Gbps or more                                                              Throughput of the each switch should be 1024 Gbps or more




                                                                                                                                                                                      Each of these Tape Libraries must be supplied with minimum 12
                                                              Each of these Tape Libraries shall be scalable to at least 64 drives and at least 3000 slots. Scalability of the number drivers and shall be scalable upto minimum 40 drives and at least
                                                              of drives and slots can be delivered through multiple tape libraries. However each library shall be supplied with       3000 slots. Scalability of the number of drives and slots can be
39   Vol 1   3.2.3     7              Revised specification   minimum of 280 slots and 12 drives.                                                                                     delivered through multiple tape libraries.
                                                                                                                                 The tape library shall be configured with at least one robot in redundant configuration per tape library to address    The tape library shall be configured with at least one robot per
40   Vol 1   3.2.3     9                                                                                Revised specification    all the slots in a redundant configuration.                                                                            tape library to address all the slots.



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        FSI will be responsible for the analysis of ATM reconciliation,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        disputed transactions/cash shortage issues by verifying the
41   Vol 1   2.2.6.4   3                                                                                Additional Information   Not Applicable                                                                                                         Journal Log and purge bin cash.




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Replenishment has to be predicted and planned properly to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        avoid cash outs and emergencies on the basis of forecasting
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        tools. The number of runs required for cash replenishment will
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        depend on the Cash Efficiency Ratio which is defined as the ratio
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        of the Total Cash withdrawn between 2 replenishment cycles and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        the Total cash in ATM between two replenishment cycles
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        measured across each ATM per month. The Bidder should
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        commit minimum 70% Cash Efficiency Ratio.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The bidder shall be charged penalty of 5% of Cash Surplus which
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        will be applicable per month. In case of Cash Out the bidder shall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        be charged penalty of Rs 500 per instance per ATM. The
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        penalties shall be applicable after 6 months of commissioning of
42   Vol 1   2.2.6.4   4                                                                                Additional Information   Not Applicable                                                                                                         the ATM.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The Bidder is responsible for cash forecasting. The following
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        should provide the following:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        1 Bidder to provide for a Cost Optimization & Management
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        software for reducing dead cash (specify tool/software with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        details)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        2 Bidder to be able to do Dynamic Forecasting based on past
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        trends
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        3 Bidder will do appropriate CIT Scheduling based on
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        predictive cash analysis on the Cash Efficiency Ratio.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        4 Bidder to be able to do a Performance Measurement and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        reduce cash and CIT on a year on year basis
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        5 Bidder should ensure no cash out in ATMs/ CD
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        6 Bidder should analyze performance of all cash points and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        suggest changes as required
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        7 Bidder to be able to optimize cash runs
43   Vol 1   2.2.6.4   5                                                                                Additional Information   Not Applicable

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Overall Project timelines: Please refer to Table B - Overall Project
44   Vol 1                                                                                              Additional Information   Not Applicable                                                                                                         Timelines.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Data retention policy: Please refer to Table C - Data Retention
45   Vol 1                                                                                              Additional Information   Not Applicable                                                                                                         Policy



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   The bidder should have an experience in reverse engineering of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  legacy application in banking or insurance domain "in India or
46   Vol 2   7.1.3     Point 12 - Checklist for pre qualification criteria                              Correction               The bidder should have an experience in reverse engineering of legacy application in banking or insurance domain abroad"



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        "Self declaration by an Authorized Signatory of the partner" or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Client declaration/ work order stating the size and details of the
47   Vol 2   7.1.3     Point 4 - Check list for pre qualification criteria for partners of the bidder   Correction               Client declaration stating the size and details of the project implemented                                             project implemented



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        "Self declaration by an Authorized Signatory of the partner" or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Client declaration/ work order stating the size and details of the
48   Vol 2   7.1.3     Point 5 - Check list for pre qualification criteria for partners of the bidder   Correction               Client declaration stating the size and details of the project implemented                                             project implemented



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        "Self declaration by an Authorized Signatory of the partner" or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Client declaration/ work order stating the size and details of the
49   Vol 2   7.1.3     Point 6 - Check list for pre qualification criteria for partners of the bidder   Correction               Client declaration stating the size and details of the project implemented                                             project implemented



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Presently there are ~500 processing centers of PLI. These
                                                                                                                                 Presently there are ~560 processing centers of PLI. These processing centers are located at the Regional Offices       processing centers are located at the Regional Offices and
50   Vol 1   2.2.2     4                                                                                Revised specification    and Divisional Offices of DoP                                                                                          Divisional Offices of DoP


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Besides the ~500 existing processing centers; ~500 Head Office
                                                                                                                                 Besides the ~560 existing processing centers; ~440 Head Office have been selected, across all the circles, as new      and other offices have been selected, across all the circles, as
51   Vol 1   2.2.2     5                                                                                Revised specification    processing centers as part of this project.                                                                            new processing centers as part of this project




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The following lines have been included in the footer of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        format given in Tech 6: Suggestions on draft terms of contract:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        "We accept that modifications/ changes suggested in this
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        annexure may or may not be considered in the final contract nor
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        is this process construed as any commitment from Department
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        of Posts to consider the suggestions. The financial and technical
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        bid submitted by us is not dependent upon the acceptance of the
52   Vol 2   7.2.6     -                                                                                Additional Information   Not Applicable                                                                                                         changes suggested"




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        We undertake that in the last 12 months we have not
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        supplied/are not supplying the similar systems or subsystems at
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        a price lower than that offered in the present Bid in respect of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        any other Ministry/Department of the Government of India or a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Public Sector Unit / Organization and if it is found at any stage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        that the similar system or sub-system was supplied by us to any
                                                                                                                                 We undertake that we have not supplied/are not supplying the similar systems or subsystems at a price lower            other Ministry/Department of the Government of India at a
                                                                                                                                 than that offered in the present Bid in respect of any other Ministry/Department of the Government of India or a       lower price, then that very price, with due allowance for elapsed
                                                                                                                                 Public Sector Unit / Organization and if it is found at any stage that the similar system or sub-system was supplied   time and changes, if any, in applicable taxes during the interim
                                                                                                                                 by us to any other Ministry/Department of the Government of India at a lower price, then that very price, with         period, will be applicable to the present case and the difference
                                                                                                                                 due allowance for elapsed time, will be applicable to the present case and the difference in the cost would be         in the cost would be refunded by us to Department of Posts, if
53   Vol 2   7.3.3                                                                                      Revised specification    refunded by us to Department of Posts, if payments have already been made to us for the solution                       payments have already been made to us for the solution
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Number of policy records with follow up payment, claim and
54   Vol 1   7.13.2    2                                                                                Revised specification    Number of policy records with follow up payment, claim and loan records – 14,000,000                                   loan records – 18,000,000



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The indicative breakup of expected number of users of policy
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        administration system (30,000) are as follows:

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Policy Administration System/ Core Insurance System: 3,000
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Point of sale (POS): 27,000
55   Vol 1   7.13.2    4.1                                                                              Additional Information   Number of users (of policy administration system): 30,000



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The indicative number of users for insurance applications are as
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        below:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Number of users of Lead Management System: ~1200
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Number of users of Agency Management System: ~450
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Number of users of Enterprise Content Management System: ~
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        3500
56   Vol 1   7.13.2    7                                                                                Additional Information   Not Applicable                                                                                                         Number of users of Workflow Management System: ~3500
                                                                                                                                 1. FSI is required to obtain the following ISO (9001, 27001, 20000) certifications for the system:
                                                                                                                                 i. ISO 27001 – for proposed solution(s) security – by the end of 1st six months of O & M phase
                                                                                                                                 ii. ISO 9001 – for operations – by the end of 1st year of O & M phase
                                                                                                                                 iii. ISO 20000 – for Services management – by the end of 1st year of O & M phase
                                                                                                                                 2. FSI shall include all the efforts and cost required to obtain the above certifications in the commercial proposal   This clause 6.3 in Volume 1 of the RFP shall be considered as
57   Vol 1   6.3                                                                                        Revised specification    submitted by them in response to this RFP.                                                                             removed
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The following specifications will be added to the ATM FRS in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        section 7.2.3 of volume 2 of the RFP.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        ATM 87: Express cash feature, which is personalized fast cash
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        selectable by the customer.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        ATM 88: Ability to interface with Core Banking Solution in the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Online & Offline mode.


58   Vol 2   7.2.3                                                                                      Correction               Not Applicable
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  ATM 89: Ability to interface with the other alternate Channels of
      58                     Vol 2               7.2.3                                                                                                                               Correction                                                                                        Not Applicable                                                                                             the Post office like Internet Banking, Mobile Banking etc.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ATM 58 Setting limits at a global and individual card level
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ATM 59 Setting online / offline limits for institution / individual card level
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ATM 60 Checking for HOT cards
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ATM 61 Card verification by Host / Interchange                                                             The specifications ATM 58, ATM 59, ATM 60, ATM 61 and ATM
      59                     Vol 1               7.2.2                                                                                                                               Correction                                                                                        ATM 62 Personalized card limits by cardholder.                                                             62 in section 7.2.2 of volume 1 shall be considered as removed

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  With the addition of three FRS mentioned under Point 58 above
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  (Table A: Response to Common Queries).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Total FRS for ATM Switch Functional Requirements = 89
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Maximum Score for ATM Switch Functional Requirements = 89
      60                     Vol 2               5.1.2.2                                      4 (Summary scoring sheet for functional requirements)                                  Revised specification                                                                             Total FRS for ATM Switch Functional Requirements = 86                                                      Passing score @ 80% = 71.2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  The scanning requirements (number of pages per day) for
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  banking and insurance solution are as below:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Postal Life Insurance:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Based on the projected new business policies (mentioned in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annexure 13 - Section 7.13. 2 - point 6) likely to be issued; the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  average number of pages required to be scanned per day would
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  be as follows:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Each Post Office (other than Head Office) - ~ 80 pages
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Each Head Post Office - ~ 120 pages
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Banking solution:

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Based on the business requirements and expected business
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  growth,~ 7000 pages will be scanned per day at each CPC. There
      61                     Vol 1                                                                                                                                                   Additional Information                                                                            Not Applicable                                                                                             are 22 CPCs for banking.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  The storage requirements for banking would be ~5 Tera Bytes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  with an average annual growth rate of 8%. The requirement is
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  indicative, FSI has to provide an optimum solution to meet the
      62                      vol 1              2.2.4.2                                      4                                                                                      Revised specification                                                                             The storage requirements for banking would be ~620 GB with an average annual growth rate of 5%             SLRs
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  The storage requirements for mail shall be ~ 5 Tera Bytes with an
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  average annual growth rate of 20%. The requirement is
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  indicative, FSI has to provide an optimum solution to meet the
      63                      vol 1              2.2.4.3                                      2                                                                                      Revised specification                                                                             The storage requirements for mail shall be ~ 2 Tera bytes with an average annual growth rate of 20%.       SLRs

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  The approximate data storage requirements would be ~ 12 Tera
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Bytes with an annual growth rate of 10%. The documents shall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  be required to be retained as per the norms laid down by the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       The approximate data storage requirements would be ~ 1 Tera Bytes with an annual growth rate of 10%. The   Department of Post. The requirement is indicative, FSI has to
      64                      vol 1              2.2.4.4                                      8                                                                                      Revised specification                                                                             documents shall be required to be retained as per the norms laid down by the Department of Post.           provide an optimum solution to meet the SLRs

      65                      vol 1              2.2.4.5                                      6                                                                                      Revised specification                                                                             The storage requirements shall be ~190 GB                                                                  The storage requirements shall be ~3 Tera Bytes


      66                     Vol 1               2.2.6.3                                      1                                                                                      Revised specification                                                                             Cash loading, cash optimization as per requirements and forecasting by DoP                                 Cash loading, cash optimization as per requirements by DoP

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Number of users at counter for 4000 offices: 21600

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Number of users for ATM for 4000 offices: 6600

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Number of users for internet for 4000 offices: 3500

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Number of users for phone (IVR) for 4000 offices: 6600